Home

The RockWorks Utilities Datasheet

1. Plots a column in each log containing intervals of color that correspond to formation depths The color stratigraphy name association is made in the Stratigraphy Types Table Options include column width Note that stratigraphy patterns are not plotted in 3D logs only the background color defined for the formation Stratigraphy Plots a column in each log containing intervals of color that Well correspond to well construction material types The color Construction material type association is made in the Well Construction Types Table Options include column title and text Note that patterns are not plotted in 3D logs only the background color defined for RockWorks14 Reference the material type aes i Plots a 3D bargraph representing data read from the Interval I L Data 3 Data table Options include the data source scaling colors L Data 4 style etc ene ns Plots a point to point curve or 3D discs in a 3D log representing P Data 3 data read from the Points P Data table Options include the data i source colors curve style etc P Data 4 Fracties Reads measurements from the Fracture table data and plots oriented discs representing the fracture orientation and dip Plots one or more interval blocks representing depth to surface Aquifers and base declared in the Water levels tab in each log Options q include column width and color and whether date captions should be plotted Rea
2. ccccccccccccsssseesssssseeseeecceeeececcsseneeesaeeees 130 Creating Stratigraphy Based Geology Maps cccsssssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeseesees 132 Creating Plan View Stratigraphy Maps cccccccssssssssseseeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeenes 133 Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Diagrams cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeees 133 Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Solid Models ccccccccccececceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeees 134 Pickin Str atierap iG Contacts rra N a a eeolonie 134 Falling i Missing Stratigraphy ca sonst ota rites coe eee tener a 135 ConsoliGanins Stratieraply oe te teeta easel ee aati enki cee tae 136 Creating a Stratigraphic Volume Report Solid Model ccccsssseseeeeeeeeees 136 Creating a Stratigraphic Volume Report Grid Models cccccecssseseeseeeeeees 136 Exporting Stratigraphy Data to ASCII 2 0 cccssssssssssseeeeeecceceseeseeeeeeaaeeeeeeees 137 Exporting Stratigraphy Thickness to the Utilities Datasheet cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 137 Chapter 7 Water Levels Display as Profiles Sections Plans Fences and Blocks 139 Creating Water Level Diagrams OVervVieW cccccccccssssseseeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaneeeeeees 139 Creating a Water Level Profile Diagram cerieirar a 139 Creating a Water Level Section Diagram ccccccccccsssssssseeseseeeceeeeeeeeseeeeaaesseesees 139 Creating Water Level Fence Diagram eccone a a eas 140 Creating a 2D Water Level Su
3. 165 Droe Seena rat Aaneueoatataneet 171 pones BID aces oe 172 resamph Nt secsi anei 166 resid al io a T 165 Slope aspect analysis cccccccceceeeeeees 168 STATISTO S poata E E nad paies 165 COONS iere L EEEREN 165 OLIGTCSICUAS ernie n 165 orid statistics saoi a EN 165 Grid Based Map cc sssseesesseeeeeees 109 112 STICGING eeina a e 108 279 declusterin S cron ciowrs arene 280 dens EV onae E 283 dimensions vesciiscivvcasssasssvevedscsveveves 69 98 283 AUNO a E ree ereetanere 283 BIO MATH lty rin 281 los arithi C enni a 281 350 RockWorks14 PTC THOUS onenn ek 108 279 280 OPONSE 280 OVEEVICW or ile ves dade cial iini aai 108 279 polyenhancement cssceeeeeeeeeeees 280 polynomial enhancement 000 282 smoothing Milter ioie 282 group settings RockPlot3D 236 GSM Data areri ai a a ei 97 GAF OE vaersseaaaceien stances EE ORA 170 H hanging cross sections ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 121 Hanson Aggregates stratigraphy thickness 137 Hardware Acceleration ceeee 239 De Deea SE 16 274 Mekdele citenteerda taste rieaatene 281 288 histogram plot cceeeseeeeeeeeeees 51 193 194 hole to hole cross sections 120 121 159 hole to hole fence diagrams 131 161 horizontal biasing solid modeling 287 horizontal bitmap panels 6 87 200 horizontal lithoblending solid mo
4. Modified Vertical Exag 1 00 I7 Autodiaw Once the image is plotted on the screen you may do any of the following operations which are discussed in the Help topics below Help Contents RockPlot3D Viewing RockPlot3D Files Swapping the position of the image and data panes Changing the size of the 3D View pane Rotating the 3D view ak Zooming into out of the view x Moving the image in the 3D display Pan E Spinning the 3D image LS J cP Selecting a pre set view View Above Below Plan View Compass Points Selecting a custom view Changing the 3D view dimensions and vertical exaggeration h ri P Changing the lighting of the 3D view Changing the 3D view background color Ll Turning off screen redraw W Draw 229 RockPlot8D RockWorks14 Manipulating RockPlot3D Images 230 The RockPlot3D screen contains an image pane by default along the right and a listing of the data items by default in the pane to the left Note that you can swap the placement of the image and data panes using the lt lt and gt gt button above the linked file list You can adjust interactively the view of the image in the 3D Image pane by following the instructions in Viewing RockPlot3D Files If you want to change the look of individual items in the Image view that s possible too This section discusses these tools This discussion is split up into the Reference Items which are available for all RockPlot3D ima
5. Tab Moves from the menu options to the OK Cancel toolbar to the Help toolbar ENTER Accepts settings and moves on to next step equivalent to clicking the OK button ESCAPE Cancels the dialog equivalent to clicking the Cancel button 23 Introduction 24 RockWorks14 Right click Right click on any of the nodes to view the behind the scenes menu name group name and parameter variable name This information can be helpful if you are writing RCL scripts Scripting Rock Works RockWorks can be run using RCL RockWare Command Language scripts either from a program command line or using the File Compile RCL menu option Help Contents Reference RCL Scripting RockWorks14 Borehole Manager Chapter 2 The Borehole Manager Using the Borehole Manager The Borehole Manager is the RockWorks data interface designed for entering downhole data It is one of two main data windows available in Rock Works How to access the Borehole Manager 1 Click on the large Borehole Manager button along the left side of the program window S Bakea barp TE T i j yae biar eget epee jOa B oa t iaie be ah Ce Febbre n T en birt hiki Tra cmp Tu hi fo at lig ia t 4 i Der fo al E Burr ra a E Lie we i a ma i si ri I Fur thet ri p Fin Lal lh ee rya pee a a gl A sip Pari 1 fe z a rii LE Pir i a 2 Enn m a E proge ah Gl E w es i Fz E ia nets 4 o plied LE ar H 20 D
6. Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Isopach Maps 110 RockWorks14 Maps Borehole Manager l Data P Data Fractures Plan Map Use the Borehole Manager s I Data P Data and Fracture Plan Map tools to create a solid model representing the downhole data or read an existing model and slice it horizontally at a user specified elevation The resulting grid model GRD can be displayed as a 2 dimensional map in which the data values can be color coded in a variety of ways These maps are discussed in Chapter 8 Creating Solid Models and Voxel Isosurface Profile Section Fence Plan and Surface Diagrams Borehole Manager Aquifers Plan Map Use the Borehole Manager s Aquifer Plan tool to create a 2 dimensional flat contour map of the aquifer surface base or thickness for a particular date or date range These maps are discussed in Chapter 7 Water Levels Display as Profiles Sections Plans Fences and Blocks Other Contouring Tools The RockWorks Utilities Grid menu offer a number of grid model filtering and manipulation tools Most of these menu items offer the option to create a map of the resulting grid see Chapter 10 Grid Model Tools 3D Surface Maps 3 dimensional surface maps are really just a 3D view of a 2 dimensional contour map Like the 2D maps they illustrate quantitative values that have been measured over space Like the 2D maps they can be used to illustrate geolo
7. Offers general data editing options Brings up the dimensions for the current project folder for viewing editing Removes the currently selected cell s and place the item s on the Clipboard Places a copy of the currently selected cell s on the Clipboard Pastes data from the Clipboard starting at the currently active datasheet cell Note The Paste command will overwrite any data that is currently in the corresponding datasheet cells Deletes the datasheet cells that are currently highlighted Removes the contents of all cells in the current Rock Works Utilities datasheet and places the item s on the Clipboard Copies all of the contents of the current RockWorks Utilities datasheet and places the copy into the Clipboard This submenu contains column related datasheet operations Inserts a new column to the left of the currently active cell in the datasheet Deletes the column that contains the currently active cell in the datasheet This submenu contains utilities that perform mathematical operations with column data in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Note This is not an Excel clone not by a huge stretch of the imagination If you plan on doing lots of column math we recommend that you copy or export your data to Excel perform the desired operation and then copy or import the data back to RockWorks Computes absolute values of numbers within a data column e g 1 4 gt 1 4 in the datasheet Add subt
8. cccccccceeeeeeeeeees 38 Checking the Data and Database Integrity cc cccccccccssssseeeesseeeeeseeeeeeees 39 Pnterin the Borehole Datisca situamtuntaadlssuatatiutcaatabieeuaninss 39 OVN EWO Data Ty DES a T 39 Viewine awel data SUIMINAbY e E E 50 Viewins Datar and P Data Stasis creii T A 51 Entenns Project MOONIN ON ceea A tetedinicaatmaatemiees 51 Table of Contents RockWorks14 Editing Borehole Records as a Spreadsheet cccccccecececceeceesssssseseeeeeeeeees 51 Adusins LOtal Dep iseen en a madaduewdauanenomnanees 53 Calculate XYZ V AICS anr A E 53 Displaying XYZ Columns in the Data Tables ccccccssssssseseeeeeeeeeeeees 53 Impor me Dataren E R 54 Other Data TOPi Sonses 58 Lithology Versus Strat Srapny sspears in ETE 58 Missine Formations rssi e E descents a E haces 6l Bxportine Borehole D ata spire see e E a ie ee eae E Sa 67 Transferring the Borehole Data to the RockWorks Utilities eee 67 Query me the Dataa E ae Nini E EN E a edecedntevecct 67 Viewing and Setting Your Project Dimensions sssssssssssssoeeereesssssssssssssseserreeesssssss 69 Usina the Project Minat CF cise terest a laluattco ius das eG a N 71 Chapter 3 The RockWorks Utilities Datasheet 73 Cer y or Di aeon eA A E E TETEE 73 dO ES fa eg in tem Datas hee remeron eran eee seeear eet Ooi UOC Rare tacit A 74 Leaving Out Your Datasneet tse cecal orem selec Nera iat wet cie E 71 Data for Maps and General Diagrams cc
9. double click on any of the Flat Grid entities you can adjust the color scheme drawing style and other visual characteristics Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Stacked Surface Tools Borehole Manager Statigraphy Structural Elevations 3D r A F Notes If you create surfaces for all formations the program will automatically name the grid models using the formation name with the grd file name extension Be sure you have your formations listed correctly in the current Stratigraphy Types Table Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Structure Maps 2D amp 3D Use this tool to create 3 dimensional images representing the surface elevations of one or all stratigraphic unit s in the project Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Stratigraphic Thickness 3D Use this tool to create a 3 dimensional image which represents the thickness of a selected stratigraphic unit The completed image will be comprised of a surface representing the formation s top a surface representing the formation s base and enclosing sides Notes In RockPlot3D the program will display the computed volume and mass of the selected formation In order for these computations to be accurate be sure that your depth units are the same as your X Y units such as feet so that the cubic volume as in ft makes sense In addition the mass computation is based on the density per cubic unit as declared in
10. 5 0 Too 3 0 0 0 Cap 0 0 Cap 75 0 oO 6 0 3 0 Cap 0 0 Cap o0 30 0 3 0 0 0 Bentonite 0 0 Bentonite See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Entering the Borehole Data Viewing a well data summary If you wish to see a summary of the data contained in a particular well in your borehole project follow these steps Access the Borehole Manager Open the existing borehole project if necessary Click on the name of the well in the list to the left for which you wish to see a data RockWorks14 Borehole Manager summary The program will load that well s data 4 Select the View Borehole Summary command The program will scan the current well s data listing and will display a summary of its data in a text window Included will be a summary of the given data coordinates total intervals etc as well as computed coordinates from the survey data Viewing I Data and P Data Statistics Use the I Data Stats and P Data Stats tools to compute basic statistics for a single track in the I Data and P Data tables These menus also contain a Histogram option whereby a single track of values can be represented by a frequency histogram See page 193 for more information Entering Project Information Use the View Project Information option to enter miscellaneous notes about the project which will be stored in the project database This information can be retrieved any time by selecting the Project Information
11. Creates a single horizontal slice through an existing solid model file and displays it in RockPlot2D This Solid menu item offers a variety of solid model statistics Creates a report listing summary information for an existing MOD file Creates a frequency histogram of the node values in an existing MOD file Creates an XY plot or scattergram of observed G values versus computed node G values for corresponding locations in an existing solid model Computes the difference between observed G values listed in the datasheet and computed G values in an existing solid model The residuals will be listed in a column in the datasheet Offers mathematical operations for solid model MOD files Creates anew MOD file by adding subtracting multiplying or dividing the node values in an existing MOD file by a constant that is defined by the user Creates anew MOD file by adding subtracting multiplying or dividing the node values in two existing solid models Creates a new solid model based on the values in an existing solid model and new model dimensions entered by the user This menu offers solid model filtering operations Filters an existing solid model based on the nodes distance from the drill holes All nodes that lie beyond the distance cutoff will be set to zero This can be used to remove low confidence areas from a solid model Used to adjust the voxel values in a solid model based on their location above or bel
12. My RockWorks Reference boreholes for which every criterion is true will be enabled and the remaining boreholes will be disabled Use this tool to query a subset of boreholes in the current project using one or more filters and either enable or disable those boreholes This is similar to the Filter option except that the Select tool allows successive filters to be applied and the enabling disabling will apply only to the boreholes meeting the filter parameters and no others So while the Filter Boreholes tool works as an AND filter the Select Boreholes tool can function as an AND or OR filter Scans the data for the currently selected borehole and displays a summary Use this option to activate the display of the downhole XYZ coordinates for all entered data points in the Borehole Manager window The program computes these X YZ coordinates in the background and stores them in the project database this option simply displays them Use this option to display the borehole data record whose X and Y coordinates are closest to the typed in coordinates Use this option to enter miscellaneous information e g metadata about the project which will be stored in the project database This option is used to choose which of the borehole data tables to be displayed in the Borehole Manager the order in which they are displayed and to modify add fields to the tables Use this option to edit the optional location fields that w
13. Page 31 e Enter the downhole data into the appropriate data tab for the well Page 39 e Use the Edit Edit Data as Spreadsheet as a neat tool for spreadsheet style editing of a table including copy pasting etc Page 51 e Quick database shortcuts Tab advances cell to cell Ctrl Del deletes a row Down arrow adds a row to the end of the table Right click Rows to add or delete a row When your borehole data is entered imported be sure to establish the project dimensions Page 69 e This is easily done by scanning all enabled boreholes using the buttons e If you ll be creating surface or solid models be sure the project dimensions node s are dense enough but not too dense to properly represent your data Use the Preview Dimensions button to get an idea of how dense the model will be Remember that lithology materials stratigraphy formations and well construction materials link to respective Types tables Page 253 e The formations in the Stratigraphy Types Table must be listed in order from the ground downward for proper modeling to take place e In the Lithology and Well Construction Types Tables any extra material types can be omitted from diagram legends e Since only the pattern s background color is used for lithology in 3D logs models and fences be sure to choose something other than white for all of your formations and materials Use the database query tools to enable borehole subsets for modeli
14. Borehole Manager Creating Lithology Models and Voxel Fence Profile Section Surface and Plan Map Diagrams 144 Creating Lithology Models and Diagrams Overview Use the tools in the Borehole Manager s Lithology menu to interpolate your downhole lithology data into a solid model and visualize the interpolated model using a variety of diagram types a vertical profile or cross section a fence diagram with any number and arrangement of panels a plan view slice a geology map where lithology intersects a surface and a 3D voxel diagram The lithology descriptions are read from the Lithology tab which lists depths and observed rock types Unlike stratigraphy listings lithology descriptions can repeat and don t need to be listed in the same order in each boring Because of this RockWorks does not use surface modeling tools to display lithology but rather solid modeling tools There is a specific solid model algorithm designed to interpolate lithology from depth intervals in borings out to a solid model called lithoblend The resulting solid model can be sliced vertically profile section and fence diagrams sliced horizontally plan map displayed on a surface and or displayed as a 3D block Lithology types are represented in the solid model as integer values based on the G value you have listed for each rock type in the Lithology TypeTable page 253 For example gravel might be coded with a 1 and sand with
15. E m233 iw 1N 26 E2 Z 5EC12 1E IN 12 E2 1038295 1E IN 19 E2 a ee See ee Text columns Pattern column To select a pattern simply double click in the appropriate cell in the datasheet s Pattern column and select a pattern and colors from the displayed list File columns are used to list file names such as grid models images or other files to be processed within the program Setting a column to a File type will cause the program to display an open file dialog if the user double clicks on the cell This capability provides a useful method for browsing for file names when setting up datasheets for program such as the Grafix 3D Utilities Images Panels Vertical application Note that file names can also be listed in basic Text style columns Hyperlink columns are also used to list file names such as grid models images or 94 RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities other files to be processed within the program In contrast to File columns above which display a browse window when you double click in a cell Hyperlink columns will actually load the file into whatever Windows application is associated with the file name For example double clicking on a file ending with JPG might load the file into a bitmap editor 5 Repeat this process for as many columns as you wish in the scrolling list by clicking in each cell and choosing a type RockWorks99 users Wondering where the Curve Histogram Lithology and Z
16. Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data for additional step by step details about using the importer and the structure of the Excel import files Importing Fugro CPT Data The Borehole Manager s Lithology menu and P Data menu both contain an Import Fugro CPT Data option which imports data from a Fugro Cone Penetrometer file into a Lithology or P Data tab for the current drillhole For the Lithology import the program will concatenate similar intervals such that the lithology doesn t consist of hundreds of small intervals See Help Contents Borehole Manager P Data Tools or Lithology Tools Importing Data for additional details Importing Colog Data Use the Borehole Manager s P Data Colog option to import data from a Colog borehole geophysics file into the P Data tab for the current drillhole See Help Contents Borehole Manager P Data Tools Other Data Topics 58 Lithology versus Stratigraphy RockWorks recognizes two distinct types of borehole rock soil material e Observed Lithology What is Lithology In RockWorks lithology data represents your downhole rock or material types that aren t necessarily layered in a specific order The Lithology entries can repeat sand clay sand clay Observed is the key word Observed lithology intervals for each borehole are entered into the Lithology tab listing depth to top depth to base and RockWorks14 Borehole Manager rock or material type This is
17. Help Contents Rock Works Utilities Solid Model Tools Mathematical Tools Filtering Solid Models 174 The RockWorks Utilities Solid Filter option used to filter the nodes contained within an existing solid model file The Distance Filter is used to filter an existing solid model file based on the nodes distances from the drill holes All nodes that lie beyond the distance cutoff will be set to zero This can be used to remove low confidence areas from a model The Grid Filter is used to adjust the voxel values in a solid model based on their location above or below one reference grid model or above between or below two reference grid models This can be a handy way to assert stratigraphic surface or ground surface constraints on a solid model Note that the input solid model and the input grid file must have the same dimensions and numbers of nodes in the X and Y directions in order for this filter to work If you aren t sure you can use the Statistics option in the Grid and Solid menus to view a summary of model dimensions and node spacings for grid and solid models respectively The Polygon Filter reads a user created file listing polygon boundary coordinates and sets a solid model s nodes that lie either inside or outside a vertical projection of the polygon to a null value or a user specified value The Range Filter deletes high or low G values from a solid model file reassigning them a user specified constant The R
18. Print Import ASCII DBF DXF Garmin Txt Geonics EM38 GSM 19 Laser Atlanta ModPath NEIC RockBase RockWorks14 Create a new datasheet ATD file The program will display a window in which you can set up the column headings and column types for the datasheet Opens an existing ATD file Displays a list of recently accessed ATD files Saves the current data under a new file name or existing file name as an ATD or ASCII Tab Delimited file The column headings and column types are saved in the header section of this file Prints the current ATD file Offers a variety of tools for importing data into the Utilities datasheet Imports an existing ASCII text file of row and column data The data will be imported using the current data layout Imports the contents of a dbf file created in a database manager such as DBase FoxPro etc The data will be displayed in a new data sheet Imports into the datasheet or into an external file the points from digitized contours maps in AutoCAD or other CAD type program that have been saved in a DXF format Imports the data from Garmin MapSource txt files In the process the program will convert the longitude latitude positions to UTM Universal Transverse Mercator coordinates Imports the data from a Geonics EM38 conductivity meter into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Imports data from a GSM 19 gradiometer into the datasheet Imports data from Laser Atlanta
19. See Help Contents RockPlot2D Digitizing Tools for step by step instructions about digitizing the following items within the RockPlot2D window Digitizing points Digitize Points Digitizing lines Digitize Lines 219 RockPlot2D RockWorks14 Digitizing polylines Digitize Polylines Digitizing polygons Digitize Polygons Measurement and Digitizing Options Use the Options command in the RockPlot2D Measure and Digitize menus to establish settings for the measurement and digitizing tools The RockPlot2D Data Window The RockPlot2D Data Window is displayed to the right of the RockPlot2D image window It is used to display computed measurements and coordinates which result from the use of the Measure and Digitize menu tools Each plot window that is open will have its own data window fg 2 RockPlot C Users ROCKWARE Documents RockWorks14 Samples locations rk6 E File Edit View Draw Measure Digitize Utilities Data Window Help KS v fF 1 i i BS o BA E py mM VE 1 00 Show Hyperlinks Options Close button Ba amp CAL Eee Ceg i Stott Layers x Data tools TF Defaut DH 33 J Borehole Location Map Symbols 3 ieee J Borehole Location Map Labels 7 J Borehole Location Map Leaders N oni v iP ae Perera DH 08 DH 43 DH 12 4 Borehole Location Map Border Outer_Border fe gt DH 03 3 DH 37 DH m DH 02 a Digitized polnt SDH 214 ny ap DH
20. They will appear as a three dimensional mesh surface Geosoft GXF GXF Grid eXchange are an ASCII grid format read by Geosoft ESRI ASCHIGRID Export the RockWorks grid to an ASCII grid file that s importable into ESRI GIS programs for contouring and other spatial analysis Ohio Automation ENZ X and Y node locations and Z values are listed in three columns in an ASCII format with columns separated by commas The node order is the same as that listed for the ASCII X YZ above RockWorks7 A grid file format read by the RockWorks version 7 program for DOS RockWare RTM The RockWare Terrain Model RTM is a binary grid file format originally designed as a method for shipping Digital Elevation Model DEM data Surfer Choose from Surfer 6 binary or Surfer 7 and Surfer 8 ASCII and binary formats VistaPro This is a binary grid format read by VistaPro as DEM data Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Import amp Export Importing LIDAR Data Use the Grid LIDAR XYZ gt Grid tool to import XYZ files created from LIDAR Light Detection And Ranging equipment and generate a grid model that represents the Z values typically surface elevation This is different from the process of gridding external X YZ data in the Map Grid Based Map option in these ways e Because of the huge number of points in a typical LIDAR file the program does not load the points into memory it s 100 file based e There is no ch
21. We have already covered the surface and thickness maps back on page 110 In this section we will discuss the remaining Stratigraphy menu tools If you don t have stratigraphic layers entered into your project s Stratigraphy tabs you can use the Pick Formations tool page 134 to record stratigraphic depths from elogs raster logs or lithology logs Unlike lithology data which represents observed rock types which can repeat in a borehole and be inconsistent in order stratigraphic data represents organized formations consistent in order between boreholes and non repeating RockWorks uses surface modeling or gridding tools to illustrate the stratigraphic layers Because surface models are created for these diagrams you must have stratigraphic data for at least 4 boreholes Straight sections and fences are also offered in which straight line correlations are drawn between adjacent boreholes and no surface interpolation occurs Notes Formation names and the colors and patterns to be used to represent them are listed in the project s Stratigraphy Types Table see page 255 See Missing Formations page 61 for tips on how to enter your stratigraphy data The program will create grid models of the surfaces and bases of the formations listed in the Stratigraphy tabs storing the models on disk The grid files will be assigned names in the background based on the formation formation_top grd and 127 Stratigraphy Tools RockWo
22. dimensional fence diagram that illustrates the aquifer at a selected date or date range You may request regular panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels During the process of building the fence panels the program will create a grid model for the upper and lower surface of the aquifer layers using the user selected gridding method 3D logs can be appended and you can request a map representing the fence panel locations The completed fence diagram will be displayed in a RockPlot3D window where you can manipulate the image and append other 3D images Notes The grid models will be named automatically date_top grd and date_base grd See page 161 for information about drawing the fence panels Creating a 2D Water Level Surface or Thickness Map Use the Borehole Manager s Aquifer Plan tool to create a 2 dimensional flat contour map of the aquifer surface base or thickness for a particular date or date range During the process of building the contour map the program will create a grid model for the upper and lower surfaces of the aquifer and of the aquifer thickness using the user selected gridding method The grid models will be stored as grd files on disk Creating a Water Level Block Diagram i Use the Borehole Manager s Aquifer Model tool to create a 3 dimensional block diagram that illustrates a selected aquifer layer at a particular date or over a specified date range
23. logs their relative placement in the log and their appearance settings 293 Reference RockWorks14 294 DA 2 Dimensional Striplop Layout Options Options Hele a o ew EF Layout Prevviese LOG TITLE o m Visible items will be displayed here Drag to change their placement in the fog 0 Wisible heme Lithology Options R Tithe Left Meegin 04 R Depihe width 10 4 Axis Column Tite Lithology hf Lithology Te Font Mame rial Size 0 2 Cuor 0 ngle 30 M Shatoranhy Test Vertical Oftest 0 04 a wel aay rer I coker nie ie Click on a Visibie item to F Daat F Te Lina sye E View change its options Data 2 Te Data 3 Tet Data 4 Tat POatat List of Available log items POata 2 Turn on an item by inserting POata 3 a check in its check box Pilate 4 Fractures T Aquifers Text Wertors T Bitmaps Symbol T Fattere T To activate an item insert a check in its check box It will be displayed in the upper preview pane where you can drag it to the left or right to adjust its placement in the log To view adjust an item s settings click on its name in the Visible Items column and modify the settings as necessary in the Options pane to the right RockWorks14 Reference Using the Log Designer ee all visible items lip logs Access add settings View a menu summary G1 2 Dimens onal Striplog Layout Options Alel dotia
24. or Click on panel ending point to let you know what it s expecting For profiles containing logs you can adjust the clipping distance or swath shown above by the cross hatched area This represents the distance to either side of the actual profile line that boreholes or portions of boreholes if the well is deviated will be grabbed for projection onto the line You can change the clipping distance by clicking the up or down arrows at the top of the window or by typing an actual value into the Swath prompt To snap the profile endpoints to actual well locations insert a check in the Snap check box After you select the profile endpoints they will be repositioned to the nearest boreholes If you want to type in specific endpoint coordinates you can do so Choose the Edit Manually Specify Endpoints option Type in the known X and Y coordinates for the beginning and ending points of the profile and click the OK button Back at the profile drawing window click the Redraw button or choose View Redraw to redraw the screen with the new profile line If you want the program to create multiple parallel profiles automatically insert a check in the Multiple Profiles checkbox The Options button can be used to define the multi profile settings the spacing extents orientation from the original line and nature of the output graphic Click Continue when you are ready to continue RockWorks14 Laying Out Sections amp Fen
25. program is intended for occasions when you might need to treat a list of points as a borehole 1 e converting the data into the Borehole Manager orientation table The program will translate the decimal style azimuth bearings into quadrant style bearings and store them in the selected column in the datasheet Translates quadrant style bearings 1 e S45E into decimal style azimuth bearings 1 e 135 Rescales X Y location coordinates by a user declared real number value Coordinates may be rescaled differently in the Y and Y directions RockWorks14 Rotate XY Data Shift XY Data Reference Rotates X Y location coordinates by a user declared amount around a user declared pivot point Shifts the X Y location coordinates by a user declare amount in both the X and Y directions Jeffersonian Points gt Cartesian Converts Jeffersonian style point well locations to Cartesian coordinates The translation is based on the RockWare Landbase or on a land grid table you have already created using a commercial land grid data set or an idealized land grid Jeffersonian Polygons gt Cartesian Converts Jeffersonian style 4 cornered polygon Dates gt Star Dates Time Merge Grafix menu 2D Utilities Append Clip Montage descriptions leases to Cartesian coordinates The translation is based on the RockWare Landbase or on a land grid table you have already created using a commercial land
26. results in zero thickness 61 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 Stratigraphy Gal 0 120 120 215 T flaw 215 260 Piere 260 266 Dakota 5 j 500 Monison is vet ta zevo thickness a 7 DH 4 AA Precambrian It would be displayed in hole to hole stratigraphy sections Stratigraphy Section Straight as pinched out at the well with pattern fill Formation automatically pinches out at this borehole CH Hole to hole section The formation s depths for that borehole would be included in computations that generate surfaces and thickness calculations Note how in this stratigraphic model the red surface is pulled up to lie on top of the lower surface 62 RockWorks14 Borehole Manager The Stratigraphy menu s Fill in Missing Stratigraphy option will insert zero thickness formations into each borehole record This can be a very handy tool but be sure 1 that you have correctly defined the stratigraphy order in your Stratigraphy Types table and 2 that you back up your database when prompted before completion of this process just in case you re not happy with the results Omitted Formations Another way to note no data is omit the formation name altogether Stratigraphy parete shee frn Gal i 0 120 a 120 215 215 260 il 260 266 i 266 500 500 763 Tilow Fiere Dakota Mogn The Fountain formation Bie arabia is HOt entered at all This tells the program that that
27. 0 0 17 040 0 01 10 J25 0 30 0 040 040 0 01 10 Ejoo 35 0 0 03 0 40 0 01 40 E Js5 0 40 0 0 05 0 40 0 01 40 Jao 45 0 0 07 040 0 01 10 Jas 50 0 O47 040 0 01 10 Jso 0 55 0 0 04 0 05 0 01 5 E Jss0 60 0 018 0 05 0 01 5 Jeo 65 0 0 27 0 40 0 01 10 These data can be displayed as bar graphs along 2D and 3D strip logs and can be interpolated into a solid model for display as isosurface or voxel models vertical profiles cross sections fence diagrams and plan maps Note that each I Data tab represents a merging of the records stored in the MDB table See Editing the Data as a Spreadsheet page 51 for how to view the data with multi select and copy paste tools Points P Data This table is used to enter measured values which were sampled at single depth points as opposed to depth intervals down the boreholes This might apply to downhole geophysical measurements gamma ray drilling rate etc Leave this table blank if you have no point data P Data Fields e Depth to Top Enter the measured depth for the first measurement for the well The depth values must be positive e Column 1 Enter here the measured value for that downhole point If you have no data you can leave the cell blank Blank cells will simply be skipped during processing e Column 2 Column x Continue in this manner typing in the measured value for each component for that depth Repeat for as many columns as you have measurements for for that depth
28. 1 914 6 336 8886 6 6716 8947 1 769 4 058 7 3186 8115 90 3 040 a isl 6416 7 033 8412 iS J line style and color Sample file Lines atd 86 RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Structural Geology heading and select Lineation Endpoints for a simple X1LY1X2Y2 layout or Colored Lineations for a setup that will also include an ID and linestyle column See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Lineation Data See also Digitizing data page 98 for information about digitizing line endpoint data directly into the datasheet Movement Data structure below for X1Y1X2Y2 data that also have elevation and time measurements associated with them for movement analysis Other Data Please refer to the Help messages for formatting details for these data types e Beta Pairs Data e Movement Data 3D Graphic Data These files are read by the tools in the Grafix 3D Utilities menu Horizontal Panel Image Lists These files are used to display one or more raster images BMP JPG TIFF PNG AFI VST PCX PCC EMF and WMP as non vertical panels in RockPlot3D See Grafix 3D Utilities Images Panels Horizontal page 200 This program requires 14 columns of information The names of the images to be displayed in the OpenGL panels their layer name and the X Y and Z coordina
29. 29 DH 41 BDH 09 DH 05 ty DH 38 DH 36 lol DH 16 pH 01 S DH DH 28 oH 04 DH 35 ee ce me Point 652 768 8 5 535 593 3 Recorded data Digitize Point No Project Dimensions X 653 556 12221 Y 5 535 719 177595 The RockPlot2D Data Window contains the following tools which can help you manage your measurements or digitized coordinates These tools are available as buttons above the Data Window or as commands in the Data menu m Save Saves the contents of the data window in a text file D Clear Clears all entries so that you can start a new data listing You will NOT be warned that data will be lost gg Copy all Data Copies all data including numbers and text labels to the Windows clipboard for pasting elsewhere Below is an example of what s copied to the clipboard for three points digitized using the Digitize Points command 220 RockWorks14 RockPlot2D Point 7 303 22 11 324 51 Point 8 885 57 10 898 5 Point 10 346 2 12 846 Don t use Ctrl C to copy the data displayed in the data window That command is reserved for copying the current plot the picture itself to the clipboard fz Copy Numeric Data Copies numeric data only computations and or digitized coordinates to the Windows clipboard for pasting elsewhere Below is what s copied to the clipboard for the same three points as shown above 7 303 22 11 324 51 8 885 57 10 898 5 10 346 2 12 846 Don t use Ctrl C to copy the data displ
30. 30 39 58 61 97 134 135 136 customizing tabs tiisneensdneaviseerenestdvoncesecee ns 38 database 666 34 35 37 38 39 51 53 Gata Ase E EE EET tance tials rants 36 EXPOLIO aeae 67 149 156 PONNE oia aehaetacedateaccelens 54 dUe anae a 67 68 69 transferring to RockWorks Utilities 67 VIEW summary oien iR 50 51 data RockWorks Utilities 73 74 274 276 Gaba lay Ouke aA 77 UG UI ZANO eean E OE 98 ditine The ata ceus Gates erases Grtactelntidedad 91 EXPONE ce ea 97 OTIC ISS EE A ATR 82 horizontal panel image lists 87 NOPIZONCAl tank Seese atid eecntteed Stes 90 hydrochemistry ion data cceeeeeeeeees 84 TMD ORCS eraa eA 97 land grid lease descriptions 0008 80 land grid well descriptions 00008 79 lineation endpoint data eee 86 riented OBJECTS facesdenewwewe dee tusrasiewnese dened 89 Strike and dip data ccessssssseseeeeeeeees 84 tmay Call e a certo ieaea 79 tanstenrinN o sor tees ee 97 vertical panel image Lists eeeeeeeeee 88 VEMMICAl tanks vcccce severe cvissauneviessvaeveseneveveesiis 90 DY Zi CAA E E E A AT 78 AYA AM e aa tenirte 83 data items in RockPlot3D eee 231 data window in RockPlot2D 0066 220 DBE TGS erreen eteenoaaak 97 CECIUSLSLING rsr 280 287 default userID eteccscectseredecsstanices dvevetamieedeaarss 9 Delaunay contouring seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 107 De Eome Gal a
31. 300 KE Layout Options Aa This button and Options menu item allows you to turn on snapping and alignment options More Options This button and Options menu item contains settings that control downhole resolution and viewing direction for deviated boreholes Visibleltems Items Description options ee the borehole s name at the top of each log The title is Title always plotted above the log axis Options include font and offset Determines how far above the log the title will be plotted The default is Automatic If you expect to apply vertical exaggeration of 5x or more to your log or section you might consider setting it to Manual with a value of 0 Offset Depths Plots depth labels down the logs Settings include labeling p interval font style etc The axis is always on It serves as the center point for the log Axis above which the main log title will plot Gf activated The location of the axis will represent the actual well location Stvle Choose from a polyline or a 3D tube for the axis and set the y color and thickness as a percent of the project size Plots a column in each log containing intervals of color that correspond to observed lithology material types The color rock Lithology type association is made in the Lithology Types Table Options Cu include column title and text Note that lithology patterns are not plotted in 3D logs only the background color defined for the rock type
32. A new RockPlot2D window is created automatically any time that a 2 dimensional map or diagram is created within RockWorks Multiple RockPlot2D windows may remain open at any time If you are working in RockWorks and wish to open an existing map or diagram that has already been saved as a RKO file Rock Works2006 and newer or RKW file Rock Works2004 2002 or 99 you ll need to access a RockPlot2D window first You can launch RockPlot2D by selecting the File RockPlot2D menu option or by clicking on the RockPlot2D toolbar button if displayed Use Tools General Preferences to turn on the toolbar buttons Opening a RockPlot2D Plot File RK6 Use RockPlot2D s Open file toolbar button or File menu Open command to open an existing 2 D RockWorks graphic file such as a map cross section or rose diagram that has been saved as an RKO file in RockWorks2006 or 14 You can also use the Project Manager window to open graphic files just double click on the name of an RK6 file to open it See page 71 If you need to open an older RKW file created in RockWorks2004 Rock Works2002 or recent versions of Rock Works99 choose RKW in the Files of Type prompt If you are opening an RKW file from versions older than RockWorks2006 you will be warned This file needs to be updated to the current format Do you want to convert If you choose Yes the program will allow you to type in a new name for the updated file 2
33. Construction RockWorks14 Reference Plots a bargraph representing data read from the Interval I Data table Options include the data source scaling colors etc Plots the selected I Data measurements as text labels within a I Data Text ee P Data 49 Plots a point to point curve with or without fill representing P Data 43 data read from the Points P Data table Options include the P Data A data source colors curve style logarithmic scaling etc Reads measurements from the Fracture table data and plots a Fractures tadpole column representing the fracture orientation and dip Options include colors title etc Fractures Text Plots the fracture measurements as text labels within a column Plots one or more interval blocks representing depth to surface and base declared in the Water levels tab in each log Options include block width and color and whether date captions should be plotted Plots the Water Level measurements as text labels within a Aquifers Text column Vectis Reads Vector table data and plots a tadpole column representing the vector orientation and dip Options include colors title etc Vectors Text Plots the vector measurements as text labels within a column Plots downhole raster images in vertical 2D logs Options Bitmaps include imbedding versus linking the image and including a border Plots user selected symbols at specific depths in each log as Svmbols read from the Sym
34. E OVCE VIE W aea a taeda ener tesantacddtontas a tasdantanints Converting Bearing Distance Data and Creating Maps cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Converting Triangulation Data to XYZ cccccccccccccecccceceeceaeseeesesseeseceeceeeeeeeeeeaqaas SOUS UPX Y SUAUIONS oen Srdavendswa dancer ax T R Interpolatine Points Alone a lene 4s ecaeei ra Piedad eal lana eed ane Computing Downhole Survey Coordinates cccccccccccccsscncssssssseeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaaas Chapter 17 Accessory Image Tools 199 DID TNA S CS T oes A E E E E T A A octea E N ET DDE a A A S RockWorks14 RockWorks14 Table of Contents SD 1EAIAD lt AEE EE E A E 199 D1 OMEMICG ODI ECIS e nse tandidesatnshandenseneoonncansataneidenatieedeninacosooaaes 200 SIDE MUM ea saaaudasmnenenkmaseneooaaganss taneidenatteenenimacousoeataet 201 SID SOTA GS Fank Scannen NE 201 SIDsSUrEaACe OD CS nN NE G bes 201 SD Te ESen T 201 ID LUDO aerar T A TA E A 202 Hr TOO N E E E E A A E EN 202 TDAI a E intel e eae aa tuned s dactlantee aati 202 RUE OO Sco fees ce tle enact Sadasa E E 202 Creating an Animated GIF mage cccccccccccccccececceeeaeeeesessseeeeeceeeeeeeeeaaas 202 Appending RK6 Files and Raster Images 2 0 0 0 cccccccsssssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 203 ScreemDicitizine from a Raster Tage norca a a toutes 203 Display iniea R ckWotks Pic SNOW densata a a a ai 203 REO RO PIOC D a a a cena ti 203 Raster COIN ON a a a O E a A ences 203 Rec n ine
35. Eo ToepintoBese bencere pooty oa sand la eey J on t 3 0 13 03 0 29 03 001 8 3 6 17 Od om 10 4 0 49 05 on 11 5 0 16 Da ogi 12 10 0 27 0 3 0 01 11 13 0 27 gi on 12 0 29 0 4 on 11 EET i on 15 0 2 TE on a 0 22 o4 on 42 0 26 03 0 02 a7 6 03 04 on i 0 25 03 001 Jz 0 14 005 oo 25 0 2 0 05 0 04 19 6 09 g1 gpi 4 0 11 gd 0 03 i4 0 26 o4 oo 16 Colurnnz i Pow Total Rows 27 Mode Range select m TIF HBSREBRASSa a BRS 20 Fa E 35 40 45 a0 5 60 65 70 75 50 oo 50 g5 i gi Follow these steps 1 Access the Borehole Manager as necessary 2 Open the project to be edited 3 Select the borehole to be edited by clicking on its name in the Name listing 4 Click on the data table to be edited 5 Select the Edit Edit Data as Spreadsheet option 6 The program will load the current borehole s data listing into a spreadsheet style window 7 Edit the data When you re done Click the v button to accept the changes and post the data to the database You ll be returned to the Borehole Manager Click the x button to cancel the editing changes and return to the Borehole Manager 2 See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Entering the Borehole Data 52 RockWorks14 Borehole Manager Adjusting Total Depths Use Edit Adjust Total Depths tool to scan all of the data for each borehole in the current project database and adjust the Total Depth Location tab for
36. Idealized Land Grid Polygon Vertices Tables A Polygon Vertices Table contains a listing of X Easting and Y Northing coordinates that identify the boundary vertices of a polygonal area In RockWorks you can use this polygon to filter grid values Grid Filter solid model values Solid Filter and more The program is shipped with a default Polygon File called PolyClip tab in the My Documents RockWorks14 System folder This file is ASCII in format The Polygon Vertices table also contains a digitizing tool for digitizing the X Y vertices right into the table using an electronic digitizer See Digitizing Data page 98 for details See the Help topic for a detailed step by step for digitizing and capturing the polygon coordinates Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Polygon Vertices Tables RockWorks14 Tables Well Status Tables A Well Status Table contains a list of well status terms acronyms e g O amp G D amp A DRY etc and the map symbols that are associated with these acronyms The Well Status Table is used by the Tobin WCS import tools for the RockWorks Utilities and Borehole Manager and by the IHS data importer in the Borehole Manager It is used to assign a symbol design to each well automatically based on the status term listed for the well in the input file The default Well Status Table is named well_status tab and is installed with the program s tables in the My Documents
37. LNA OC a a a a a 203 Chapter 18 Widgets 205 Arca Volume Ca CUAL OL e a E EE Seuwania ues 205 CoO NOMD i E E A 205 YE abs ay 2 Ml mW 6 ose ee E E E Peer dee ee 205 Geological Tame CMart sicccsinstesiaHdeesscdenn ces E E E eens 205 Tgneous Rock Identification sssrinin ir e E ARa 205 Periodic Table orninan a a eareen nose aaueaeaseuts 206 Trsonometry Calculator siiani a E E R 206 Unt CONV CIC erise eira E E E E ORA 206 Chapter 19 Displaying 2D Images RockPlot2D 207 Rock POC D OV Cie W iorn TEE AES E ua tiow sted E E E 207 Quick Summary of RockPlot2D Tools ivctivsbedacsiwerwedershucsualneendauebesavsdnenmedonseestvwuadss 208 Manas ine ROCKPIOZ D File Seregi n a R EE 209 Viewing RockPlot2D Files nnnnnneeneessssssssssssssseerreressssssssssssccereerresssssssssseeeereeee 212 Edine ToO eee tnreee nee eee ter nese tre Severe eee C PERO ne ranre tent whee Cntr Tee ter cree en Tne eter Te 216 RockPlot2D Drawing Tools tisiciicc dit soot aioe haieaicteshids Sel ens etn gee el 218 RockPlot2D Measuring Tools 3 0 63 soossas hose ieascteshics Sols eens eiiantele elie 219 RockPlot2D Digitizing Tools 2 2 5253 63 eines Soereds Lecscteahlen did adowetalaee cide eetdeegtinn aaanwlas 219 The Rock PlotZ D Data W mid Ow csececcusresdaieahecwndsaveesceea seeueea red deka a E eta 220 Manipulating RockPlot2D Files sscicssosocecivavcrsanbeeviendt cess Gexanemtivaladinatee don slusavasoumemanes 222 Chapter 20 RockPlot3D 225 ROCKPIOISD OV eIVIEW saiciGia
38. Lae EE FEE Lapoul Preview To rearrange an item click on it and drag it to the left or right 7 Font Nene Arialj Size 0 5 Coir 70 Wartical Offset fe Lithology Stratigraphy e Wel Const I Data 1 bData 82 bData 83 bData B4 PData 81 P Data a2 PData 83 l P Data 4 Fractures Tet Aquifers Tet Vectors Tet Bitmap fe Symbols Patene T1149 17 RRRRRAR All checked items in this list will be shown in the Layout Preview Continue Visible Items Summary Check All amp This button and Options menu item will turn on all possible 2D log items m Uncheck All O0 This button and Options menu item will turn off all possible 2D log items Clip Logs niir This button and Options menu item allows you to enter an elevation range for display of a subset of the log data 295 Reference RockWorks14 296 More Options This button and Options menu item contains settings that control downhole resolution and viewing direction for deviated boreholes Visibleltems Items Description options ee the borehole s name at the top of each log The title is Title always plotted above the log axis Options include font and offset Determines how far above the log the title will be plotted The Offset default is Automatic If you expect to apply vertical exaggeration of 5x or more to your log or section you might conside
39. Multi Log Plan View Multi Log Map Multi Log 3 D decimal degree coordinates to Cartesian X Y coordinates i e UTM eastings northings This menu contains a variety of tools for creating 2 dimensional flat or 3 dimensional logs of individual or multiple borings and log maps Creates a vertical 2D flat strip log of a single well The log can include any combination of the available log items The boring can be vertical inclined or deviated Creates a 3D view of the strip log of a single well The log can include any combination of the available log items The boring can be vertical inclined or deviated Creates a 2D vertical display of strip logs of multiple boreholes projected onto a single profile cut The logs can include any combination of the available log items The borings can be vertical inclined or deviated Creates a 2D vertical display of strip logs of multiple boreholes The logs can include any combination of the available log items whose data is read from the data tabs Hole to hole log sections also offer the ability to hang the section from a selected stratigraphic unit Creates a 2D plan view of deviated inclined wells as projected onto a horizontal plane Creates a 2D map with miniature logs plotted next to each map symbol Creates a 3D view of the strip logs of two or more wells The logs can include any combination of the available log items The boreholes can be vertical inclined or devia
40. Polygon Vertices editor see page 268 In order to use the digitizing capability of the program you must have an electronic digitizer attached to your computer and a Windows driver for the digitizer installed on your computer These drivers are supplied by the digitizer manufacturer You must also be sure that you have correctly set up your digitizing tablet If there is no communication between the digitizer and your computer you aren t going to be able to digitize any points See also Digitizing Data from Bitmaps page 203 and RockPlot2D Digitizing Tools page 219 Help Contents Rock Works Utilities Entering Your Data Digitizing Data Viewing and Setting Your Project Dimensions 98 The Project Dimensions define for the program the boundary coordinates of your project and the spacing of the nodes for grid and solid models which can apply universally to the current project The current Project Dimensions can be viewed at the top of the RockWorks Utilities display by inserting a check in the Display Project Dimensions box RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities A RockWorks Complete File Edit View Map Grid Solid Volumetrics Hydrology Hydrochemistry Linears Planes Stats Survey Project Folder C Users ROCKWARE Documents RockWorks14 Samples V Display Project Dimensions Show Advanced Options Minimum Maximum S Nodes Range a Scan Datasheet X Easting 652 700 0 653 510 0 l 82 810 0 Y Northin
41. Polygons La or choose the Tools Polygon menu command Rectangles E or choose the Tools Rectangle menu command Double click on the drawn item to view adjust its settings or right click on it and choose Properties Resize the item as you wish by clicking on one of the endpoint or vertex handles and dragging Reposition the item as you wish by clicking and holding anywhere on the item and dragging it to the new location Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Inserting a Line Polyline Rectangle Polygon into a ReportWorks Page 247 ReportWorks RockWorks14 248 Inserting Text into a ReportWorks Page Use the Text or Text Block menu commands or toolbar buttons to insert either a single line of text or a text paragraph on an existing ReportWorks page You can adjust the font type and size color and fill pattern color Click on the Text toolbar button T or choose the Tools Text menu command to insert a single line of text such as a title or label Click on the button or choose Tools Text Block to insert text that can wrap into multiple lines or paragraph You can access the text options at any time by double clicking on the text or by right clicking and choosing Properties Reposition the text label as you wish by clicking and holding anywhere on the text and dragging it to the new location Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Inserting Text Multi Line Text into a ReportWorks Page Inserting
42. RockWorks Complete End User Iwill be using the product on this machine Administrator am only installing the product for an end user e Licensing Options Borehole data management analysis and visualization Also includes utility Single User programs see below Software will be used by only one person on this machine Rock Works Utilities Single Computer Software will be used by more than one person on this machine Network Software willbe used by ary user from this machine Remove Utility programs only no borehole data Remove licensing from this machine management 1 First choose RockWorks Complete if you have purchased the full RockWorks program Choose Rock Works Utilities if you have purchased that portion of the program only 2 Next you need to specify who you are click in the End User button if you will be using the software Click in the Administrator button if you are installing the software for someone else This makes a difference in the licensing process You must be the End User to unlock a Single User license You must be an Administrator or an End User with standard user or higher privileges e g administrator to unlock the Multi User license or to set up the Network license 3 Now select the type of license you have purchased There s more information about the license types displayed in the right pane of the program window Single User If you purchased a Sin
43. RockWorks Utilities Solid Morph tool is used to read a list of existing solid model files MOD and create a dynamic movie within RockPlot3D that shows time based changes within these models You can specify any number of intermediate transitional models be generated between the existing models 1 To access the morph settings right click on the item s name or icon w in the right 233 RockPlot8D RockWorks14 234 pane and choose Options You can also double click on the morph item to access the options The program will display the Morph Options window in which you can run the morphed sequence export to an AVI file and adjust isosurfaces color scheme surface style and opacity You can change the minimum G level enclosed in the isosurface skin and adjust the appearance of the model at the boundary edges Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Data Items Morphed Model Settings Running the Morhed Solid Model Sequence Saving the Morhed Sequence as an AVI File Adjusting the isosurface color scheme Adjusting the isosurface style Adjusting the isosurface transparency Establishing the minimum iso level Displaying the isosurface volume Adjusting the isosurface cap appearance RockPlot3D Voxel Model Settings RockPlot3D can display solid models as isosurfaces or as all voxels The All Voxel display is typically used for display of lithology solid models or B
44. Rotates 3D features by a specified amount and lists the resulting strike and dip or dip direction dip angle values in tow new columns of your data sheet Reads planar linear or rake data from the data sheet and displays the orientation of these features on a stereonet diagram using points and great circles Optional gridding 1s available to display point density with line or color filled contours Used to determine the direction inclination distance and velocity for X Y Z and time data Translates azimuth bearings representing strike to dip direction This permits you to change the format of your data from right hand rule to dip direction Plots a strike and dip map based on X and Y coordinates strike dip and color data from the data sheet Import Polylines gt Planes Reads xyz polyline coordinates from an ASCII file and Stats menu Univariate Histogram computes the orientations of planes that pass through the polyline vertices It is designed for applications in which the user has xyz coordinates that represent the intersections between fractures or contacts and surface topography By computing the orientations of planes that pass through these points it is possible to analyze and or visualize the relative positions and orientations of these structures Contains tools for analyzing amp graphing one two or three sets of data Computes a variety of statistical parameters based on the data within a us
45. SOWA i EENE E 78 98 137 140 197 XYZ Vva l s caleplatih E nreno 53 DEY ZG a EE T S 83 146 149 Z zp Tiles SAVING iene e ai 22 zoom in out of screen display 213 214 229 361
46. Stratigraphy and Hydrology menus The program offers several methods to do this interpolation of your data Each operates differently and each has strengths and differences See Gridding Methods below Grid files can also result from other RockWorks Grid Volume and Solid menu tools 2 9 Reference RockWorks14 280 Gridding Methods There are several methods offered to interpolate your data Closest Point Each grid node is simply assigned the value of the closest control point Cumulative Nodes represent the sum of the control point values within the node area Helpful for modeling weighted occurrence data Directional Weighting Uses Inverse Distance with a directional weighting bias Distance to Point Each grid node is assigned a value that represents its distance in your X Y map units to the closest control point Inverse Distance A common method using a weighted average approach to compute node values Kriging Its strength is in identifying patterns across the data including directional trends Multiple Linear Regression Simple distance weighting is applied to a regression analysis Sample Density This algorithm assigns grid node values by simply counting the number of occurrences of control points within the corresponding grid cells Trend Surface Polynomial It finds regional trends in your data Trend Surface Residuals It determines local differences from regional trends Triangulation grid based It us
47. The RockPlot2D Measure menu contains four tools used to compute measurements Computed measurements are displayed in the RockPlot2D data window that sits to the right of the graphic window This information can be copied to the clipboard for pasting into other applications Examples Measure hole to hole distances to determine good grid model node spacing Measure fracture bearings off a map for display as a rose diagram T See Help Contents RockPlot2D Measuring Tools for step by step instructions about computing the following measurements within the RockPlot2D window Measuring the area within a polygon Measure Area Measuring the bearing of a line Measure Bearing Measuring the distance between two points Measure Distance Measuring the perimeter length of a polygon Measure Perimeter RockPlot2D Digitizing Tools The RockPlot2D Digitize menu contains four tools used to capture map or diagram coordinates for points lines polylines and polygons that are drawn by the user Digitized coordinates are displayed in the RockPlot2D data window that sits to the right of the graphic window This information can be copied to the clipboard for pasting into other applications In addition these digitized items can be can be appended to the underlying map or other graphic image Examples Define a polygonal area on a map to be used to filter your grid or solid models Digitize a fault trace polyline for use in gridding
48. The Smoothing Filter reads an existing grid file and averages the Z values based on a user declared filter size The smoother can be run 1 or more times to get rid of spurious noise within the grid model and bring out regional trends Notes The Polygon Vertices editor contains a button that will plot the polygon in a RockPlot2D window If you save that image it can then be plotted over your resulting map using RockPlot2D s File Append command See Polygon Vertices Tables page 268 for more information See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Filtering Editing Grid Models The RockWorks Utilities Grid Edit command is used to edit the node values stored in a RockWorks grid model or to create from scratch a new grid with user declared dimensions and node values This interactive editor color contours node values posts X Y points if available and allows editing of individual Z values or those within a polygon Notes The Grid Editor is used to modify node Z values only It cannot tbe used to modify the X Y location coordinates of the nodes themselves For moving grid nodes see the Resample option in the Grid Math menu See Help Contents Rock Works Utilities Grid Model Tools The Grid Editor 167 Grid Model Tools RockWorks14 Performing a Slope Aspect Analysis on Grid Models The RockWorks Utilities Grid Slope Aspect Analysis is used to read an existing grid file and compute the c
49. Tools RockWorks14 200 Drape a bitmap over a surface the Grafix 3D Utilities Images Drape tool reads an existing bitmap image and given an existing grid model generates a 3D image of the bitmap that confirms with the grid surface Notes Use RockPlot3D s File Save As to save the draped bitmap view then use File Append to append an existing RockPlot3D view to this image Display bitmap images as vertical panels The Grafix 3D Utilities Images Panels Vertical tool reads a list of bitmap images and their coordinates and displays them as vertical image panels Display bitmap images as horizontal panels The Grafix 3D Utilities Images Panels Horizontal tool read a list of bitmap images and their coordinates and displays them as horizontal or inclined image panels Display Bitmaps on a 3 Dimensional Cube The Grafix 3D Utilities Images Cubes program reads a list of images from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet and display them on a 3 dimensional cube for display in RockPlot3D These can be used to create displays of building in 3D 3D Oriented Objects The Grafix 3D Utilities Oriented Objects tool a F J 7 gt reads location bearing inclination and length E ma r _ information from the datasheet and draws 3 1 dimensional arrows at those locations for display in i yy 606s i a RockPlot3D Use this to display fossils a FA 4i E archeological items flow vec
50. Topgnd Unit Base grd 0 5 Unit 3 Units Top grd Units Base grd 0 5 Unit 4 Unt_4 Top ard Unt 4 Base grd 1 0 o 2 0 2 0 a i 0 5 pel 1 0 Unit 10 Unt_10_Top grd Unt 10 Base grd Ff 0 5 Unit 5 Unt_5 Top gard Unit 5 Baze grd Unit 6 Unt_6_Top ard Unit 6 Base grd Unit 7 Unit Top gd Unit Base grd Unit 6 Unt_8 Top grd Unit Base grd Unit 9 Unit Top grd Unit Base grd When creating the list of units be sure to list them in reverse order with the lowest stratigraphic unit at the top of the listing to highest stratigraphic unit at the bottom of the listing This convention is due to a restriction within the OpenGL environment All of the GRD models must have the same dimensions and node spacing in order for the program to be able to build the stratigraphic diagrams They must also reside in the same project folder as the ATD file Sample file gridlist atd Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Stratigraphy heading and select Grid Lists See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Grid Lists Other Lists Please refer to the Help messages for formatting details for these data types e Miulti Variate Anomaly Grid Lists e Grid to Logs Lists RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities Data for Solid Models XYZG Data X YZG data can be entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet to represent X Y and Z locat
51. UTM and UTM to Degrees commands in the RockPlot2D Utilities menu are used to convert plot file coordinates from longitude latitude decimal degrees to Universal Transverse Mercator UTM meters or feet and vice versa The converted map is displayed in a new RockPlot2D window These utilities convert graphic coordinates the coordinates that are stored for each line symbol etc in the plot file If you wish instead to convert the original X Y data coordinates that are listed in your datasheet you can do so using the tools in the RockWorks RockWorks Utilities Coords menu or the Borehole Manager s Map menu Help Contents RockPlot2D Manipulating RockPlot2D Files Converting Diagram Coordinates 223 RockPlot2D RockWorks14 Notes 224 RockWorks14 RockPlot8D Chapter 20 RockPlot3D RockPlot3D Overview RockPlot3D is a true 3 dimensional display tool that is used by the RockWorks Borehole Manager and RockWorks Utilities for display of 3D objects such as stratigraphic and water level surfaces solid models strip logs and other items such as bitmaps and storage tanks These items can be displayed individually or in combination as shown above RockPlot3D permits interactive movement of the display rotate zoom pan and easy viewing and hiding of image objects Managing RockPlot3D Files This section discusses the process of opening appending and saving R3DXML files that are displayed in the RockPlot3D wind
52. Utilities Coords Jeffersonian Polygons gt Cartesian option is used to generate X Y coordinates for each corner of leases that are listed with Range Township Section descriptions quarter quarter or lots This translation is based on either a Land Grid Table of idealized or commercially purchased data or the RockWare Landbase data which covers portions of the U S This tool was previously located in the Map Land Grid menu See page 266 for information about Land Grid Tables See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Coordinate Conversion Tools Translating Range Township Section Polygons to X Y RockWorks Utilities Translating Map Coordinates 116 The RockWorks Utilities Coords menu contains a number of utilities that can be used to translate coordinates that are listed in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Coordinate Conversion Tools RockWorks14 Logs amp Sections Chapter 5 Creating Strip Logs amp Log Sections Creating Strip Logs amp Log Sections Overview There are a variety of tools available in the Borehole Manager s Striplogs menu for creating 2 dimensional flat or 3 dimensional logs of individual or multiple borings The log data is taken directly from the Borehole Manager data tabs The log options are pretty much the same for these different log views You may choose to include any combination of the following in the logs Well name depth label
53. Utilities Grade gt GT Grade Thickness given a solid model that contains grade values this tool will produce a grade thickness grid and contour map in which the contours represent the grade multiplied by the thickness The RockWorks Utilities Extract Solid reads an existing solid model such as soil chemistry or lithology type determines the volume of a pit that would be required to extract the portions of the solid model that fall within a specified range e g contaminated soil or a selected lithotype The output is a report that lists the pit and contaminant volumes and the stripping ratios a 2D diagram illustrating the pit elevations and or a 3D diagram showing the filtered solid and the pit elevations The Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Volumetrics tool computes volumes of stratigraphic layers at elevation intervals displaying a report in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet using either grid based or solid based stratigraphic models This is an easy method for computing volumes of stratified material The Borehole Manager s Lithology Volumetrics tool computes volumes of lithology zones at elevation intervals displaying a report in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet This is an easy method for computing volumes of non stratified material The Borehole Manager s I Data Volumetrics tool performs a variety of filtering operations on an existing solid model to create a detailed report and diagram of material volume or mass Filt
54. X Y Z point locations from the datasheet and compute a variety of statistics regarding the distribution of the points Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Statistical Tools Computing Point to Point Distances 195 Statistical Tools RockWorks14 Notes 196 RockWorks14 Survey Tools Chapter 16 Survey Tools Survey Menu Overview The Survey option in the Map menu contains a variety of tools designed to translate different kinds of survey data Converting Bearing Distance Data and Creating Maps The RockWorks Utilities Survey Bearing Distance tools are used to convert survey data page 81 to XYZ coordinates for display in a new datasheet and or to create a plottable map in 2D or 3D that illustrates the survey stations and or transect lines with a variety of labeling options The survey data must list one or more control points and bearing distance and inclination to the survey stations Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Survey Tools Converting Survey Data to X YZ Plotting 2D Survey Maps Plotting 3D Survey Maps Converting Triangulation Data to XYZ The RockWorks Utilities Survey Triangulation tool is used to convert triangulation survey data page 81 to X YZ coordinates for display in the current datasheet This program requires that two or more stations have known X Y Z elevation coordinates from which other coordinates can be computed Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Survey Tools Conv
55. Y coordinates in lon lat or Easting Northing format e RockWorks Utilities Map menu Land Grid Section Map and Lease Map These tools create section boundary maps and lease maps Where do these reference coordinates come from RockWorks offers two options 1 One option is to purchase RTS land grid information from a commercial source This requires that you import that data into the Land Grid Table See Importing Commercial Land Grid Data for details 2 The second option is to create an idealized land grid which requires only that you define a single known latitude and longitude coordinate for a corner of a Township and the number of townships to be listed See Interpolating Idealized Land Grid Data for details RockWorks14 Tables IMPORTANT Although we ship a sample Land Grid Table with the program you will need to create import or interpolate your own land grid table for your own projects Below is an example of how a Land Grid Table would look when the data is imported or interpolated A Land Grid Table C Users ROCKWARE Documents RockWorks14 Samples land_grid tab Co e ka Eile Q Edit 6 IW 1s 31 104 984342 44 233134 104 984342 44 24761 104 964157 44 24761 104 964157 44 233134 6 1w 15 30 104 984342 44 24761 104 984342 44 262085 104 964157 44 262085 104 964157 44 24761 6 1w 1S 19 104 984342 44 262085 104 984342 44 276561 104 964157 44 276561 104 964157 44 262085 6 1w 15 18 104 984342 44 2
56. You can also access the Help window at any time using the Help Contents option or by clicking the Help button in the program windows You can click on the Project Folder item near the top of the program window to open a different project folder or create a new project folder See Getting Started Checklist page 25 for some important tips regarding the Borehole Manager Starting RockWorks the Next Time If you ve already installed and run RockWorks before follow these steps to start up the program 1 Click on the Start button on the Windows taskbar 2 Click on the Programs or All Programs option 3 Click on the RockWare group and then on the RockWorks 14 program icon If you have hidden the startup screen you will be prompted to choose this session s project folder see 5 below If you have not hidden the startup screen it will be displayed showing your current license type registration number and licensee name If you are running the program in Trialware mode you will see the number of sessions and the number of days you have left in your trial period If RockWorks has been run before on this computer the uses and or days may be used up This can be true even if you had uninstalled the software before re installing If you need more time contact RockWare and we may be able to provide an extension code 4 If you want to continue with the current license type click the Next button If you need t
57. a 5 for example In the output diagrams each lithology is represented using the background color you ve selected for its pattern also in the Lithology Types Table Notes e The lithology keywords are listed in the project s Lithology Types Table page 253 e For lithology models the program will use the Horizontal Lithoblending algorithm because it was designed specifically to model lithology types e Optional surface filtering 1s available to zero out nodes above a surface model such as the ground surface or a stratigraphic unit and or below a unit Additional options include applying a regional tilt to the modeling as well as warping the lithology model based on a surface RockWorks14 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences e Once you have the solid model file created you can use that existing model for future block fence profile section and plan diagrams They can all share the same MOD file without having to recreate it each time choose Use Existing Model in the diagram s Options window e See page 157 for information about drawing profile section and fence panel traces e See page 181 for information about lithology volume tools Help Contents Borehole Manager Lithology Tools Lithology Diagrams Lithology Model Use the Borehole Manager s Lithology Model tool to create a 3 dimensional voxel diagram that illustrates lithology types The lithologies will be color coded based on their backg
58. a 173 arrow Maps eeoa EEE Gabe E 187 ASCII data Index exporting 67 97 137 140 146 149 156 IMPONI henii 54 97 170 ASCII files EXPONE an N 170 178 IMPON oe Rvceuscnon he Sdasebsonese 178 ATD lEt er 74 271 274 ANTIE eerren tame tucariies 233 237 axes displaying in RockPlot3D 230 labe liio nreno 222 294 303 labels eN SE W peara 230 SCANS ir atuiaceeasnts 210 213 248 249 B Backup D tab se vse siitevecaecatcdenice iia veresstaseonats 38 Dat chart Maps wih wadeiehacsiiest nora iete 105 AUC IAS aaah ted aeaaeii E E ean as 305 bearing computing from X1Y1X2Y2 data 188 computing on screen display 219 converting from quadrant ce 192 converting to quadrant ccccceeeees 192 bearing distance data cc seeeeesssseeeeeeeeeees 197 Best Pit Command ice ieecentats aires 213 Deta IMLELSE CEOS arseenin iira 189 beta pall Soeren a E 190 BAES ece aeaa e EA Ea 271 bitmaps see also raster 1mageS 005 87 SEAS TAD oohees danereriess Or A 48 BMP images see also raster images 87 Boolean filter prd model eri eE 166 s lid models enie 175 borders 2D maps and diagrams 6 222 294 SID dAran 303 borehole logs see also strip logs 117 Borehole Manager access Well data s sesesesseseseseseserssesseses 33 Index create NEW project 06 asin cetnllvacddadeetec
59. a 2D grid file that represents total overburden thickness Extract Grid from Model Creates a 2D grid file from an existing real number or Boolean solid model file The grid file can be extracted from any horizontal constant Z or vertical constant Y or X layer in the original solid model Insert Grid into Model Inserts a 2D grid file slice into an existing real number or Edit Fracture Discs gt Solid Morph Import Export Initialize Volumetrics menu EZ Volume 2D Grid Model Boolean solid model file replacing the existing model voxel values with the grid node values The grid file can be inserted into any horizontal or vertical layer in the original solid model Used to edit the contents of real number or Boolean solid model file one slice at a time The slice you specify will be loaded into the Grid Editor for viewing and Editing Creates a solid model based on a list of discs loaded into the Utilities datasheet The program assigns voxel values based on the distance between a voxel node and the closest point on the closest disc meant to represent fractures Creates one or more intermediate solid models between two existing solid models by creating a series of weighted averages of the beginning and ending models The models are then loaded into the RockPlot3D Viewer Reads regularly spaced xyzg data from a text file and converts it to a RockWorks solid model Exports a RockWorks soli
60. a RockPlot Map or Diagram RK6 File into a ReportWorks Page Use the RockPlot RK6 menu command or toolbar button to insert into a ReportWorks page a map cross section or other 2D diagram generated by RockPlot2D and saved as a RK6 file To insert the image position the cursor in the page where the one corner of the image is to be placed and click and hold the left mouse button to insert it With the button still pressed in drag to the location of the diagonal corner point and release the mouse button As you drag you ll see a rubber band image of the shape s outline You can adjust the diagram s scaling clipping outline and fill pattern color See the Bitmap tool for inserting more generic graphic images The Bitmap tool can be a good option if the RK6 image is slow to redraw in the ReportWorks page or if there are offset or scaling problems You can access the image s options at any time by double clicking on the image or by right clicking and choosing Properties You can resize the image block by first single clicking on the image to see the boundary handles Then click and hold on any of the handles on the corners or edges and drag to the new position Release the mouse button when the boundary s edges are in the correct position Reposition the image as you wish by clicking and holding anywhere on the text and dragging it to the new location Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Inserting a RockPlot Map or Diagr
61. a number that s generated by the RockWorks program when it s first started It is unique to each computer and each user Unlocking Code This activates the Single User license and is supplied by RockWare when you send us your Registration Number and Installation Number described above Contact RockWare as described on page 9 You can click OK to proceed and jump to page 9 Starting Up RockWorks Single Computer License Unlocking Note You must have standard user or higher privileges e g administrator to unlock the Single Computer license Restricted users should contact their system administrator Introduction RockWorks14 Single Computer licensees will now see a window where the licensing information can be entered L Zi Enter the requested information Licensee Name Type in your organization s name This will be displayed in the program s startup screen Registration Number Type into this field the letters and numbers that are printed on a sticker on the CD User Manual and registration card you received from RockWare Single Computer registration numbers contain the letters CM or AM If you opted to downloaded the program at purchase you can contact RockWare for this number Installation Number This is a number that s generated by the RockWorks program when it s first started It 1s unique to each computer Unlocking Code This activates the Single Computer license and is supplied by RockWare when
62. a trend surface map of your data by providing correlation information See Trend Surface Gridding in the Help messages for information about creating trend surface maps and examples of different polynomials Use the residuals to determine where localized differences from the regional background may be Help Contents Rock Works Utilities Grid Model Tools Trend Surface Analysis 169 Grid Model Tools RockWorks14 Morphing Grid Models S55 The Grid Morph command is used to generate a series of transitional grids se and or contour map images given two end member grids The user can specify the graphic format for the output maps and they are then loaded into the RockWorks picshow application page 203 This is a handy way to generate intermediate images between two models Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Morphing Importing Grid Models into RockWorks The Grid Import Grid command is used to read an existing set of gridded data stored in one of the accepted formats and translate the data into a RockWorks grid file format This tool also imports JPG or BMP images and translates them into a grid format ASCIT ASCII grid files consist of a list of space delimited xyz values in which each line contains one node also referred to as Text format Bitmap RockWorks can import BMP or JPG images and store them as grid models Be sure the input file declared at the top of the window has
63. an adjustable delay between frames The PicShow can run once or be continually looped to repeat the display list Raster to RockPlot2D The Grafix Images Raster gt RockPlot2D tool can be used to add aerial photos to your maps or raster well logs or core pictures to your strip logs cross sections and fence diagrams This procedure supports BMP JPEG TIFF WMF EMF PNG TGA and PCX formats For very large images you may want to resize them to save disk space and for better viewing quality using the new Raster Conversion utility below Raster Conversion The Grafix Images Raster Conversion tool is used to read bitmap images and resize and or sharpen them This would typically be done prior to displaying the images in RockPlot2D This procedure supports BMP JPEG TIFF WMF EMF PNG TGA and PCX formats Rectifying Image The Grafix Images Rectify Image tool reads a bitmap image and allows you to calibrate it to real world coordinates rotate it to N S and E W orientation clip it to project or user defined coordinates and display it in RockPlot2D or floating draped in RockPlot3D Extra large images can be resampled to lower resolution 203 Image Tools RockWorks14 Notes 204 RockWorks14 Misc Utilities Chapter 18 Widgets The Widgets menu contains a variety of miscellaneous geology financial graphic and reference tools These were previously contained in the Geo Tools tab along the left edge of the p
64. and hydrochemistry diagrams and calculations In earlier versions of RockWorks these tools were lumped under the Hydro menu Computing Drawdown for a Single Well The RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Drawdown 1 Well utility is used to calculate water level drawdown for a single well using the Theis non equilibrium equation Data for a single well is entered directly into the program dialog box it is not read from the program datasheet Notes See the help messages for a listing of the Theis equation Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Tools Computing Drawdown for a Single Well Computing a Drawdown Surface The RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Drawdown Surface utility is used to read a listing of drawdown data parameters from the datasheet and generate a potentiometric surface model based on pumping and or injection wells using the Theis non equilibrium equation Notes See the help messages for a listing of the Theis equation Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Tools Computing a Drawdown Surface Plotting 3D Flowlines The RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Flowlines command reads a particle path data file as can be imported from ModPath data and plots ModPath style particle paths as 3 dimensional tubes Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Tools Plotting Particle Paths as 3D Flowlines 183 Hydrology amp Hydrochemistry RockWorks14 Plottin
65. and restart the entire program Use this menu option to open a new RockPlot2D window RockPlot2D is the 2 dimensional flat diagram viewing portion of RockWorks Use this menu option to open a new RockPlot3D window RockPlot3D is the interactive 3 dimensional diagram viewing tool in RockWorks Use this menu option to open a new ReportWorks window This is a new program for page layout of RockPlot2D images raster graphics with text and shape annotation legends and more 307 Reference 308 Compile RCL File Close Edit menu Project Dimensions Enable All Boreholes Disable All Boreholes Adjust Total Depths Calculate XYZ Values RockWorks14 Use this menu option to read special batch commands listed in a RockWare Command Language RCL file and process them within RockWorks Select the File Close command to terminate the Rock Works program Offers general data editing options Brings up the dimensions for the current project folder for viewing editing This option will place a checkmark next to all boreholes within the borehole list thereby including all of the boreholes in any subsequent computations or diagrams This option will remove all checkmarks within the borehole list thereby excluding all of the boreholes from any subsequent computations or diagrams Use this option to scan all of the data for each borehole in the current project database and adjust the Total Depth Location tab for
66. appended to the panel junctions Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and displays the model as a 3D fence diagram You may request regular panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways 3D logs can be appended Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and creates a 2D map representing the model where it intersects a designated surface typically the surface topography Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and displays a horizontal slice extracted from the model as a 2D contour or color map Calculates statistics for a single column of I Data measurements in the current project for all enabled boreholes The computations are displayed in a text window Reads a single column of I Data values from all enabled boreholes and determines the frequency or percentage of the total number of measurements for that variable that falls in each user defined grouping or cell These values are represented as a bar histogram plot Performs a variety of what if filtering operations and volume computing operations on an existing geochemical solid model The input model can represent precious metal assays contaminant concentrations or any measurable component for which you wish to compute volume Tools for exporting I Data from the Borehole Manager to other formats 315 Reference 316 Export X
67. as log widths text sizes etc as a percent of the XYZ range of the project You can see the X YZ extents for the project in the Project Dimensions Advanced Options Stats window in the Diagonal Distance entry Example Let s say your project s XYZ extents are 1000 feet If your log stratigraphy columns are set to a size of 2 representing percent then they ll be displayed at an actual diagram width of 20 feet When displayed in RockPlot2D you could use the Measure Distance tool to actually measure the item s actual diagram width Based on XY Coordinates This option sets the the diagram items to a percent of the XY range of the project This can be helpful if your project is really deep and your diagram items are being displayed too large User Defined Choose this item if you want to manually establish a reference size and expand this heading to enter the size For example if you set the size to 500 and your log stratigraphy columns were set to a size of 2 then they ll be displayed at an actual diagram width of 10 feet Tables RockWorks tables are no longer listed in this menu Instead click on the large Tables button along the left edge of the main program window to access the table listing Program Defaults 2 6 The default settings for the program preferences discussed above as well as all of the individual menu items are stored in a file in the program s system folder My Documents RockWorks14 System MenuS
68. boreholes The logs can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 124 The log data is read from the database The borings can be vertical inclined There is an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically Menu command Striplogs Multi Log Profile Output window RockPlot2D Notes When drawing the profile line among the boreholes the program offers a clipping zone beyond which distant logs will not be projected onto the profile See page 157 for information about drawing the profile slices Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Cross Sections Displaying Multiple Logs in a 2D Profile What is a Hole to Hole Cross Section A hole to hole cross section is created by selecting individual boreholes in any order that are to be displayed from left to right in the section Hole to hole sections can include strip logs with any all available log items displayed The logs can be hung on any listed stratigraphic interval In hole to hole sections the distance between logs is proportional to the physical distances between the boreholes on the ground This differs from log profiles in which the distance between logs is determined by their perpendicular projection onto a single profile line Because the hole RockWorks14 Logs amp Sections to hole trace can contain multiple segments that differ in direction it s impossible to project a 3 dimensional log so all boreholes ar
69. can also be inserted into ReportWorks layouts The factory default Symbol Index Table is named symbol_index tab installed with the Samples dataset My Documents Rock Works 14 Samples folder This table is ASCH in format Since these tables are generally project specific we recommend that you store your working table in the project folder Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Symbol Index See also Symbol Tables page 260 Range Lookup Tables 264 Colorfill Tables A Colorfill Table is used to define a listing of value intervals and their corresponding colors to be used by the program when building 2D or 3D color filled contour maps solid models etc for which you have requested Custom color intervals They can also be used to display a reference color index in RockPlot2D and ReportWorks The default Colorfill Table is named color_fill tab installed with the Samples dataset My Documents RockWorks14 Samples folder This table is ASCII in format Since these tables are generally project specific we recommend that you store your working table in the project folder Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Colorfill Tables See also Color Index Tables page 262 Contour Tables A Contour Table is used to define a listing of Z values and their corresponding line styles and optionally contour labels to be used by the program when building 2D line contour maps for which you hav
70. ccc ccscsceseeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 15 ROCK WOFKS99 Users Read Tints 2 2 tssccecnssesceduhebeeeoectiuetant se scecnesenvecnleloseueceanvecnonenenences 15 LosPlot Users Read Tisian E E A 16 Getin TG as sce e E E E 16 A Bier TOU arene en e E VEE E coe E ae eeate cacsecacs 18 Chapter 2 The Borehole Manager 25 Usine the Borehole Minadeo A E TENETE 25 Gerne Sted Ehee k Si errn n r E S 25 BOorenole Pro ee aeae a N r eelnc eaten tmoledsveaeatanumtens 27 Creating a New Borehole Project ccccccssseeecceceeeceeeeeeeaeeeeesenseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 2 Opening an Existing Borehole Project Folder ccccccccssssssssessesseeeeeeeees 30 Entering Borehole Data Overview rriten a ane 30 Creauie a Ne Wo Wele ya fits areca E R ee ascetes atures ates 31 PCT tin awe Me e E a 32 Accessin a Wells daldan E 33 Enabling Disabling Borehole Records ccccccccecceceeceaeeeeeesesseeeeeeeeseeeeeeaaas 33 Borehole Manager Database OVervieW cccccssssssssssseseeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeseneeeeeeeeeeess 34 Database Navigation Tips 2 cciasersccoatucdivastrammatasdanesivasdaaduea eveewterivauetabneecumiscs 35 Quick Summary of the Borehole Manager Buttons sssssssseeeeneseeeessssssssssssee 36 Confisurins the Data Tables sj yrio ndes erines e iene encore re Eni e 37 Customizing the Tab Display cise wencestsodicasterandicdewastiawnetaadieasbecoreMuceuseeuncetacs 38 Backing Up Restoring and Refreshing the Database
71. contouring since there is no loss of data integrity as a result of gridding However RockWorks cannot build 3D surface maps using this method Also non grid triangulation can leave blank areas in the map where there are no control points unless you tell the program to insert edge points Contours tend to be very angular You must have at least four XYZ point triplets to create a Delaunay contour map using the RockWorks Utilities Map EZ Map tool The Planes 3 Point tool requires only 3 input triplets 107 Maps RockWorks14 108 Grid Based Contouring Gridding is a process in which scattered spatially distributed data can be transformed into a regular grid of numeric values You might picture a grid model as a grid of imaginary lines that overlays your source data points In the process of gridding the program assigns a value to the grid line intersections called grid nodes RockWorks offers several mathematical methods to do this interpolation of your data Each operates differently and each has strengths and weaknesses A grid file is the computer file of numbers that contains the results of the gridding process It contains a listing of the X and Y location coordinates of the regularly spaced grid nodes and the extrapolated Z value at each node Because gridding is an interpolation process it s possible for the resulting map to look quite different than you had expected The benefits of gridding include having more control ov
72. coordinates can be hand entered or can be determined by the program by clicking on of the buttons listed above The X and Y boundaries represent your map coordinates The Z boundaries represent elevation extents RockWorks14 Borehole Manager biinimum blasimum s Easting 652 700 0 653 520 0 Westem amp Eastern boundaries Y Northing 5 535 000 0 5 535 900 0 Southern amp Northern boundaries Z Elevation 240 0 i 25 0 Base and Top Elevation Spacing These settings pertain to grid models and solid models They represent the spacing between nodes in the X west to east Y south to north and Z elevation dimensions LOOK AT THESE NUMBERS Node density affects the quality of the model and the time necessary to generate it Spacing between model nodes spacing Nodes from west to east m your map units Easting 40 21 mh Number of nodes Spacing between model nodes as from south to north in your map units Northing 40 23 represented Spacing between model nodes from lowest 2 Elevation 10 E to highest elevation in your depth units Nodes These prompts display the number of nodes that will be generated along each axis These are computed automatically based on the dimensions divided by the spacing You cannot edit the node settings to adjust the density edit the spacing Show Advanced Options Insert a check here to display project dimension statistics and other settings These ar
73. dat eetwlast eerie A a eatees 183 Plotting Water Level versus Precipitation aoe e each enti ENEA 184 Compute lon DB alae ai vaaasauel a tadeitesneh abides peceaed 184 Crranns Piper 1 ar ais sisal a O A bps eeu tet eeeaee 184 Canne 5 Gl ik Dia Oras esas saiar ale ba ice at ea adareaanaiaade peru aaah 185 Creatine SOR IAC Pais Maps 4 esvesseiesiersoidsscs i a T doveshelv ens 185 Computing Total Dissolved 2S ONS isis cavssictiulvenias aednnch dovansousa eau hdabenpeuanaons sonuanenias 185 Table of Contents viii Chapter 14 Directional Statistics Tools 187 CEMS AOW Maps en a Marae easeantaeh ate Gridding and Mapping Lineation Frequencies Lengths and Intersections Creatine Lineal on Mapsen or toed she rinnto oh dewia Grown etooremecintan ite Computing Lineation Bearing Length and Midpoint ccccceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Creatina ROSE 1d er ains ites davisisreanaeles dens nica seew sen tad aha aa vaudch tad ks ears done aeueeteniaate Importing DXF Lineations into the Datasheet ccc cseeessesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeees Computing the Orientation of a Single Plane Based on Three Points Computing Plane Orientations Based on Three Points ccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Computine Planar IntereCiOns iera aie Mie acne a eet alte Computing Planar Intersections Planar Pairs cccccccsssssseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas FR CAC oD tA eia E t tek Sees Ua E N sana vee E ON
74. depths for each borehole and the symbol to be plotted at each depth in individual logs and in log sections Symbol Tab fields RockWorks14 Borehole Manager e Depth Type in the measured depth for the first symbol you wish to record The depth values must be positive The symbol will typically be positioned with its center plotted at the declared depth This is not the case if the symbol s origin as it was created in the symbol editor is not in its center See the Help messages for more details e Symbol Double click in this cell to pick the desired symbol from the displayed index to the library of symbols You can pick a color for the symbol by clicking in the Color box Click OK to return to the data table e Caption Type in any text you want to be plotted with the symbol on the log This is not required Depth Symbol caption F 10 Pump E e efe Pipe See page 260 for information about the RockWorks Symbol library Patterns Use this table to select specific graphic patterns to be plotted along a depth interval in individual logs or in log sections Data fields e Depth to Top Enter the measured depth to the top of the interval to be filled with the pattern block The depth values must be positive e Depth to Base Enter the measured depth to the bottom of the pattern interval e Pattern Double click here to pick the desired pattern from the displayed index You can pick foreground and background colors
75. each sample location in a map ESS x See the description of Stiff diagrams page 185 for information about their structure T T T Notes You may choose up to 4 additional cations and up to 4 additional anions dor display in the Stiff polygons Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Tools Creating Stiff Diagram Maps Rose and Stereonet Diagram Maps TA a The Borehole Manager s Fractures menu contains tools SAS 2 for generating maps that illustrate fracture orientations A x gt 2D and 3D at each borehole location using rose diagrams and stereonet diagrams The bearing and dip gt g data is read from the Borehole Manager database s s ra z MON Fractures table for each borehole W Les Sp Sy 2 ip gt ga See the description of Rose diagrams page 188 and Stereonet diagrams page 191 for information about their Structure Help Contents Borehole Manager Fracture Tools Creating Rose Diagram Maps Creating Stereonet Diagram Maps Google Earth Maps The Utilities Map menu contains a Google Earth submenu that offers plotting of e Placemark maps e Polygon maps and e Polyline maps in Google Earth These tools create a Google Earth KMZ Keyhole markup language binary file based on the contents of point polygon or polyline information listed in the Utilities datasheet Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Creating Maps 106 Roc
76. eeee cece eeeeeeeeteeees 121 159 Multiple TAS oriatrcenativcntweses evisu sanecnete 55 multiple linear regression gridding 280 multivariate anomalies cccceeeeeeeee aeons 165 MULOV aN Ale MAPS aeree 105 N network user MOE coccccscccciscsoccoccoscvevceveseoosss 6 8 new DORE OLE eiae iene Side S 31 Borehole Manager project ccccceeeeees 27 TAY e AEE E ce E EE T EEEE TE 217 246 ReportWorks Window ccccccceccceeseeeees 242 RockPlot2D Window ccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 209 RockPlot3D wWindow cccccceseeeceeeeeeee 22 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 74 NEW TEITE S irea 12 NEW SOC iuc ccectancctelatwacsieanteseet 31 Newmont Assay MDB csseeeeeeeeeees 56 INQ ES VS tsereeers ir dearest dees 178 normalize filter datasheet onuren 195 OMG Mode les aaa rare 166 Index TOPCO Son santa ghds ova a 31 39 O CH GUase ares hares costes a caine hata cenies 239 opening Borehole Manager projects 0006 30 PIOE TICS sack caterer sencadie tates etneudadcc tales 209 225 R DXML file Sunsara 225 238 ReportWorks document 00000008 242 RKO MICS pne ads jertohaneeianes 209 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 75 76 274 DRIVES TINGS oiea a 225 238 Ore Thickness gt GTid cccccceessseeeeeeeeeeees 176 Onientanion tabescens noia a dels 41 oriented ODIJECIS ennnen 89 200 Overburden Thickness gt Grid 006 176 P p
77. eraa a 243 SAVING TCS ayen a 243 resample grid models ccccceeeeeeeeeees 166 rescaling datasheet Coordinates cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 116 RockPlot2D images cccccccccccceseeeeees 223 POSIGU AIS cio cnea tec ccceserachicwm acess 165 169 280 Restore Databasens sinees 38 RKO TIOS ecien teers 212 Annota E E 222 CUI PINS e en 223 COMBINE maciso 210 converting coordinates eee 223 displaying bitmaps ccccccecccseeeeeeeees 203 CX POU ii scccct a aeu aaa adenine 202 212 inserting into ReportWorkS e 248 ODMS aa 209 PANON S ei R 210 TOSCO eei a Neds 223 SAV INO on ene Secteteaeane cto anaes 210 EALE i 1c sears E EI E cnamtnonsas 213 s reen SCAHNO eea a 213 VOW INS eodera 212 RE Wiesner Mseueucuen sea tuidam 209 RockPlot2D adding DOLCCLS shueciceiestscaverstievededeteveawiee 222 356 RockWorks14 addin IE CENS esanian 222 clipping images esse hecaccovsecwwensdvoreesiavenee 223 combining images sseeeessssssssseseeeee 210 converting coordinates eeeessssseeee0eee 223 data WINING OW edena a ae 220 digitizing ON screen eesessssssssseeeee 219 drawing 1tOMS secarei i 218 COMMS tooien a 216 exporting files sci sesssesewenrenten veeneees 202 212 image scaling in window 213 214 Importing files eters 202 211 INCODUCHON seirian aieeaii 21 207 TANS pace E erage tease E E EE 217 IMAC THIET 2 chs catsaursccaesecaccenmnvecncteevi
78. external ASCII file The Borehole Manager Lithology I Data P Data and Fractures menu tools Profile Section Fence and Model create solid models from lithology interval sampled point sampled or fracture data in the respective data tabs Once it knows the dimensions of your study area the program divides it into three dimensional cells or voxels their dimensions automatically or user determined Each voxel is defined by its corner points or node Each node is assigned the appropriate X Y and Z location coordinates according to its relative placement within the study area A 285 Reference RockWorks14 286 fourth variable G which can represent grade of ore concentration of pollutants etc is estimated based on the G value of the given data points Voxel my 7 ba y There are several methods offered to do this interpolation of your data Each operates differently and each has strengths and differences These are discussed under Solid Modeling Methods below Help Contents Reference Solid Model Reference Solid Modeling Methods There are several methods offered to perform the 3 dimensional interpolation of your data Each operates differently and each has strengths and differences Closest Point The most basic solid modeling method in which the value of a voxel node is set to be equal to the value of the nearest data point Distance to Point This method assigns each solid model node a value e
79. filters to be applied and the enabling disabling will apply only to the boreholes meeting the filter parameters and no others So while the Filter Boreholes tool works as an AND filter the Select Boreholes tool can function as an AND or OR filter Here is a cartoon that shows how successive Select filters can incrementally enable boreholes using specific filters Benzene gt 0 3 HA Apply Apply L Enable Enable ims gt a SS p ig A el Seloct y Boreholes Os Lithofogy l contains Clay i All boreholes are disabled Enabled boreholes There is a preview window to the right where project boreholes are displayed in red if currently enabled Disabled boreholes can be invisible or shown in gray Clicking the Apply button will leave the dialog box open but update the database using the selected filters and update the preview window RockWorks14 Borehole Manager Filters include map locations vertical extents lithology type stratigraphy type i data values p data values water level dates and optional location fields Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Querying the Database Locating the Closest Borehole The View Locate Closest Borehole option can be used to determine the borehole record whose X and Y coordinates are closest to an XY coordinate pair typed in by the user This tool is also available interactively in the Rockplot2D window Hel
80. for the pattern by clicking in the Color boxes You can also adjust the pattern density by adjusting the Density setting the Preview box will show you the current design colors and density for your reference Click OK to return to the data table Initially only the pattern number will be displayed in the cell but when you lt Tab gt or click into another cell the display will refresh with the graphic design and color e Caption optional Enter here any text you want to be plotted with the pattern on the log Der hto Top Depth to Base Pattern Car ion 10 20 Screen See the discussion of Lithology data and Stratigraphy data earlier in this section for information about entering downhole rock types and formation names also associated with graphic patterns in logs and sections See the discussion of Well Construction data below for information about entering downhole construction materials that allow multiple pattern columns 47 48 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 Bitmaps Use this table to enter one or more depth intervals for each borehole and the name of the image to be plotted between these depths in individual logs and in log cross sections These can represent raster logs downhole images core samples and more Raster images are limited to display in vertical logs only 2D and vertical and inclined logs only in 3D RockWorks contains an interactive tool for depth calibrating the raster images 1 Double click in th
81. formation is missing and it should not be represented in individual strip logs 63 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 DH 4 eae Precambrian It would be displayed in hole to hole sections as pinched out at the well with no fill or pinched out between wells There is an Allow Pinchouts option in the hole to hole Section window that offers the choice Formation i left blank Allow Pinch Outs OFF Hole to hole section I Allow Pinch Outs Formation pinches out BETWEEN wells Allow Pinch Outs ON EHI CH Hole to hole section Allow Pinch Outs The omitted formation would not be included for that borehole in computations that generate surfaces and thickness calculations Note how the red surface in the example on the left is not pulled up to lie on top of the lower surface since there is no data for the borehole Its interference with the lower formation is noted with the splotchy lines On the right this interference is avoided by activating the onlap option in the stratigraphic model settings Onlap tells the program to build the model from the bottom up and give lower units priority Over upper ones 64 RockWorks14 Missing Formation Bases Borehole Manager Another common scenario occurs when a borehole ends in the middle of a unit challenging the geologist to decide whether to list the base of the boring as the base of the formation not entirely correct or to leave it blank RockWorks permi
82. grid data set or an idealized land grid Translates dates listed as month year month day year or day month year into a decimal style stardate Most typically this is used if you wish to plot date dependent data along an axis of an XY plot and the application requires that dates be entered in decimal format Adds X Y coordinates e g UTM Eastings amp Northings to datasets that only have a timestamp The coordinates for a given event e g a geophysical measurement are established by locating the preceding and succeeding times within a designated GPS file and interpolating between these two known points Contains tools for creating and manipulating raster and RockWorks graphics Offers tools for manipulating RockPlot2D graphics files RK6 These options are also available within RockPlot2D itself Combines the contents of two RockPlot2D files RK6 and to save the results under a new RK6 file name Extracts from an existing map or diagram created in RockPlot2D and saved as an RK6 file all of the contents that lie within a user declared rectangular area The clipped image is displayed in a new untitled RockPlot2D window Rescales if necessary and combines multiple RockPlot2D plot files RK6 into a single montage using coordinate information that you enter into a table The new image containing the combined plots is displayed in a new untitled RockPlot2D window 339 Reference 340 Rescale I
83. grid models ceeeeeeee 166 RW pat Dal eere rana aaratahs 246 257 RW Syne S Viiecuuoai aan 246 260 RWO Sunszen eioen a e 212 COMA MMOS aer 243 CX POMS r e RS 244 OW ea EEEE EVE E EAEE 242 ODEMIRA uae 242 PONNE yae fateh ake batons 243 RWR files Opening eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 242 S sample density gridding eens 280 saving database backup isccsarsiscntacaatieiciaon 36 PIOU ACS rentoa 210 227 243 RKO TIS iee Sateen ssetecccniees mcr eared 210 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 71 RWO Eaa O R 243 AML ES area i 221 TAD l S a a 22a scale Dai rusenie n Sudewitaveas 218 inserting into ReportWorks 250 OM MANS ae a none ents 294 scaling changing in RK6 files eee 223 printing ReportWorks images 245 printing RockPlot2D images 210 screen display in RockPlot2D 213 214 screen display in RockPlot3D 229 sean DOLEHOLES a cais tencatceuyecsiadeneesintevecedidaterie 69 scattergram datasheet ValUCS assis sdesetveietelaboseoeslacae 194 Index grid node vales sinine i 165 solid model node values eee 173 Schlee s siliclastic classification 0 194 SCUIPUMO r E SE E 24 305 section Maps oenen 114 sections see also Cross Sections 117 SGP De Sna a ae 97 seismic shotpoint MAPS eeeeeeeeeeeeees 115 select borehole gss sscassaresserareis eel names 68 Select pattern WINKOW cccssseeeeeeeeee
84. is discussed in Chapter 8 Solid models are used to illustrate the 3 dimensional distribution of geochemistry geophysical lithology or other measured values The tools in the Rock Works Utilities Solid menu discussed here are used to filter extract edit and otherwise manipulate these solid models See also Creating Solid Models page 141 Solid Modeling Reference page 285 Computing Solid Model Statistics The RockWorks Utilities Solid Statistics utility is used to get a general summary of the contents of an existing solid model file The statistical summary can be displayed in two ways e As a textual report in which the summary of node values and computed statistics are displayed in a document in a text editor Example Run this on two models to be sure they have the same dimensions for future mathematical operations e Asaplottable frequency histogram of the node values reported as numbers or percent Be warned that histograms of high density solid models may take a significant amount of time to create or they may exceed the capacity of your computer system e Asaplottable scatterplot of observed versus computed G values representing model error We call these Krajewskigrams in honor of our associate who invented them e Asa listing of predicted versus modeled values in the data window Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Solid Model Statistical Tools Performing Arithmetic Operations
85. is imported into the borehole Location tabs Assigning well names can be based on several data fields and well symbol is based on the listed well status D amp A GAS etc T See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data Importing Excel Data RockWorks also includes an import tool for getting data into Borehole Manager from external XLS Microsoft Excel files This tool is accessible in the File Import XLS Excel option This program will import data from multiple worksheets in a single Excel file into the current project s borehole database 57 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 The format of the Excel worksheets must be the same as that produced by the File Export Excel program Unlike the import tool in RockWorks2004 and earlier the Excel import can now append to existing borehole records This means that any data being imported that references existing borehole names records will simply be written to the existing record s fields For example if your existing database contains Location records for DH1 and DH2 you can append Lithology data for those same boreholes You cannot however append to individual data tables For example if you already have lithology data stored in the borehole database for DH1 and DH2 importing lithology data from the Excel file for these boreholes will replace all of the existing lithology data for those holes See Help Contents Borehole Manager
86. messages for details about the input file s required structure Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Exporting Solid Models 178 Use the Solid Export command to export the data contained in a solid model file created within RockWorks It offers model export to these different formats with a variety of options ASCH XYZG XYZ node locations and G values are listed in four columns separated by the character of your choice at the decimal precision you select with or without a header NOeSYS T3D Exports XYZG data from the model to a NOeSYS ASCII format RockWorks permits you to launch T3D automatically when the file export is completed Slicer Dicer Exports XYZG data from the model to a Slicer Dicer format Notes See the help messages for details about the output file structure RockWorks14 Volume Tools Chapter 12 Computing Volumes Volume Tools Overview RockWorks offers a number of tools for computing volumes of stockpiles of formations and of specific material zones in solid models The RockWorks Utilities EZ Volume tool reads X Y and thickness values from the datasheet and computes volume using a Delaunay triangulation method The output is a textual report This is often used to compute stockpile volume The RockWorks Utilities 2D Grid Model tool computes the volume of a stratigraphic unit based on a grid generated from XY and thickness values among other parameters The RockWorks
87. not currently visible drag the scroll bars up or down as necessary Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Symbol Tables View the index number for a symbol Select a symbol to be active Move symbols within the table Import symbols from another Symbol Table Open a different Symbol Table Save the current Symbol Table under a new name Create a printable index to the current Table Access the Symbol Editor Using the Symbol Editor The Symbol Editor is a tool that permits you to edit an existing symbol design or create a new symbol design for use to illustrate sample locations in maps stereonets etc Symbol designs are stored in a RockWorks Symbol Table The Symbol Editor is accessed from the Select Symbol window The selected symbol design or blank symbol will be displayed in the Symbol Editor 261 Tables Design Template where you draw your symbols Erases the most recently added item in the Design Template Hap be used repeatedly Symbol 16 Design Template Accepts changes Cancels changes and exits Editor Help Cle X Cancel and exits Editor Accesses Help RockWorks14 Clears the Design Template Imports a symbol design stored under a different symbol number The Select Symbol window can also be accessed by double clicking in a symbol column in the RockWorks Utilities data sheet or by clicking on the symbol picture in the Borehole Manager Locatio
88. not designed for you to edit the coordinates or measurements there Thus there is no Paste command for the Data Window You may utilize either of two copy data buttons described below for copying the data to the Windows clipboard for pasting elsewhere See also the Drawing Tools page 218 and ReportWorks page 241 for an interactive page layout and drawing window 221 RockPlot2D RockWorks14 Manipulating RockPlot2D Files 222 Locating the Closest Point RockPlot2D has a nifty tool that allows you to search either the Borehole Manager or the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for the data that lies closest to a location you select on a map With a map displayed in the RockPlot2D window simply right click on the locations for which you wish to retrieve data As above confirm the coordinates to be searched they ll be populated automatically based on your right click selection specify the data window and columns if necessary The program will search for the requested information and display the data record closest to the selected point Help RockPlot2D Manipulating RockPlot2D Images Locating the Closest Point Adding Border Annotations to RockPlot2D Images The RockPlot2D Utilities Annotate command is used to add axis tick marks and labels representing coordinate units to a two dimensional map such as a sample map or contour map In order to preserve the existing plot file the annotated map will be loaded into a new Rock
89. original G value falls within a user specified range and to a 0 if the G values do not fall within the range Then multiply this model back against the original to zero out areas where your criteria aren t met Minimum Ore Zone Thickness This tool is used to specify a minimum thickness for any individual ore or material zone to be included in the output model and computations This is a means of discarding non economic areas from the totals Minimum Total Ore Thickness This tool is used to specify a minimum thickness for the combined total ore or material zones to be included in the output model and computations This is also a means of discarding non economic areas from the totals Maximum Total Waste Thickness This tool is used to remove small pockets of non ore material from surrounding ore blocks translating them to ore classification and including them in the output solid model for future calculations Stripping Ratio This tool is used filter a Boolean solid model based on the ratio between the thickness of the overburden waste and the thickness of the zone of interest ore Several methods of computing the stripping ratio are offered based on individual ore zones or total ore zones Density Conversion This tool is used to enter a multiplier for individual Boolean voxels so that the program can compute total mass as well as total volume The X Y and Z values of the input model must be in the same units in order
90. p data fracture and aquifer section panels can lie between boreholes the slices can be placed anywhere within the model However if you choose to include striplogs in these section diagrams and if the panel endpoints don t lie at borehole locations the program will simply project the closest log onto the panel Straight stratigraphy sections must be drawn borehole to borehole and the program will automatically snap panel endpoints to well locations Click Continue to accept the section trace The program will create the diagram and display it in the RockPlot2D window page 207 Notes Well Order In a section diagram the order in which the panel endpoints are selected will make a big difference in the appearance of the diagram The first panel you select regardless of its position in the map will be at the left edge of the cross section and the last will be at the right edge Mistakes Choose the Edit Undo option to remove the last picked point You can use this command repeatedly to remove panels in backward order Or choose Edit Reset to clear the display and start over Section panels that extend beyond the current project dimensions will be truncated to the project boundaries If you would like to be warned that this truncation has taken place you can activate the Warn if Outside Project setting under the Options menu T See also Help Contents Borehole Manager Laying Out Vertical Sections and Fences for additiona
91. plan map and as a 3D isosurface or voxel diagram Downhole data that was recorded at depth points as opposed to depth intervals is entered into the Borehole Manager s Points P data tabs The P data tabs will show one column of depth listings and one or more columns of measured values The data can include all types of geophysical elog data resistivity gamma etc By contrast data measured at depth intervals is entered into the I data tab Notes e Several modeling methods or algorithms are offered for the interpolation of the data into a solid model e Optional surface filtering 1s available to zero out nodes above a surface model such as the ground surface or a stratigraphic unit and or below a unit Additional options include applying a regional tilt to the modeling as well as warping the P Data model based on a surface e Once you have the solid model file created you can use that existing model for future isosurface fence profile section and plan diagrams They can all share the same MOD file without having to recreate it each time choose Use Existing Model in the diagram s Options window e Automatic maps illustrating the location of profile section and fence panels can be created e See page 157 for information about drawing profile section and fence panel traces Help Contents Borehole Manager P Data Tools RockWorks14 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences P Data Diagrams P Data Model Use
92. proceed The program will build the fence diagram and display it in the RockPlot3D window To clear the current display to start over choose the Edit Reset option To draw a new fence panel or to add a new panel to the existing display you have some options Manually draw the line Simply left click on the map location to become the one edge of the cut and then left click on the location to become the other edge of the cut The program will connect the points with a line For projected fence diagrams the 161 Laying Out Sections amp Fences RockWorks14 162 slice endpoints do not need to correspond to borehole locations For straight fence diagrams Stratigraphy menu the lines you draw will be snapped to the closest boreholes Pre configured panels Another option for fence panels is to select a pre configured panel arrangement by choosing an option from the Panels menu or clicking the correspoinding button For example for an automatic X panel layout that extends to the edge of the solid model choose the Panels Diagonal option or the x button As mentioned above the slices do not need to conform to borehole locations for projected fence panels They do for hole to hole fences Stratigraphy menu and the program will snap the drawn endpoints to the closest boreholes You can use any combination of hand drawn and pre configured panels that you wish To snap the panel endpoints to actual well locatio
93. s Lithology tab or formation names in the Stratigraphy tab The actual pattern lt gt data associations are made within the Lithology Types Table for lithology and the Stratigraphy Types Table for stratigraphy RockWorks is shipped with a large number of patterns already installed in a Pattern Table The factory default Pattern Table is named RW_pat pat Itis stored in the System folder in your My Documents Rock Works 14 folder Unlike some of the other program tables TAB files this table is binary rather than ASCII in format To access the Pattern Table where you can view the current pattern set open a new pattern set or even access the Pattern Editor where you can modify existing patterns or create new patterns follow these steps 1 Click on the large Tables button along the left edge of the main Rock Works program window 2 Click on the file name to the right of the Patterns row heading The program will display the default Pattern Table in the Select Pattern window Here you can view and select patterns from the current pattern library It also lets you access the Pattern Editor where you can edit existing pattern designs and create new patterns See the topics below The Pattern Table can also be accessed from several other places within the program the Stratigraphy Types Table Lithology Table the Borehole Manager Stratigraphy and Lithology data tabs the RockWorks Utilities datasheet if you double cli
94. screen display 219 distance filter solid models c ccce 174 distance to point gridding seseeeeeeee 280 Distance to Point solid modeling 286 DLG Attributes Tablle cccccceceeeeees 266 PUG ICS his cessed ends cine Saatatracse weteenel ceaucecias 211 downgradient vector map 0086 115 168 downhole survey data cccccccsssssseseeeeeeees 198 drape DIMAS crisi 200 Draw menu RockPlot2D eee 218 CE AWC OW We reie Ee 183 drill hole SURVCY riiinig 198 348 RockWorks14 Duplicate Lones ai i O 31 DXF files EXPONE conet yi ii 170 212 IMPOTTING ana 97 189 211 237 E E00 files importing eecccccceeeeeeeeeeees 211 CASTING A EE E E AET 31 39 Bit ASS PEC AC SNC Clint rarelnnencentrenieimidmeteles 51 editing DOLCNOLE Cala a 30 OIG ANOGCIS ea 167 patterns weve es 259 RockPlot2D graphics eeeeeeeeees 216 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 91 sold modi Fansedrere a stemeues 177 SYM DOLS a R 261 ClO ViALIOM ei costasecacinenes 39 EMF images see also raster 1MAES ee ececceeeeeeeees 87 Enable All Boreholes cccccccccseeeeeees 33 ENZ AOS eE 170 Erase LOT eeen ne erent ter ener ret gre eer erie 32 ESRI E00 files importing eee 211 ESRI grid models asennon 170 ESRI Shapefiles CXPOLING reir eE 130 131 237 HM POPENS e aa e EES 202 211 exasperation Vertical evscccdwesvresdevavelteetees 21
95. settings for the tree style menus displayed in many of the program Options windows Initial Size Large which will be slightly smaller than the main menu window or Small 738 x 480 pixels Show Pull Down Menu Check this for display of the File View Help menus in the Options windows Show Toolbar Check this to display the toolbar buttons in the Options windows Button Size Choose Large which will include labels or Small which will not Background Color for Variables Choose the colors for menu item variables such as file names when they are selected versus not 2 5 Reference RockWorks14 Icons Choose whether icons are to be displayed for selected options items Define when Menu Settings are Saved Here you can choose whether the changes that you make to items in an Options window are saved as soon as you change them and would be stored even if you cancel the operation or are saved only if you click the Continue button to proceed with the operation Default Image File Type Choose the default file type and extension to be displayed when you are specifying output files Data Sheets Expand this heading to adjust the font used in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet You can also adjust the background color Diagram Scaling Use this option to define how the program will scale the items within graphic diagrams Based on XYZ Coordinates This is the default setting This tells the program to dimension diagram items such
96. survey devices The import will generate a datasheet with ID symbols and X Y Z coordinates Imports the data from an ModPath ASCH Pathline File into the datasheet Imports earthquake data from the USGS National Earthquake Information Center into the datasheet When used in conjunction with the Map SpherePlot program this utility can be used to view earthquake data as color coded by depth size coded by magnitude global maps Imports a fixed field file used by the RockBase program a member of the Rock Works DOS package RockWorks14 SEG P1 WCS XLS Export ASCII DBF XLS Transfer Reference Imports SEG P1 style shotpoint data into the datasheet The program will read the selected SEG P1 file and determine the points that lie on each seismic line Imports data from a Tobin Well Coordinate Service WCS file into the datasheet Imports the entirety of an XLS format file from the Microsoft Excel program The imported rows and columns will be placed in the active datasheet starting at the row in which the cursor is currently placed Offers a variety of tools for exporting data from the Utilities datasheet Exports the current datasheet information to an ASCII text file Exports the current datasheet information to a D Base format file Exports data from the current data sheet into an XLS format file for use within the Microsoft Excel program In order to use this export tool you must have
97. tables for entry of depth intervals and keyword rock or soil type names for each borehole These materials can be illustrated in strip logs and can be interpolated into a solid model for display as blocks profiles and more using the program s Lithology tools The Lithology Types Table defines for the program the names of the keywords for the current project s rock material types and the graphic pattern color to use for each in logs and other diagrams It serves as the reference library for the downhole lithology data This table is stored in the project database 253 Tables RockWorks14 won biology 0 0 50 a tery hated 5 0 25 0 Clay 25 0 35 0 Gree 35 0 40 0 Gravel 40 0 50 0 55 0 Lithology Type Table Cosi Concrete A F Doiomite 100 os 40 a Granite 100 io 6 0 lw os Gravel wees 100 06 aa e Limestone RELLA 100 aa B a 105 moderately i fthotogy data table Muisiore Lithology Type Table 13 0 B 115 0 120 0 Clay Very sane Pakoeal 100 oa 70 120 0 125 0 Send noderatetf a n e 125 0 130 0 Sand very Orava re pe x Y h 130 0 if 0 Sand very grav 1H 0 1710 Grsnie Pigrby w The Lithology Types Table lists for each rock soil material e The material name This field will link to the Lithology data table e The pattern and colors to be used to represent the material in diagrams e The percent f
98. that depicts the orientations of the linear gt features Full or half rose diagrams are available Line endpoint data can be interpreted as directional 1 direction or oriented 2 directions Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Linear Feature i Tools Creating Rose Diagrams See also Creating Rose Diagrams and Rose Diagram Maps from downhole fracture data page 155 188 RockWorks14 Directional amp Geotechnical Tools Importing DXF Lineations into the Datasheet The RockWorks Utilities Linears Import DXF Lineations utility is used to import lineation endpoint data from a DXF file storing the endpoint coordinates in the main RockWorks data sheet Notes LINE and POLYLINE entities only are read from the DXF file POLYLINE entities will be broken down into their individual segments See also Importing Files into RockPlot2D page 211 for information about importing DXF images into the plotting window Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Linear Feature Tools Importing DXF Lineations into the RockWorks Datasheet Computing the Orientation of a Single Plane Based on Three Points The RockWorks Utilities Planes 3 Points gt Planes One Set tool is used to compute strike and dip based on three points and plot a surface as a contour map The X Y Z points are typed into the program window they are not read from the datasheet Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Planar Feature Tools Comp
99. the borehole should it be shallower than deeper data values Use this option to update the background X YZ computations for all boreholes in the current project database They can become out of date if you modify borehole locations elevations or downhole surveys Be warned that this can take some time if you have many boreholes and or lots of downhole data Calculate XYZ Values for Current Borehole Use this option to update the background XYZ computations for the currently selected borehole in the project database They can become out of date if you modify the borehole s location elevation or downhole survey Edit Data as Spreadsheet Use this option to load the current data table such as P Data or View menu Filter Boreholes Data for the current borehole into a spreadsheet style data editor where you can perform some block editing operations copy paste Use this menu to query data view summaries and XYZ computations and more Use this tool to query all boreholes in the current project database using one or more filters such as a rectangular map area specific stratigraphic formations or specific Location table fields and disable those boreholes that don t meet all of the criteria This is a basic AND type of filter each of the RockWorks14 Select Boreholes Borehole Summary Show XYZ Values Locate Closest Borehole Project Information Tab Manager Optional Fields RockWorks Utilities Tables
100. the menu s list When a menu item or button is selected a window with program options will be displayed The options will be displayed in an expandable collapsible outline format l 2 Dimensional Borehole Location Map Options Click on the z Map Dimensions ee ft Project Dimensions A filled radio button indicates contract the an option is on Aut t heading S Meliilenle An empty radio button indicates O Manual a an option is off Click on the M Symbols button to expand i the heading Ties Log Traces A chakad koa O Bitmap Background Image indicates an O Surface Contours option is on wi Border A blank box J indicates an ti ff baled Opon nE o See text for keyboard shortcuts Accept current settings and proceed Contract all headings Cancel operation and return to previous menu Expand all headings Use your mouse to expand collapse headings and select items as described in the picture If you prefer to use your keyboard here s a list of shortcuts Expands the current node equivalent to clicking on the button 66 66 Collapses the current node equivalent to clicking on the button CTRL ENTER Opens the current node s edit dialog equivalent to double clicking SPACE Changes the state of a checkbox or radio button equivalent to a single click in a checkbox or button Up and Down Arrows Selects the next or previous node
101. this tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing your downhole P Data values and to create a 3 dimensional isosurface or voxel diagram that illustrates that model The values can be color coded in a variety of ways 3D striplogs can be appended Once displayed in RockPlot3D the isosurface or voxel display can be filtered for viewing specific data ranges and volumes can be displayed P Data Fence The P Data Fence tool is used to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing your downhole P Data values and create a 3 dimensional fence diagram that illustrates the model You may request regular panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels The model s values can be color coded in a variety of ways 3D striplogs can be appended See page 161 for information about drawing the fence panels P Data Profile Use the Borehole Manager s P Data Profile tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing your downhole P Data values and create a 2 dimensional flat vertical profile sliced between any two om in ie cae area The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Striplogs can be appended There is an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically P Data Section Cross Section A A Use this tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing your downhole P Da
102. to compute a meaningful volume Notes The tools listed after Boolean Conversion can read ONLY BOOLEAN SOLID MODELS The computations can be constrained by a grid model representing surface elevations 175 Solid Model Tools RockWorks14 Be sure the grid and solid models have the same XY dimensions and node spacings See also the Solid Convert Ore Thickness to Grid tool if you wish to convert the output Boolean model to a grid model for display as a 2D contour map Be sure that the conversion factor you enter for the Density Conversion tool matches the volume units that the program is using If the program will be computing volume in cubic feet but your conversion constant represents weight per cubic inch you would need to convert the constant to weight per cubic foot before entering it here Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Boolean Model Tools Converting and Extracting Solid Model Data 176 The RockWorks Utilities Solid Convert menu contains tools to convert certain solid model data to 2 dimensional grid model format to extract 2 dimensional layers from solid models as grid files and to insert 2 D grid model layers into solid models These tools are available Solid gt Grid Given a solid model this program will create a grid model in which the z value represents either the highest lowest average or sum of corresponding value within the solid model i e all nodes which fall within t
103. used to display one or more raster images BMP JPG TIFF PNG AFI VST PCX PCC EMF and WMP as 3 dimensional panels in RockPlot3D See Grafix 3D Utilities Images Panels Vertical page 200 This program requires 8 columns of information The names of the images to be displayed in the OpenGL panels their layer name and the X Y and Z coordinates for the lower left and upper right corners of the bitmap image Example Lower left Lower left Lower left 1 0 O 0 250 Boo gpr_south jpg GPA south O 1000 gprnorthipg GPR noth 0 1000 0 1000 1000 250 gprwestipg GPR west O 0 0 0 1000 250 gpreastiog GPR east 1000 0 0 1000 1000 250 Image name name for item amp Easting Y Northing A Easting Y Northing in RockPlotsD and Z elevation for and Z elevation for lower left commer of image upper right corer of image RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities Sample file GPRpanels atd which reference these bitmaps GPR_south jpg GPR_north jpg GPR_west jpg and GPR_east jpg Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Grafix 3D heading and select Vertical Image Panels Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Vertical Panel Image Lists 3D Oriented Objects These files are used to build a 3D image containing cone shapes at specific XYZ locations with a declared bearing and inclination See Grafix 3D Utilities Ori
104. used to open existing RockPlot3D R3DXML files the File Import command can be used to display other file types DXF Use this File Import tool to display 2D or 3D DXF files in an existing RockPlot3D window The DXF file will be appended to any items already displayed This tool imports DXF LINE POLYLINE LWPOLYLINE 3DFACE SOLID and CIRCLE filled commands See Help Contents RockPlot3D Importing Images into RockPlot3D Exporting RockPlot3D Images The RockPlot3D program saves image information in an R3DXML file with links to external bitmaps solid models grid models etc that are displayed in the image See Saving Files page 227 RockPlot3D also offers export of the screen display as other image types BMP Windows Bitmap JPG JPEG PNG Portable Network Graphics TIFF Tagged Image File Format AVI animation and ESRI 3D Shapefile formats These tools are in the File Export menu command See Help Contents RockPlot3D Exporting Images from RockPlot3D Exporting RockPlot3D images to a Bitmap format 237 RockPlot8D RockWorks14 Exporting RockPlot3D images to a JPEG format Exporting RockPlot3D images to a PNG format Exporting RockPlot3D images to a TIFF format Exporting a RockPlot3D animation to an AVI animation format Exporting RockPlot3D images fo ESRI 3D Shapefiles RockPlot3D Reference 238 Troubleshooting File Open RockPlot3D stores the current 3D view in an R3DXML fil
105. user manual will contain the letters CM or AM Running in this mode requires an unlocking code that is supplied by RockWare Network Click in this button if you have purchased a network license for the program which allows more than one person to access the program at the same time If you purchased a Network license your registration number on a sticker on your CD or user manual will contain the letters CN or AN The network version requires a special network license certificate file which RockWare will email to you This file must be stored on the server in a location to which all users have access Trialware If you haven t purchased a license yet and wish to run in Trialware mode choose Single User In Trialware mode all program functionality is intact except some of the export tools are disabled You can input your own data import data create graphics etc In Trialware mode you are allowed to use the program for 14 days from licensing or for 50 launchings whichever comes first You will see the usage time meter on the startup screen Trialware mode can be converted to a Single User license by entering a RockWare supplied unlocking code Trialware mode can also be extended if you contact Rock Ware Click Continue when the user and license type have been selected The program will now copy sample and system files to a RockWorks 14 folder in My Documents It will also initialize all of the program s variables RockWorks
106. well and Township amp Range Flat file one comma separated record for each well Imports well data provided by IHS into the Borehole Manager This program imports Kansas Geological Survey tops data It uses the same framework that is employed by the IHS GDS and Tobin imports 305 Reference 306 LAS Multiple LAS LogPlot Newmont Assay mdb Penetrometer RockWorks 99 RockWorks14 This program reads LAS Log ASCII Standard files version 1 2 2 for import into the Location and P Data tables of an existing borehole or a new well record Imports multiple LAS Log ASCII Standard files version 1 2 2 for import into the Location and P Data tables of existing boreholes or new well records Imports one or more LogPlot dat files into the Borehole Manager database Imports data from a Newmont Assay Mdb file into the Borehole Manager database Imports data from Spectrum Penetrometer files into the Borehole Manager database This data may then be modeled in three dimensions via the P Data Model program in order to gain an understanding of soil compaction Imports data from RockWorks 99 ATD and linked files into the Borehole Manager database Rock Works2002 2004 BH Files This option is used to import BH files from Tobin WCS XLS Export ASCII Dat LogPlot XLS RockWorks2004 BH Transfer RockWorks2002 or 2004 projects into the current Rock Works Borehole Manager database Imports data fro
107. what many people initially enter This means that if you do not initially know the regional stratigraphy and cannot define discrete layering you can still plot observed lithology in logs and log based cross sections observed lithologies 400 400 200 often repeating How Lithologies are Defined RockWorks stores in each project database a Lithology Types Table where you define the names of the rock or material types the colors and patterns to be used to represent them in logs and diagrams and some additional settings Page 253 How Lithologies are Modeled RockWorks allows you to enter repeating lithology intervals within individual boreholes so they cannot be modeled using surfaces You can t create a single surface for the top of a Sand layer for example if there are three Sand entries for a well Because of this lithology data is modeled using solid modeling techniques whereby the rock types basically bleed out from the boreholes into the surrounding space This allows RockWorks to create panel sections fences and block models representing interpolated material types using the tools in the Borehole Manager s Lithology menu If you want to try to group your lithologies into interpreted stratigraphic units you can do so by hand or using the Pick Contacts tool in the Stratigraphy menu that allows you to view a lithology or geophysical cross section and point and click to record stratigraphy depths e Inte
108. you have already created a solid model that illustrates the distribution of the desired material This can be created using the RockWorks Utilities Solid Model tool for XYZG data in the datasheet or external file or using the Borehole Manager Model tools Lithology Stratigraphy I Data P Data menus You may also input solid models that have already been filtered for G value range or with a polygon filter Solid Boolean Ops or Solid Filter tools The program also requires that you have an existing grid model of the surface elevations for the project This will create more accurate computations and surface models Notes This extraction process offers some options regarding maximum slope and whether benches are desired and maximum bench height Use the Report Captions settings to fully customize your report to your units See the help messages for examples Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Volume Tools Extracting Solids RockWorks Utilities Computing Grade Thickness ee ene ee eee The RockWorks Utilities Volumetrics Grade gt GT Grade Thickness tool reads an existing solid model that contains grade values e g percent eU308 this program will produce a GT grade thickness grid and contour map in which the contours represent the grade multiplied by the thickness In other words high valued areas may represent either thick zones of lower grade ore or thin zones of high grade ore The output includes a gr
109. you send us your Registration Number and Installation Number described above Contact RockWare as listed on page 9 You can click OK to proceed and jump to page 9 Starting Up RockWorks Network User Logging In Note You must have standard user or higher e g administrator privileges to set up the network licensing Restricted users should contact their system administrator Network licensees will now see a window where their licensing information can be entered 1 Enter the requested information Licensee Name Type in your company s name This will be displayed in the initial splash screen Registration Number Type into this field the letters and numbers that are printed on a sticker on the CD User Manual and registration card you received from RockWare Multi User registration numbers contain the letters CN or AN If you opted to download the program at purchase you can contact RockWare for this number Certificate File Use the Browse button to access the folder in which the network s certificate file RW14 LIC has been installed This is a file that is supplied by RockWare after your purchase initialized for the number of seats you purchased You may not run the network version of RockWorks without access to the Certificate File which maintains the network count among other things To obtain the certificate file contact RockWare as shown below When you your network administrator receives the certificate file via
110. 0 191 199 Planes MeNi suunni aaa it 187 plot files adjusting reference amp data items 230 Annota oa a a S 222 CHP PIO ce ieee eae aaa tee aes 223 COMDIMNING nee 210 226 243 converting coordinates seeeeeeeeeees 223 CX POLUNG signpost 202 212 237 244 TOL E eere S 211 inserting into ReportWorks 00 248 OPEM NSi 209 225 DONS oes eE 210 228 243 TOSCO nani ae 223 SAV 1 ea ala 210 227 243 VIEW na E iol ed 212 ZIPO O ia E 22 PNG images see also raster images 87 point distante S serisrcceniini n dees 195 point maps 00 103 104 105 109 293 point Dased data wicked diniesddeas 44 points diQitiZING cece cece eeeeeeeees 98 219 Points P Data tab 0 0 e eee eee eee ee eee 44 152 p lar COOrdINALES cece cccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 116 polygon clipping eeeeeeeee 166 174 268 Polygon Vertices Tables ceeeeees 268 PONV 2 ONS renen a 219 247 RockWorks14 DOVY SONS sa hilt sonics ds EEE 218 PONNE Ssn one 218 219 247 POLY HES lt gt plahe S va sceitrrenrenecidemenmeenstuechonees 192 polynomial enhancement 280 282 PFELELENCES sa ccotorss a aa 274 276 Print Setup command ccccceeeeeeee 210 245 printing from Report WorKk6 csceeeeeeeeeeees 243 from RockPlot2D si sissssis ccsstnrnonu sims 210 R ckPlo D VIEWS Siiani 228 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 77 Dro
111. 09 RockPlot2D RockWorks14 210 If there is no RockPlot2D window yet displayed on the screen you will need to create a new RockPlot2D window first previous topic Saving RockPlot2D Files Use the File Save and File Save As commands to save the current image under its existing name or under a new file name RockPlot2D always stores plot files in its own RK6 format If you need to export the image to a different graphic format you can use the Export command Combining 2D Plot Files The RockPlot2D File Append command is used to add the contents of a RockPlot2D file RK6 onto the end of a diagram displayed on the screen thereby combining the two This is a handy way to combine for example project contours with a reference base map In order to preserve the existing plot file the combined image will be loaded into a new RockPlot2D window Be sure that the two maps or diagrams must occupy the same coordinates in space in order for them to overlay correctly You can use the coordinate display in the RockPlot2D toolbar to get an idea of the coordinate range of any diagram Just move the mouse pointer around the RockPlot2D window and note the change in the coordinate listing You can use the RockPlot2D Utilities Rescale command to rescale a map to a different coordinate range You can use the Utilities Degrees to UTM or UTM to Degrees commands to convert between decimal longitude latitude and UTM coordinates See also
112. 0FEL 1000FSL Also required for translation of this type of well location description into X Y is a reference land grid file that contains necessary section boundary coordinate information These land grid data files must be created by you prior to spotting your wells by importing commercial land grid data or creating an idealized land grid Sample files Spot atd Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Jeffersonian Land Grid heading and select Congressional well locations See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Land Grid Well Descriptions Land Grid Lease Descriptions Land Grid Lease descriptions are entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet using a Range Township and Section notation format RockWorks can compute or spot X Y location coordinates for the lease corners using a commerical or idealized reference land grid as reference Coords Jeffersonial Polygons gt Cartesian page 116 Once the leases have X Y corner coordinates computed their locations can be displayed in a lease map Map Land Grid Lease Map RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities Lease Caption Range Township Section Location Pattem Siw East Sw North N Sec J4 ALL 1w 038294 1E 038294 Tw 034588 CONSO TW 037637 1E Blank columna for program 012393 WENDY TW computed SEC_12 E2 JE coordinates 1E Caption for lease
113. 14 Introduction Single User Mode Running in Trial Mode Unlocking Single Users will now see a window that displays the number of user sessions and days remaining la 1b 2 A econ Recor TT RockWorks 14 Single User Trial Version C Copyright 1983 2008 by RockWare Incorporated Remaining Days 0 Used 0 of 14 Days Remaining Sessions 4 Used 2 of 50 Sessions mOUnlock Extend Trial Period Skip this menu the next time the program is executed x Cancel l G Change License Type To use RockWorks in Trial mode click the Continue button See Starting Up page 9 Or if you are ready to license your program or if your trial period displays as expired you can unlock the software by clicking on the Unlock button and entering the following information PLEASE BE SURE that to unlock the program you are the end user and are logged into Windows under your normal Windows login Registration Number Type into this field the letters and numbers that are printed on a sticker on the CD User Manual and registration card you received from RockWare Single User registration numbers contain the letters CS or AS If you opted to downloaded the program at purchase you can contact RockWare for this number Licensee Name Type in your company s name or your name if purchased individually This will be displayed in the program s startup screen Installation Number This is
114. 2 The RockWorks Utilities Coords menu contains two tools for translating decimal style azimuth bearings i e 135 into quadrant style bearings i e S45E and vice versa The input data is read from the datasheet strike and dip data page 84 and the output coordinates are recorded there Help Contents Rock Works Utilities Coordinate Conversion Tools Converting Azimuth Data to Quadrant Format Converting Quadrant Data to Azimuth Format RockWorks14 Statistical Tools Chapter 15 Statistical Tools Statistical Tools Overview The RockWorks Utilities Stats menu includes program for computing univariate bivariate and trivariate statistics as well as for creating a variety of statistical diagrams Some of these tools are also available in the Borehole Manager for summarizing database records Computing Univariate Statistics RockWorks Utilities The RockWorks Utilities Stats Univariate tool is used to calculate statistics for a single column of samples in the current datasheet Data may be filtered out when an appropriate filter range is selected Statistics include simple summaries population min max range mean etc as well as Mean 1 2 3 and 4 Standard Deviations Notes This option is also available as a right click option simply right click anywhere within a RockWorks Utilities datasheet choose Columns Statistics and you will see the statistical report in a text window Help Contents RockWorks Ut
115. 2 133 strike and dip ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 115 168 191 SIP LOSS senorita 113 122 SULTACE arrainn 112 149 152 155 232 SOLVE Vense rere ien ER NE 197 water level surface 0 0esee0ees 140 232 mathematical operations datas hets naa N aE 95 snd MOCEIS xiiasiacei ei ri 166 SOC MmOde lS agiris 173 MDB TIC 30 34 271 Measure menu RockPlot2D 219 MENU Settings cescimesiteviesstedavenstiaiaiwion s 213 211 menu SUMIMALY eena a 306 HEMSE a ECEN 23 24 menusettings MM ievicreseccviscsteavenlchecdenvalealodiiaes 276 minimum area filter grid models 166 Missing fOrmMatiONS ceeeeeeeeeeees 61 135 MOD files see also solid models 271 model resolution c eee eeee cece 69 98 289 Index models adie oieee cc Uatnctuate dade 140 Mace cenena a eR 154 dalio n A 148 EEE OLLE A A E E rue niecheceate 145 Pda aa eee a 151 POUS ilar 225 So e a 141 143 stratigraphy sseeeeeesessessssseeeee 128 133 134 ModPath flowlines c cc cecceccceseeceeeeeeee 183 ModPath Pathline data cccceeececcee eee ee 97 morph grid models cccecccssesseeeeeeeeseeees 170 morph solid models ccccssseeeeeeees 178 233 movement analysis wxsccracesteersccminawes 169 m ltikog 3 Dress 123 Multi LoS M iPiracssan 122 Multi Log Plan View cccccccsssseeseeeeeeees 122 multi log profile 119 120 157 multi log SECTION 00
116. 3 DS ANIC US RE ROE 88 CONV CTO 2 corssrce evieees A 203 digitizing COOrdiNateS eens 203 displaying in 1OS cceseeeeeeeeeeees 48 125 displaying in RockPlot2D 203 drawing Ot SCLCCD a ccceoccevereateneesxseeanactax 218 EXPONE oriin 202 212 237 244 importing as grid models c cesses 170 in diagram legends ccececcceeeseeeseeees 222 in pate Tay oUb 241 TASS SNOW aeae aer 203 inserting into ReportWorks eeeeeeeeeeeee 249 EEE a T E A T E T 203 RC Dre 24 271 277 305 TOClAN CICS eine e RNR 218 247 fecit y DILIMAPS iai deia secesedavierriusasecrsuiacia ss 203 reference Cage settings cccccceceeeeeeeeeeees 303 Rettesh Database croeso T E ere 38 registration NUMDET sssssssssssesseoeeeeeeesssssse 7 8 report orid Bld SUCS ai r aeaatieeehad 165 solid model statistics cceeeeeeeees 173 volume computations sssssssse0000eee0 179 Index ReportWorks COMDINING MNES eieae 243 drawine itemi acsee cnriesieesOetnweteats 247 CX POLUIMS TICS ian aa 244 inserting raster 1MAES eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 249 inserting RockPlot2D images 248 TNSETUNE SCALE DALS vasedsad cones caiawseacsentees cade 250 Serino COX eiid trite Guat 248 INtLOGUCTION ceceeeeeeceeccecesceeeeee 22 241 VAMC S EA AE AE 246 NEW documen esia eeii 242 OPE docoMEh lessonae 242 paze lay OU escctem reenter 245 PACS WINS ecaece roe cin E 245 pintines TCS
117. 3 Excel files EXPONO Zr RR eae 67 97 149 ATA OF ING enine seca ddaiebeads 57 97 expo ore cedivsy Serle a cakes 273 ASCI wn 67 97 137 140 146 149 156 PVT ai a e ed Roostest 233 237 Borehole Managet 05 67 149 156 SV lesec ie citacna A 149 DDE eiA ERAEN 97 DAP orcii renee tater 170 212 ENZ ioen T cceteeues 170 ESRI otid models nemasne 170 RockWorks14 FRCS EESAN TOEA EA 67 97 149 fractures as XYZG data eccceeeeece eee 156 DTT model cune Mancina tbs tiawssuctuncelDere 170 CE can cess tn asacencrsic sass dess can ansceseodi audi 170 Hanson Aggregates strat thickness 137 I data as XYZG data cccccccesseeeeeees 149 lithology as XYZG data cccceeeeeeeee 146 MEALS beccscd sce iedecedsnsedacds tovdavdedecces 202 212 NOSY Senpera nemerenceseenees 178 raster 1MAEb eee 202 212 237 244 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 97 SEP scgon eased erases 237 Sheer DiC Taena 178 solid model senan 178 stratigraphy as XYZ data ccceeeee 137 Stratigraphy thickness 0eeeseeeees 137 UTC i cae aerate ces eran eee 170 water levels as XYZ data cccccceeees 140 KS adinec ee cprstse rants ea teeles ee eat 67 97 AM eor aA 202 212 Extract Grid from Model cccccceeeees 176 extracting solid models 000008 180 181 EZ Ma e 104 108 294 EZ Volne ennaa naa 179 F REDEN DA DTT EPEE E EE E ET 283 fence
118. 45 sy 531 39 MEJ 77E m7 fate a AY By fe 30 26 Note that the dip angle must NOT include any directional notation Example 3 This example lists strike and dip measurements with no X Y location coordinates This setup could be used to create stereonets and or rose diagrams with symbols for the sample sites used in Stereonet only 85 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 Strike in azimuth bearings Symbol amp Color or quadrant notation r Dip angle oasis r T Lo 138 0 2 o 938 gt 3 3 mH 1350 37 4 j e 2499 57 5 e 274 E7 6 Jg O 22353 72 j 7 E 2114 35 fa 6 Jg s 698 26 s 4 Sample files Planes atd Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Structural Geology heading and select Strikes and Dips Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Strike and Dip data Lineation Endpoint Data Lineation endpoint data can be entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for the purposes of computing lineation azimuth midpoint lengths and lineation densities amp intersections and for creating rose diagrams lineation maps and arrow maps Linears menu see Chapter 14 Example A and Y coordinate for A and Y coordinate for beginning of line end of line d a a dre dewe de LE 145 5 437 9 508 EE 6 198 8 273 5666 3 860 5685 993 1809 4 2025 r08 518 TIB 5 2729
119. 5 Laser Atlanta wsictevvyacen ie ternce i 97 LIDAR Gat asics sosstacscuussedsntecsacuclccsusastees 171 Eos PIOU CAA seisne a 16 55 MenM seting Sieci ria cai eee 276 Metafile Ssns 211 ModPath Pathline sssiccccsecsccistarwtiinrendatys 97 Newmont Assay MDB ccecceceeeeeeeees 56 penetrometerdata ssiri 56 PUD WIS iSe n a 55 plot Mle Sresi auaes oan eer eR ons 211 PASTEL IMAGES desi oe EERS 170 211 FROCK B ASC reni i 97 Rock Works2004 2002 cccccccceeeeeeeeees 56 IRGCKW OPK SOO ancrer 56 OE GP lro 97 Index Shape leS aea 202 211 solid models n nneennesesssssssooeeeeeesssssss 178 Spectrum Technologies ccccccceeeeeeees 56 SU O are endl os atone T 170 TODI ee shteos ete einen aatacetumencaee 57 WS etic se Ts etek asin Pasa O JI POLES a E N EE E E E 57 97 initialize solid model seid Git esies tetietete deeds 178 Insert Grid into Model cseseseeeseeeeeeees 176 installation numbet cee eee eeeceeceeeeeee 7 8 installing ROCK WOTKS sssseeeeeeeeeees 23 interval based data eee 43 146 149 Intervals I Data tabiic ciciis meena eca 43 inverse distance griddin ccceeeeeeeees 280 inverse distance solid modeling 287 OMDAT 184 MOM dala 84 106 184 185 isopach thickness maps 110 113 140 ISOSUTEACES sisccscuscastiswebeitevacen 143 148 151 154 display no eee A 225 233 1 Pave layout ee e t 241 SII CTINS a
120. 5 535 900 0 Southent amp Northern boundaries Z Elevation 290 0 i 25 0 Base and Top Elevation Spacing These settings pertain to grid models and solid models They represent the spacing between nodes in the X west to east Y south to north and Z elevation dimensions LOOK AT THESE NUMBERS Node density affects the quality of the model and the time necessary to generate it Spacing between model nodes spacing Nodes from west to east in your map units Easting 40 21 a Spacing between model nodes _ aah Number of nodes from south to north in your map units Northing 40 23 _ represented Spacing between model nodes from lowest 4 Elevation 10 E to highest elevation in your depth units Nodes These prompts display the number of nodes that will be generated along each axis These are computed automatically based on the dimensions divided by the spacing You cannot edit the node settings to adjust the density edit the spacing Show Advanced Options Insert a check here to display project dimension statistics and other settings These are discussed fully in the Help messages Help Contents Setting Project Dimensions and Preferences Using the Project Manager The Project Manager is a pane that can be displayed along the left edge of the program window which displays various RockWorks program files in the current project folder 101 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 102 Ay RockiWi
121. 59 0 0836 4 j4 855 7 5502 0 1105 0 0875 0 092 3 J5 e 256 698 85 0 0924 0 1154 0 0869 G O 934 6 686 6 0 1123 0 0913 0 0867 E f7 Oo fd Bf 0 0556 0 0998 0 1133 Text columns You may also display symbols colors lines and patterns as text if you prefer not to see their graphic display Symbol columns display the contents of the column as graphic symbols in a user selected color Datasheet columns that you set as Symbol columns are used to display actual symbol designs and colors that you have selected for each well or sample site fens Sure estab Northing Benzene toh B42 308 0 078 TE TT 2 o 522 2599 01058 0 095 010731 a 3 t 140 1 130 6 01037 0 099 0 0836 TE 858 1 550 2 0 1105 0 0875 0 092 gjs e 256 698 8 0 0924 0 1154 0 0869 E Jg Oo 9346 686 6 01123 0 0919 0 0867 7 ol 74 571 00986 0 0998 0 1133 Text columns Symbol column To select a symbol simply double click in the appropriate cell in the datasheet s Symbol column and select a symbol from the displayed list Color columns oe the contents of the column as a block of color PEE TEER al ae ae ara ge aE ee ____ Aquifer 2 Aquifer 2 Top ard Aquifer 2 Base ard se oe Aquitard 1 Aquitard 1 Top grd _ Aquitard 1 Base grd ___ Aaquifer 1 Aquifer 1 Top_grd Aquifer 1 Base qrd a an Vadose Zone Vadose Zone Top qrd Vadose Zone Base ard eee 1 Color column Text columns To select a color simply double click in the appropriate cell in the da
122. 76561 104 984342 44 291037 104 964157 44 291037 104 964157 44 276561 6 1w 15 7 104 984342 44 291037 104 984342 44 305513 104 964157 44 305513 104 964157 44 291037 6 iw 1s 6 104 984342 44 305513 104 984342 44 319988 104 964157 44 319988 104 964157 44 305513 6 1w 15 32 104 964157 44 233134 104 964157 44 24761 104 943972 44 24761 104 943972 44 233134 6 1w 15 29 104 964157 44 24761 104 964157 44 262085 104 943972 44 262085 104 943972 44 24761 6 iw 1s 20 104 964157 44 262085 104 964157 44 276561 104 943972 44 276561 104 943972 44 262085 6 1W 15 17 104 964157 44 276561 104 964157 44 291037 104 943972 44 291037 104 943972 44 276561 6 1w 1S 8 104 964157 44 291037 104 964157 44 305513 104 943972 44 305513 104 943972 44 291037 6 1w 15 5 104 964157 44 305513 104 964157 44 319988 104 943972 44 319988 104 943972 44 305513 6 1w 15 33 104 943972 44 233134 104 943972 44 24761 104 923786 44 24761 104 923786 44 233134 6 1w 1S 28 104 943972 44 24761 104 943972 44 262085 104 923786 44 262085 104 923786 44 24761 6 1w 15 21 104 943972 44 262085 104 943972 44 276561 104 923786 44 276561 104 923786 44 262085 6 1w 15 16 104 943972 44 276561 104 943972 44 291037 104 923786 44 291037 104 923786 44 276561 6 iw 1s 9 104 943972 44 291037 104 943972 44 305513 104 923786 44 305513 104 923786 44 291037 6 1w 15 4 104 943972 44 305513 104 943972 44 319988 104 923786 44 319988 104 923786 44 305513 6 1w 15 34 104 923786 44 233134 104 923
123. 786 44 24761 104 903601 44 24761 104 903601 44 233134 4 b Column 1 Row 1 Total Rows 145 e Each row contains data for a single Section e The Sections do not need to be listed in any particular order e If Sections are missing from Township they simply will not be plotted on the final map e No blank cells are permitted If there is data missing for a particular Section the entire row should be removed There is a distinction in how RockWorks will use the four standard corner points and the stream points in column 14 The four corner points will be used when plotting township boundaries in section maps RockWorks Utilities Map Land Grid Section Map and when spotting wells using the RockWorks Utilities Coords Jeffersonian Points gt Cartesian or Jeffersonian Polygons gt Cartesian options or the Borehole Manager Map Adjust Coordinates Jeffersonian gt Easting Northing option If you imported commercial land grid data that has more points defined for a Section this program will pick the four best points possible to use for corners The Points and Point Stream columns will be used when creating section maps using the RockWorks Utilities Map Land Grid Section Map tool See also Land Grid Maps page 113 RockWare Landbase page 270 267 Tables RockWorks14 268 Importing Commercial Land Grid Data If you have purchased land grid data from a commercial vendor and wish to use this da
124. A E iaa e A i inahan B cii i a E min saa g Pim agii a Him apd g Pim Gin ga AD Daji A lr p I D ajin 8 ri SP LAT Pii y eo Dray T fe Cre Fo Daner Liege C Erag be pia ibg Laem R ce reins Fh irri Lod Sere bates tyme ein Core Ti Sakr Ri Se m n P pP Eg ji jaia ange Other Tea Eurem La rep Teer Ser TE Faim wa M rih J ea iel Pou TETT Paras ao wine Pekki cele flees Pdi PEE BA ies on ies aes ie 1 Embrik seth C Liner i 2a SE ces paria See Cae eben fr 0 urn s Bot a cee Peri bee See q E him Pi A ae er aba pe a A ed Ce ely SOO EE Dee Fetes See ee Cry Pelee Secu Feder cae ee ch al best ey Bee cure Pace ari eee a ee race oe Car ely EOE Geet eke ee oo cere Gar E Tems i Bea ey Pe ere ey pel ert Lak E y Bil BCA Pe Pe harks Fie er at Loner Rally Seca arr Picea See core E Cee ots oi EE Decuria re ee r E Sarr a ii Pe a ee a a Lii ES mae Hai AR a ge eke dy Li Cla oly SE Does Pee ee ce eee bet Y O Um OO AES em Fikrig ete ities bes CL PeR Se Ca ae cee a ed re La Ca ik ae a a a Ree lS ed pi pea i CL Polly BEE Dees Fri ee el ito a Lamers Fah GTA Dieses Pe erin ei oy fe Cer is eee ecu Rae ee ied ed a Se Project Manager This pane along the left edge of the program window displays RockWorks files that reside in the current project folder and tables in the project database for quick and easy access Hover over graphic files to see previews double click on
125. Attributes windows Circle Attributes Symbol Attributes Text Attributes Line Attributes Polyline Attributes Rectangle Attributes Polyfill polygon Attributes Scalebar Attributes Text table Attributes Pattern Legend Attributes lithology stratigraphy and well construction Color legend Attributes Raster image Attributes Grid Attributes Working with RockPlot2D Layers RockPlot2D allows you to organize the different items on a page into different layers These are groups of items that can be displayed or hidden with the click of a button Opening RockPlot2D generates a single layer named Default Layer Subsequent items that are drawn or inserted into the page are done so in that layer until a new layer is created When RockWorks generates a map or diagram there may be different layers created for the different image components such as map contours border annotation and legends To add a layer to the current document choose the Draw New Layer menu item or right click in the Layers pane upper right side of the window and choose Add The program will add a new layer entry into the layer pane named New Layer Be sure to highlight a particular layer prior to adding zitems to your document items are always added to the currently highlighted layer See also Moving Items below To select a layer to be active click on its name in the Layers pane It will be displayed as highlighted Subsequent items that you add to
126. Confirm Dimensions option is checked if you want to view override the program computed dimensions before gridding begins Grid Dimensions 5 535 949 09474 perce m ah Y Masimum Y Direction 96 m Total Nodes 9 216 Y 5pacing The Minimurn and Masimum i and y 5 535 000 0 will determine the outside boundary t Minimum coordinates for the grid model The 652 700 0 or 653 649 094745 defaults that are shown will depend on which dimensioning option was chosen Minimum a iad l i 0 Maximum The Spacing settings are in your map Ao pacing units The numbers of nodes that will be created at the current spacing are x Cancel Help displayed at the top of the window If this window is displayed you can adjust any of the coordinate boundary or spacing settings 284 RockWorks14 Reference RockWorks Grid File Format RockWorks stores grid and solid model files in an ASCII text format Note that all real number coordinate and Z values are listed in the files in scientific notation A summary of the contents is listed here The first line lists the X coordinate of the westernmost grid node The second line lists the Y coordinate of the southernmost grid node The third line lists the number of nodes that are listed for the X axis west to east and the fourth lists the number of nodes listed for the Y axis south to north The fifth and sixth lines list the spacing in map units of the gri
127. Depth to Base Header Base Footer Top Filename gt 0 0 132 0 569 2439 Bh_O1_pic_O1 prig See the Help messages for more details about the calibration screens and about the Bitmaps fields Vectors The Vectors table is used to enter directional data such as groundwater flow directions tiltmeter data sonar data current flow etc This table can also be used to enter laser distance measurements in sub surface for cavern modeling Data fields RockWorks14 Borehole Manager e Depth Enter the measured depth to the vector origin The depth values must be positive e Direction Enter the direction of the vector from the well in azimuth degrees from 0 to 360 e Inclination Enter the vector s angle in degrees from horizontal 0 horizontal 90 straight down and 90 straight up e Color Double click in this cell and choose a color for the vector arrow that will be displayed in the logs and log sections e Magnitude Enter the current flow rate or any other parameter that is used to define the strength of the vector This can be used to scale the vector arrow in the logs If these represent laser distance measurements in a cavern the value will represent actual distance Depth ___ Arimuh____Ilretinaion loe a TA T 4 o 40 0 20 0 23 0 1o 45 0 30 0 27 0 og 42 0 50 0 11 0 1 37 0 70 0 28 0 15 0 31 0 50 0 11 0 10 43 0 100 0 27 0 10 0 18 0 110 0 18 0 10 0 30 0 120 0 22 0 40 0 130 0 19 0 17 0 49 0 Vec
128. E Lie Le A Behe inlet a 1 a La ae Le E ee L L gt i EENET LG EME MA ed 1E pr j mi pi LE j n oe min ir LTE Lah et Lee am T ja jA 7E Mia bimi jimi Si jii i Limi jiji E mim ak Je ECR LEZ LHS iI Wi j pm Emm imma mi Win Lee EN 1 isi LH eei Bes BTA ed eed el ed Lees Le The other main data window is the Borehole Manager specifically for entering borehole data downhole stratigraphy lithology geochemistry geophysical measurements water level etc See Chapter 2 for information about that data window The data you enter into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet can include simple X YZ data for generating point and contour maps strike and dip data for stereonet plots hydrochemical ion lists for Piper diagrams and many more This is a simplified datasheet in which data can be entered in a row and column format with cut copy paste options J xa ne teon oko 24 Ty e 1380 Bolg 104 1B 1 a gg E 388 3 j3 m 135 0 nO o 289 4 e 2499 D 951 15 f5 Fg 12 iz 136 Je o 2253 cee am 7 e m4 e Ld m 1170 e 2019 o 297 5 Sample strike and dip data 4 53 89 n 0 078 0 0837 0 0976 0 0929 0 0788 0 1058 0 095 0 1021 0 1044 0 0975 E 2 52 2 258 8 a js 140 1 1390 6 an annnrlaann 00762 4 858 1 550 2 0 088 5 j5 25 6 698 8 e je 934 0 0924 0 1154 0 0869 0 0839 0 0919 13 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 The data you enter into the RockWorks Utilities datashe
129. Easting amp northing Tank height at center of tank Tank radius Elevation at base of tank Sample file Surface tanks atd Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Grafix 3D heading and select Vertical Storage Tanks See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Vertical Tanks Data Format Other Data Please refer to the Help messages for formatting details for these data types 3D Discs 3D Cube Image Lists 3D Spheres Surface Objects buildings etc 3D Triangles 3D Tubes Editing the Datasheet Editing the Datasheet Overview This section summarizes some of the tools used to modify the contents of the RockWorks Utilities datasheet in RockWorks More complete information can be found in the on line help See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Datasheet Mechanics 91 92 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 Changing Column Titles and Styles Change a data column title To change the name of a column in the current RockWorks Utilities datasheet follow these steps 1 Access the RockWorks Utilities datasheet 2 Select the View Columns command The Title column in the Column Settings window lists the column names The names listed here are also displayed in the gray heading cells at the top of the datasheet 3 Left click in the cell containing the title to be changed to h
130. H and dip Map i sivesaseisrseasetavecieivseasecw 191 Index SUMP TOES aia cs 117 119 303 OD soci apt A T IT PA AT S 123 CLOSS SECtHONS so cccciidsossssssosderceeesdvcesis 120 121 mpage layouten wales 241 Mapo pete taste ont eetaeeteamnae cae 113 122 ODELONS aieea o aeaa 294 299 PONS aE 207 225 POLE eaea tes itiaudidicecens 119 120 SMPH SIME Misese ana 117 Sttippine rato MCE asni tisena 175 Structural Elevations 2 Dimensional 110 Structural Elevations 3 Dimensional 113 summary OF project sais nau ier 51 summary of well data ccceeeneeeeees 50 SUP POR asera a E A Riu E EE 16 surface maps 112 113 140 149 152 155 I Pace layout sesen eono 241 lE PENAS irgi EEE E 303 TERCKCNCS CAC e a S 303 WAC WN uisnocarn ae 229 232 SULLACC ODJ CCIS aese neee oen r 201 Surfer grid models vs eaa 170 sutve y data sosise TE 97 197 survey downhole sssccceeeeeeeeeees 41 198 Survey Map Sase e ENR 197 SUVE yV MENU senina is 197 SUPVEY TaD i 265 Sa M Ea N aie SV MDOL BOOP is ctiincsuecn takes Eii 261 Symbol Index Tables 222 263 Symbol Range Tables cc eeeeeeees 265 Symbol Table 004 246 260 261 272 SVAN S aisne 39 218 displaying in 1OS cccseeeeeeeeeeees 46 125 w2 D map lavei Sasa 293 indatashects nae ae aa 92 in diagram legends cccccceccseeeeeeees 222 WSELUN OOM PAS seeren ai 247 Walla DIO SIZ oan whence seeatacteans 265 SVD OL
131. Help Contents Reference 3D Image Options Running RockWorks from a Script Almost all of the applications within RockWorks can be accessed without displaying RockWorks menus by placing special commands within an ASCII text file This functionality is targeted toward users who wish to automate repetitive tasks and developers who wish to run RockWorks in the background The RCL or RockWare Command Language scripts can be run by selecting the File CompileRCL option or via a command line parameter Use this tool to read a listing of program commands from a user created RCL RockWare Command Language file and to perform the listed operations This is a means of running RockWorks in batch mode to simplify repetitive tasks The RCL file can also be launched via a command line eliminating the need to view the menus at all See the Help messages for more complete information Troubleshooting 304 Please refer to the RockWorks Help Contents Reference Troubleshooting topic for possible answers to program error messages Please also visit our support forum www rockware com forum index php for a searchable list of user discussions and questions email tech rockware com tel 303 278 3534 RockWorks14 Reference Summary of RockWorks Menu Options Borehole Manager Menu Options File menu New Project Open Project New Log Erase Log Erase All Disabled Logs Duplicate Log Import ASCII g
132. I and binary formats are available for Surfer grid files VistaPro This is a binary grid format read by VistaPro for loading into that program LidarX YZ Grid as DEM data Imports Lidar ASCII data and converts it to a GRD file 329 Reference 330 Grid gt Profile Grid gt Fence RockWorks14 Reads an existing grid model and creates a simple 2D line profile drawing along a user defined cut Reads an existing grid model and creates a 3d line profile along a single or multi segmented user cut Grid gt Stratigraphic Fence Creates a 3D stratigraphic fence diagram based on a list of grid models representing the upper and lower formation surfaces that already exist on your computer This is typically used to build fences after manipulating the grid models and it offers an erosional cutoff Grid gt Stratigraphic Model Creates a 3D stratigraphic model based on a list of grid Grid gt 3D Stack models representing the upper and lower formation surfaces that already exist on your computer Reads multiple existing grid models and creates flat stacked color coded surfaces in 3D space for the purpose of visual comparisons T Grids gt Stratigraphic Logs Given a list of grid models this program will define or Grids gt Solid Model Solid menu Model Profile Section redefine the contacts within existing stratigraphic logs based on the contents of a list of one or more stratigraphic surface mo
133. INT GDSII dat IHS PI Dwight Kansas Geol Survey Contains options for opening creating managing project databases Each project you work on in the Borehole Manager must have its own folder called a Project Folder on your computer The Project Folder is where the borehole database MDB of the same name is created for storage of borehole data Graphic files grid and solid models and other accessory files for that project should also be saved in the Project Folder This option is used to browse to a different folder on your computer or network Allows you to browse to a different Project Folder and load that project s database If the database does not yet exist the new project wizard will be launched This option is used to start a new borehole record in the current borehole database This option is used to delete the current borehole record from the Borehole Manager database Deletes all currently unchecked borehole records from the database Creates a copy of the currently selected borehole record The Import programs are used to import data from other applications or commercial sources into the Borehole Manager Imports data from ASCII files into the Borehole Manager database Imports data from gINT log files into the Borehole Manager database Imports Geological Data Services GDS format files into the Borehole Manager There are two supported file formats GDSII a set of 80 character records for each
134. L Speer E a117 toot bama ji 1a ite Ha L jiii ji Sr LA lepa P i j IE yri saigi E i UO DHA oe we tore rit ante it AS La 2 od bora ae i DELTA Pn oe be Le J a a iji Ae am T ji pa ag 1 ET z Tait med a i Hipi Ly a j pe saat Fh kn 4 ja i i Le ii a i LE Phasa al bi Gita LEAS Wits Lend Me M cn BR ee es ee irem uw IN ow EDENE Lael ANE Lene MIN vs il s ECI os i4 i E rr ait Ehra Hi g uo M i ia m ian e E T L E wi g jion diw im mj eee beai lL Md Tiia Fala una al i Li it r hss m a r hipe hisk TAH iF Lepe F How to create a new datasheet To display a new blank datasheet follow these steps 1 Access the RockWorks Utilities Datasheet 2 Select the File New Datasheet command If there have been changes in the existing datasheet that have not yet been saved the 74 RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities program will prompt you whether you wish to save them Click Yes to save changes in the existing datasheet or click No to discard the changes in the existing datasheet 3 Choose from the next window the type of column headers for the new file This window will list a variety of column layouts from generic styles with numbered column titles to hydrochemistry ion layout You may expand topics click on the symbol to view sub topics When you click on a layout sample the column titles and their types will be displayed to the right If you don t know which to cho
135. MOD file when displaying the stratigraphic surfaces in RockPlot3D at this time it will instead display the grid surfaces But you may still want to store the model on disk for later filtering volumetric computations etc and later 3D display with the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu tools If you have requested a stratigraphic solid model it will be initialized using the current project dimensions RockWorks will then insert each formation s surface into the solid model by assigning the voxel the integer G value listed in the Stratigraphy Types Table The program will store this stratigraphic solid model file on disk using the file name you requested You can use this for volume computation page 135 Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Creating 3D Stratigraphic Models and Diagrams 128 RockWorks14 Stratigraphy Tools Creating Stratigraphic Profiles Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Profile tool to create a 2 dimensional flat vertical profile of a multiple stratigraphic layers read from the Stratigraphy data tabs between any two points in the study area The profile layers can be color or pattern filled During the process of building the profile the program will create a grid model for each of the active stratigraphic layers using the user selected gridding method if preferred grid models already exist Striplogs can be appended and a map of the profile location can be created automatically
136. Microsoft Excel installed on your computer The Transfer options are used to transfer data between the Borehole Manager and the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Locations gt Borehole Manager Transfers borehole location information from the Utilities datasheet into the Borehole Manager database Fields can be mapped to the Location table Stratigraphy gt Borehole Manager Transfers stratigraphic contact elevation data RockPlot2D RockPlot3D ReportWorks Compile RCL File Close from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet back into the Borehole Manager database restoring elevations to depths Use this menu option to open a new RockPlot2D window RockPlot2D is the 2 dimensional flat diagram viewing portion of RockWorks Use this menu option to open a new RockPlot3D window RockPlot3D is the interactive 3 dimensional diagram viewing tool in RockWorks Opens a new ReportWorks window This is a program for page layout of RockPlot2D images raster graphics with text and shape annotation legends and more Use this menu option or toolbar button to read special batch commands listed in a RockWare Command Language RCL file and process them within RockWorks Select the File Close command to terminate the RockWorks program 321 Reference Edit menu Project Dimensions Cut Copy Paste Delete Cut All Copy All Column Insert Delete Math Absolute Column Constant Merge 322 RockWorks14
137. OMEY CalCUlAlON sinoi 205 geophysical Calas saswihecanaisemes eines 44 GEOS IMCS a etere ener aenrondeaeee ie neexeese ley 170 GEO TOO Nnn Like seiaitbaanceetcrersvidenends 205 ROCKWOKS cren S 25 GIF images amimating ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 202 gINT files importing 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 54 Sloba MAPS sess stsesnarcteetvte ste erwavetnetaavetadesetverss 115 Google Earth maps cccccccsssssseeeeeeeeeees 106 CAT IT cere is lasts E R 199 GRD files see also grid models 271 Grid amp Constant Math eeeeeenesessesseeeeeee 166 Gid amp Grid Matiorseanes orea 166 Index grid lines displaying in RockPlot3D 230 TAG HASTE Sorensen T 82 Ord MeN enia a A E Ea 165 grid models arithmetic OperatiONS ccccccceeeeeeeeeees 166 rean Cire a E 112 183 187 creating strat CONTACHS cccceceeeeeteeees 172 density COnversion ccceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 166 GIMENS IONS essiiienreiiecrvereiia 69 98 283 displaying as stacked surfaces 112 editie sussie Aatess ce eerie sees 167 ex DORI Ores care acobitscaesarawitecieasreecrerte 170 extracting from solid models 176 PONCE S enrera eSEE E 172 TENE sosisini a 166 filtering solid models with eee 174 TOMI AL eA EARE E E 285 POGNES oseane 170 LIDAR oar 171 11034 0 01 11 e E A 170 node values posted on a 2D map 294 observed v computed scattergram
138. OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OR DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF INFORMATION REVENUE OR PROFITS WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE STRICT PRODUCT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER THEORY EVEN IF ROCKWARE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Trademarks Owners RockWorks RockWorks99 Stratos Rock Ware RockWare Inc ArcView Shapefile EOO ESRI Inc AutoCAD AutoDesk Microsoft Windows Microsoft Corporation NOeSYS Fortner Research Slicer Dicer Visualogic Surfer Golden Software Inc All other company and product names are or of their respective trademark owners See complete terms of the license agreement during the installation of the software RockWorks14 Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Introduction 1 WCC ONG ria cated seb ctusence ached uaneedennenctued asuagdeusebeckadaauaedsutenenbetacbcecaumuentetannends 1 System 1s COMITCINEIICS ieri E E EE R A T 2 Installing RockWorks The First Time cccccccsssssssseeseeeccceeeeeeeeeeaaseeeessseeeeeeeeeees 2 Eicensinie ROCK W OLKS egiontaicshorsdunnee sala oecavenies E ETTE 4 Sarit Cl ROCK WOS osc ee ae cea ccs ele hen eal ee tala as 9 Chans NS CCHS IN ah cc ea te els aac ad crak teense 10 Wninstallinc ROCK W OKs xiii asc attain a e 1 Whats New anv ROCKWOrRS Eriona a E au lal ial an eee ed aconsens 12 ROCK W Orks 2006 Users Read THiS sist oie aie eet thi aati cos aie acess 14 Rock Works2004 and 2002 Users Read THIS
139. Options Faulting RockWorks offers two gridding methods that support faults Inverse Distance and Multiple Linear Regression Faults are defined as polylines within ASCII files Multiple discontinuous polylines can be defined for a single project These polylines can contain many vertices Note that as the number of polyline segments increase so does the time required to create the faulted grid model A fault polyline file can be created in several ways by typing coordinate pairs into a text editor such as Notepad and using the on screen digitizer in RockPlot2D RockWorks14 Reference Faulting can be applied to a single grid surface or to multiple grids in a stratigraphic model but note that the faults are assumed to be vertical Help Contents Reference Gridding Reference General Gridding Options Grid Model Dimensions The grid Dimensions options are used to establish the number of nodes to be created in the grid model and the boundary coordinates of the model These options are available Hardwire Project Dimensions Choose this dimensioning option if the grid dimensions are to be taken from the current Project Dimensions settings see page 69 This is generally a good idea particularly in projects where multiple models are going to be created and may need to undergo comparison mathematical and filtering operations in which all models must be dimensioned the same Expand this heading if you wish to view or
140. Pattern for lease Range Township amp Section black in map where lease is located Lease location description Also required for translation of this type of lease description into X Y is a reference land grid file that contains necessary section boundary coordinate information These land grid data files must be created by you prior to spotting your lease blocks by importing commercial land grid data or creating an idealized land grid Sample files LeaseMap atd Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Jeffersonian Land Grid heading and select Leases See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Land Grid Lease Descriptions Other Map Data Please refer to the Help messages for formatting details for these data types e Survey Bearing Distance Data e Survey Triangulation Data e Shotpoint Data e Global Map Point Data e Global Map Polyline Data Google Earth Point Polygon and Polyline Data 81 82 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 Grid Model Lists Stratigraphy Grid Lists These files are used to build a 3D stratigraphic fences models and stacked surfaces from existing grid models They are used in the RockWorks Utilities Grid Grids gt Stratigraphic Fence Grids gt Stratigraphic Model and Grids gt Stacked Surfaces options Unit 1 Unit1 Top grd Unit Base grd gt 1 0 Unit 2 Unit
141. Plot2D window RockWorks also permits you to include this annotation when the map or diagram is being created If you wish to combine maps via the Append command you should combine the maps first then annotate them See Help Contents RockPlot2D Manipulating RockPlot2D Files Adding Border Annotations to RockPlot2D Images Adding Legends to RockPlot2D Images The Legend tool in the RockPlot2D Utilities menu is used to add a legend to a map or diagram that is displayed on the screen and to display the new map in a new RockPlot2D window The legend can include any combination of the following items Bitmaps logos etc titles a north arrow x axis scale bar y axis scale bar symbol index pattern index color index line style index and seven lines of notes The legend can be appended to the right edge or the lower edge of the map or diagram Note With the new drawing tools page 218 that have been added to RockPlot2D much of the functionality of the Legend tool is replaced by these interactive point and click tools However if you will be running RCL scripts the Legend tool can be very useful since they are menu based See also ReportWorks page 241 for an interactive page layout tool See Help Contents RockPlot2D Manipulating RockPlot2D Files Adding a Legend to a 2D Map or Diagram RockWorks14 RockPlot2D Rescaling 2D Plot files The RockPlot2D Utilities Rescale command is used to change map or diag
142. Right click anywhere in the data table and choose Show Column Names Dialog to define the column names for the measurement types e g Gamma Resistivity etc for the project The columns link to a Point Types Table where names data ranges etc are defined RockWorks14 Borehole Manager Depth Gamma Resistivity oo 0 03 0 09 Ej o 0 13 0 11 Ezo 0 47 m 3 0 0 2 0 09 Jao 0 21 0 09 E 047 0 11 leo O12 0 13 Ejro 0 1 O15 leo 042 047 Jao 0 14 0 46 foo D42 0 13 Cao oa 0 09 h20 D42 0 06 These data can be displayed as curves along 2D and 3D strip logs and can be interpolated into a solid model for display as isosurface or voxel models vertical profiles cross sections fence diagrams and plan maps Note that each P Data tab represents a merging of the records stored in the MDB table See Editing the Data as a Spreadsheet page 51 for how to view the data with multi select and copy paste tools See Importing Data page 53 for topics regarding importing LAS files etc See P Data Manipulation Tools page 152 for topics regarding manipulating the point values resampling convering to logarithmic uranium grade etc Fractures Use this table to enter sub surface fractures that you wish to display on logs and log cross sections or model as a solid for display as a profile cross section fence plan map fracture surface map or solid model Fracture Data fields e Depth Type in the measured depth for the firs
143. RockPlot3D saved views with the extension XML You can still open these files using the Project Manager and the File Menu option Even older versions of RockPlot3D saved views in R3D files which have a different structure than R3DXML This format is still available via File Open but R3DXML is default RockWorks14 RockPlot8D Troubleshooting OpenGL RockPlot3D uses OpenGL to deliver the responsive interactive scenes you see on the screen You ll get the best performance from RockPlot3D on a computer that contains a video card with OpenGL support How do you know if you have a video card that supports OpenGL The easiest way is to access the RockPlot3D Help menu click on the About item and then click on the OpenGL Troubleshooting tab that s displayed there The window will display the driver that s installed on your system If there is a driver installed its manufacturer and renderer and version will be listed You should opt for the Use Hardware Acceleration setting if your computer contains a good card with a driver You will be able to display and manipulate bigger images better If no driver is installed typical of many laptops you may see something like Driver Vendor Microsoft Corporation Driver Renderer GDI Generic In this situation RockPlot3D will make use of RAM memory to provide the umph to drive the graphics You should choose the Use Software Acceleration setting For this to work effectively we recommend th
144. RockWorks lan RockWare EEEE _ Earth Science amp GIS Software 2221 East St Suite 101 Golden CO 80401 USA tel 303 278 3534 fax 303 278 4099 www rockware com RockWorks14 Copyright Notice Copyright Notice This software and accompanying documentation are copyrighted and contain proprietary information Copyright 1983 2008 by RockWare Inc All Rights Reserved 2221 East St Suite 101 Golden CO 80401 USA 303 278 3534 fax 303 278 4099 www rockware com email rockware rockware com first edition March 2008 Improvement Notice RockWare Inc reserves the right to make improvements in this product at any time and without notice Warranty Disclaimer ROCKWARE MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY CONCERNING THE QUALITY PERFORMANCE OR OTHER CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SOFTWARE THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS AND THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY PERFORMANCE AND ACCURACY IS WITH THE USER TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ROCKWARE DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR THOSE ARISING OUT OF USAGE OF TRADE OR COURSE OF DEALING Limitation of Liability TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ROCKWARE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL PUNITIVE
145. RockWorks Tables and Libraries Pattern Tables Creating new patterns Importing existing patterns Editing existing patterns Drawing patterns Understanding the pattern origin Viewing pattern sizes Exiting the Pattern Editor 259 Tables RockWorks14 260 Symbol Tables Symbol Tables Overview Symbols are small line drawings that can be associated with each record row in the RockWorks Utilities data window representing a different sample site or drill hole location The symbols will be used by the program to note the sample locations in point maps ternary diagrams stereonets etc Symbols will also be associated with each borehole in the Borehole Manager shown on the Location tab RockWorks is shipped with an existing set of symbols already installed in a Symbol Table The factory default symbol Table is named RW_sym sym It is installed in the My Documents RockWorks14 System folder Unlike some of the other program tables TAB files this table is binary rather than ASCII in format To access the Symbol Table where you can view the current symbol set open a new symbol library or even access the Symbol Editor where you can modify existing symbols or create new ones follow these steps 1 Click on the large Tables button along the left edge of the main Rock Works program window 2 Click on the name listed to the right of the Symbols row heading The program will display the default Symbol Table in the Sele
146. RockWorks14 System folder Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Well Status Tables X Y Points Tables An XY Points table is used to define a listing of X Y coordinate locations to be used to define the panel endpoints in a RockWorks cross section diagram While you can interactively draw cross section traces the program also allows you to specify a coordinate listing such as this should you wish precise locations or run the program in command RCL mode The factory default XY Points Table is named XY tab It is stored with the program s tables in the My Documents RockWorks14 System folder This table is ASCII in format Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries XY Points Tables X Y Pairs Tables An XY Pairs table is used to define a listing of X Y coordinate locations to be used to define the panel endpoints in a RockWorks fence diagram Though you can interactively draw fence panel locations the program also allows you to specify a coordinate listing such as this should you wish precise locations or run the program in command RCL mode The factory default XY Pairs Table is named X1Y1X2Y2 tab It is stored with the program s tables in the My Documents RockWorks14 System folder This table is ASCH in format See Help Contents Rock Works Tables and Libraries XY Pairs Tables 269 Tables RockWorks14 2 0 RockWare Landbase The RockWare Landbase contains section coordinates for sel
147. S A Detra 46 Index system requirements 0 0 eccccceesteesseeeeeeeeeees 2 T TAB eSa 272 Tab Mana eront s 38 tab leS a A 19 Color ndek cerana 262 COLONA Saee N 265 Color M erra tate eduecteseeduamdenues 264 C OMOUE eese E E ER 264 DEG AUHIDUNES ceceni 266 IRC YW Ol doas 253 Land Gid aenean nave 266 Em Styl Maex eioten 263 IH OLO SY eeoa nee a 237 253 OV CTC Wiederen O E 251 Patter eiiiai 246 257 258 259 Pattern INGE uriesenonune 263 Polygon VERICeS erena 268 Stratiora phy nenna aneen i 2315299 SUEVCY cau tcte E Nee Cuca tehanalevons 265 Sy MDO ecer EER 246 260 261 Sy MD0li Mde X aane a 263 Symbol Rance siena i 265 Well Construction cec eee e eee 237 256 WC Sia BUS ea 269 DEY PANG EEEE an chon A E TAT 269 DS Ge 210 1101 Se ee NRA RTT Ree NCTE 269 RANIKS sive eerdestestircraeslatharicce aa aai 90 201 sD egret erence tee crear EE E epee ener 53 termary CACTI oeeie 79 194 thickness maps ccceceeeeeeeeeeees 110 113 140 TIFF images see also raster images 87 tilted MOSS snesena tania 287 Tobin data 1mporting csesssseeeeeeeeeeees 57 LOCAL Ce PUN cereri 39 53 total dissolved solids eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 185 Township Range Section 0006 79 116 Township Range Section conversion 116 266 transfer boreholes to RockWorks Utilities 67 360 RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities to boreholes 97 translating map coor
148. S file name in the Project Manager pane Start an RCL script by double clicking on the RCL file name in the Project Manager pane RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities Chapter 3 The RockWorks Utilities Datasheet Entering Your Data The RockWorks Utilities datasheet is one of the two main data windows in RockWorks It is used for entering general types of data CPrrereterrrrs wl a ayy Dalf ile F a a tebe nmpas iji 1 1 mage l le z ak KEETE po agi th a a eee er a d eee ce re pe ig mg Hap Pe ee eye ee eee ogee Pen em eee Ls See y Tai ms F Parar hije tarj bhsih ASE EALA le pami ha ey deeper Baye uF gee fgreege d Per os east Dien E n jigi aana E g upr iomar Hiii Bia em P ae r ii 5 ry a r T ra i a wees leer vee s P ni SE Spe Tp LE E BL i Toyir tier pars SE Uk M i ORE a A a i giles Wi eal i ip ara E EJ iMai Thra aT n ii j k proj ifai S Pir i g D Asaini mp Do awo m imal a a igale F p HLE fal Swen sot fy 1d im m perean pi i a SES DE A mri ot wi fi Pa f Ey Bay Rd E al LPSE ia ns i 1a imi kj ti HA le i i al jay z Epas bli ad Lins A i i ah I BILIA P ajam EDA E mW i jap oe EA HELW e Eje ra Hio H ki E Efit Aii Li pas ms aw ii mi m 7 Dhire IL Li _ ia Ti pe Em P i E be l ca J t up ai aay 4 al f i e 7h inn In Leria Hi CIE EEC LERES HEJ LM ILIFE LERI pHi LER
149. SaM NU ea 193 stereonet diagram maps ccceeeeeeeeeeees 155 stereonet diagrams cssseeeeeeeeeeees 155 191 SUGALAN enn eryencede sm aceia scenes 185 SEE IVI Per es agelsunledashnectsteste 106 185 Stratabound filter ec eeccccceeseecceeeeees 288 Stratigraphic Thickness 2 Dimensional 110 Stratigraphic Thickness 3 Dimensional 113 stratigraphy contacts picking from logs 134 Stratigraphy data eeesseesseseeeeeeees 42 137 stratigraphy data exporting 137 Stratigraphy diagrams ccccceeees 127 303 GIO PANG se ose e E a 303 RONCES eee 130 131 132 161 ISOPACH MAPS seserian a 110 113 plan mapera a A 133 prole Saee a 129 157 sec HONS naa 129 130 159 sold mode lairan 128 Struct re Maps serseri inae 110 SULLACE IMAP shotestursnersteenteitener iets 132 SUIT ACES 3 ccsiieste E conte i 113 Stratigraphy grid list files eens 82 stratigraphy lecend ca nsiune Bite eaten 303 Stall OfAPNY MENU ssssrsn a 127 stratigraphy models 128 133 134 291 Stratigraphy tab 42 58 61 67 134 135 136 137 Stratigraphy Types Table cc eeeeeeeees 255 stratigraphy versus lithology eens 58 Stratigraphy volume ccc0eeeees 136 182 Stretch command ercis 213 strike gt dip CirectiON ceccccccceeeeeeeeeeees 191 strike and dip computing from 3 points 189 Strike and dip data cccsseesssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 84 St
150. Selecting this menu option will toggle the display on and off See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Borehole Manager Database Importing Data 54 Importing ASCII Data The File Import ASCII option is used for bringing data into Borehole Manager from a single or multiple external ASCII files Unlike earlier versions of RockWorks the ASCII import tool can append to existing borehole records This means that any data being imported that references existing borehole names records will simply be written to the existing record s fields For example if your existing database contains Location records for DH1 and DH2 you can append Lithology data for those same boreholes You cannot however append to individual data tables For example if you already have lithology data stored in the borehole database importing lithology data from the ASCII file will replace all of the existing lithology data See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data for details Importing gINT Data Use the File Import gINT option to import data from the gINT software program into the Borehole Manager database This program requires the following e You have gINT version 7 1 039 or newer installed onto your computer e You have created a correspondence file in gINT as described in that program s documentation See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole D
151. Symbols table 2D and 3D Symbols Text Plots any Symbol captions in 2D logs Special Patterns Plots user selected pattern blocks between specific depths in the log as read from the Patterns table 2D and 3D Patterns Text Plots any Pattern captions in 2D logs Bitmaps Plots raster images of a variety of formats between specified depth intervals Typically used to show raster logs or downhole photos 2D and 3D Vectors Represented with a tadpole column in 2D logs and with arrows in 3D logs to show the direction and bearing declared in the Vectors table 2D and 3D Fractures Text Plots vector measurement values in 2D logs Other Options This grouping contains settings that control downhole resolution for deviated boreholes Clip Logs This tool allows you to specify an elevation range for display in the single or multiple log diagrams 2D and 3D Hang Section Allows the user to align a selected stratigraphic on a horizontal line in profiles and sections Plot Surface Profile Displays in profiles and sections a line representing the ground surface read from a user specified grid file Perimeter Annotation Profiles and sections can be annotated with elevation labels X Y or distance labels panel coordinates titles and other text Create Separate Location Map The program will create a separate map illustrating the trace of the profile or cross section Lithology Legend This legend displays rock types and colors as read
152. T Creatine Sterconet Dia stains reset cassvvcveden ven ceuisacesdeatenasd nies cedatea EEA Converting Strike Bearing to Dip Direction sesssssssssssssseeeeerrresressssssssssssseeererees Creatine Strikeand Dip Maps veriverencctes irn ia T E tin meat eect Converting Polylines t Planes evnene are E e O AEA cout iwenstea OAIE Translating Coordinates Converting Azimuth lt gt Quadrant cccccccccceceeeeees Chapter 15 Statistical Tools 193 Slauistieal Toob OVErview ss iowisasayshsves Ere AE E A Computing Univariate Statistics RockWorks Utilities cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Computing Univariate Statistics Borehole Managet ccccccccecceeceeeesseeeeeees Creating Frequency Histogram Plots RockWorks Utilities ee ceeeeeeees Creating Frequency Histogram Plots Borehole Managet cccccccccsssssseeeeeees Creating a Scattergram X Y Plot for Two Variables ccccccccccceeceeeeeseeeeeees Creating a Ternary Diagram for Three Variables ccccseeseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees INGmNaAlZING Dati tcncccsstsseats nm i r Standardizin 1D ALA scene eats a dans seca aitencanta eect ae sadn alent ee cequte tt Gauss E E Generating Random Numbers eeessssssssssssseeeeerersssssssssssssseterereereressssssssssseseeeeeees Computing Point to Point Distances ccccccccccceeecccceeeaeeeeseeseseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaags Chapter 16 Survey Tools 197 SUNE IVICH
153. The Montage tool for information about rescaling and combining plots The ReportWorks program page 241 for laying out pages with RK6 images See Help Contents RockPlot2D Managing RockPlot2D Files Appending RockPlot2D Images Printing RockPlot2D Files Use the RockPlot2D File Print Setup and File Print commands to output the map or diagram to your printer You should use the Print Setup command first to establish the type of printer you are using and the paper size and orientation See your Windows documentation for information about installing printer drivers and see your printer s documentation regarding specific printer settings The Print command is used to send the graphic image to the printer When you select this command you ll see a large Printer Scaling Options window RockWorks14 RockPlot2D 5 p Del Lagor Printer Sd 10r Stalng Lenvout Frasse bangis BO inches Verical Scoala Diagram Expleneice A Page a Diega Fp erage Set up your printer Choose a printer from the drop down list and configure the printer settings paper size etc using the Configure button Select your print units Choose from diagram units per inch centimeters feet or meters Select your paper orientation Landscape or Portrait You should see the Layout Preview update accordingly Set the diagram scaling First decide if the horizontal scale needs to equal the vertical
154. The later will be displayed in the color of your choice During the process of building the block diagram the program will create a grid model for the upper Base and lower surface of the aquifer using the user selected gridding method These grid models will be stored in the project folder The completed diagram will be displayed in a RockPlot3D window with the upper surface lower surface and side panels Volume of the aquifer will be displayed in the RockPlot3D window The aquifer block can be combined with other 3D diagrams such as the stratigraphy block diagram above The grid models will be named date_top grd and date_base grd Exporting Water Level Data Use the Borehole Manager s Aquifer Export tool to export water level depth elevation or thickness data for each borehole for a selected date or date range to an ASCII Text XYZ file 140 RockWorks14 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences Chapter 8 Creating Solid Models and Voxel Isosurface Profile Section Fence Plan and Surface Diagrams Solid Modeling Introduction Solid modeling is a true 3 dimensional gridding process used to create a box of regularly spaced nodes from your irregularly spaced data For known X Y and Z points in space such as boreholes the program can interpolate measured values such as geochemistry geophysical measurements even lithology types or any other downhole or subsurface quantitative value The RockWorks Utili
155. There is an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically Notes Un check the Interpolate Surfaces check box if the grid models already exist in the project folder and don t need to be interpolated again This can be a handy way to include GRD files that are the result of editing filtering other operations page 165 See page 157 for information about drawing the profile slice Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Profiles amp Sections Creating Stratigraphy Profile Diagrams Creating Stratigraphic Cross Sections Modeled Sections Grid Based Crss Section A A Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Section Modeled tool to create a 2 dimensional flat vertical multi panel profile of a multiple stratigraphic layers read from the Stratigraphy data tabs between multiple points in the study area The panel endpoints can be anywhere within the project area they don t need to coincide with borehole locations The section s layers can be color or pattern filled and striplogs can be appended During the process of building the section the program will create a grid model for each of the active stratigraphic layers using the user selected gridding method See the next topic for creating straight sections using no interpolation Logs can be appended and a map representing the section location can be created automatically 129 Stratigraphy Tools RockWorks14 N
156. These tables list the depth direction and inclination of the deviated borehole whose XYZ coordinates and log display the Survey program is designed to compute These tables conform to the same data format as the Borehole Manager s Orientation data tabs The default Borehole Survey Table is named borehole_survey tab and is installed with the program s samples in the My Documents RockWorks 14 Samples folder Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Borehole Survey Tables Color Names Tables The Color Names table is used to define a listing of color words such as red or bright_green and their corresponding colors These definitions are used within AGL ASCH Graphics Language files which can be imported into RockPlot2D to generate a graphic image The color names replace the former RGB values The factory default Color Table is named Color_names tab installed into the program s System folder My Documents Rock Works 14 System This table is ASCH in format Since these tables apply system wide we recommend that you store this table in the program s System folder Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Color Names Tables 265 Tables RockWorks14 266 DLG Attributes Table RockPlot2D the RockWorks plotting program offers import of USGS Digital Line Graph DLG data extracted from 1 100 000 or 1 2 000 000 scale maps Optional format Boundary transportation hydrography hypsography c
157. W6 file into the program window Select File Print Setup You will see the Print Setup window for your default printer as installed in Windows Here you can select a different printer if necessary and you can click the printer s Properties button to select the paper size and portrait vertical or landscape horizontal orientation 4 Click OK when the settings are established to your liking The ReportWorks page view will be updated based on the page dimensions and orientation If you view your page in Full Screen mode the printable area of your paper will be shown in white against a gray background The printable dimensions of the sheet are determined by your printer s software not by ReportWorks See the Tools menu options for inserting graphic images and drawing shapes See the Options menu for establishing the page units Help Contents ReportWorks View and Layout Options Establishing the ReportWorks Page Layout Establishing your ReportWorks Page Units Use the Options Units menu item to set your ReportWorks page units This will determine the units displayed in the reference rulers as well as the default units shown in scaling options 1 Click on the Options menu and then on the Units item 2 From the pop up menu select either Inches or Centimeters This is a toggle item selecting either from the menu will establish it as default The program will update the reference rulers with these units The
158. Works14 point locations Manual Choose this option to set grid dimension defaults based on a constant value you enter For example if you enter 50 the grid will have 50 nodes from north to south and 50 nodes from east to west The boundary defaults will correspond to the outermost control point locations The number of nodes you declare will be modified if the map area is not square In trying to keep node spacing as close to equal as possible along both axes the program will reduce the number of nodes created along the area s short axis If you request dimension confirmation below you will have the opportunity to view and confirm the program recommended node spacing prior to model generation The more nodes you specify the denser the model The more computations the program needs to do the longer the time required to create the model Denser is not always better You might create less dense models on trial runs Current Choose this option to have grid dimensions set to the same boundary coordinates and spacing as were used in the last gridding session the program will not scan the source data to compute new boundaries and spacing This can be handy if you are creating successive grid models and you want them all to have the exact same boundary coordinates and node spacing This can be dangerous however if you switch projects The program may recommend grid coordinates that have no relation to the current project Be sure the
159. YZG Export CSV Extract P Data menu Model Profile Section Fence Surface Map Plan Map RockWorks14 Exports one track of downhole I data for the current enabled all boreholes to an ASCII text XYZG file or to the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Exports all tracks of I data measurements for the current enabled all boreholes to an ASCII comma separated variable CSV file for use in Excel For a selected I Data track this tool extracts the measurements that lie between two specified surfaces and lists them in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet This can be a means of extracting measurements that liewithin a specific stratigraphic unit Contains tools to interpolate a 3 dimensional solid model representing your downhole point sampled data such as geophysical measurements and display the model in a variety of ways Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and displays the model as a 3D isosurface or voxel diagram The data can be color coded in a variety of ways and 3D striplogs can be appended automatically Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and displays the model as a 2D vertical profile sliced anywhere in the study area The profile layers can be color coded in a variety of ways and logs can be projected onto the profile plane Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and displays the model as a 2D flat vertical profile composed of multiple panels slice
160. a bmp extension if it s a BMP file and a jpg extension if it s a JPG file Digital Elevation Model DEM RockWorks can import Canadian Government USGS 30 Meter or USGS 3 Arc Second DEM formats ESRI ASCHGRID Imports a grid model from an ESRI GIS program that has been saved in an ASCII format GXF This represents GXF Grid eXchange Files output from the Geosoft program This program does not import compressed GXF grid models Rock Works7 Binary files that were created by the last DOS version of RockWorks Surfer Import Surfer version 6 or version 7 and 8 ASCII or binary grid models Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Import amp Export Exporting RockWorks Grid Models 170 Use Grid Export Grid to export the data contained in a RockWorks grid model to another file format It offers export to a variety of formats with a variety of options ASCII XYZ X and Y node locations and Z values are listed in three columns with user selected delimiter character decimal precision with or without a header ASCII Matrix The Z values only of the grid file are listed in rows and columns with the RockWorks14 Grid Model Tools number of entries corresponding to the numbers of nodes horizontally and vertically in the grid file The Z values are listed at the decimal precision you select AutoCAD DXF Matrix ASCII files which can be read into any software application that reads files in a DXF format
161. a L ao E keya F z an Lig F Ti E CTT r r n aaa The program will bring the Borehole Manager window to the front The menu items at the top of the window will change depending on which data entry program is currently activated The Borehole Manager and the RockWorks Utilities datasheet each has its own suite of menus and program options Getting Started Checklist Here is a checklist of items to remember when working with the RockWorks Borehole Manager 1 When you re starting a new project launch RockWorks and create a new project using File New Project When you create a new project in RockWorks you ll be creating two new items on your computer A new folder with the name of the project and a new MDB file inside that folder with the same name Page 27 25 26 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 e Borehole data for each project is stored in a Microsoft Access database or MDB file e ach project has its own database in its own project folder Models and graphics are stored in the project folder too e The database file and the project folder share the same name SmithProject folder would have the SmithProject mdb database file Once the project is created you can enter your data e You can import your borehole data from Excel files and other formats Page 52 e You can also hand enter the borehole data Use File New Log to add a new borehole record The Location tab is required for each borehole
162. a file will be displayed in the title bar at the top of the program window You can refer to the files in the My Documents RockWorks14 Samples folder for formatting examples 75 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 See also Opening RockWorks99 Datasheets below for information about opening earlier version files View Columns for information about changing column titles and types How to open a RockWorks99 and earlier datasheet Since RockWorks no longer uses a Template TEM file for datasheet layout the process of opening a datasheet created in an earlier version of the program 1s slightly different See also Importing RockWorks99 data into the Borehole Manager page 56 if your data represents downhole data Follow these steps to open RockWorks99 and earlier ATD files into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet 1 Access the RockWorks Utilities datasheet 2 Click on the File menu and choose the Open Datasheet Select option 3 Browse for the existing RockWorks99 or RockWorks98 or Stratos98 ATD file you wish to open accessing other drives and directories as necessary 4 When the desired file name is shown in the window click OK to continue In the next window the program will explain that the selected ATD file doesn t contain a header block because it s from an older version of Rock Works or Stratos 5 Insert a check in the Import column data from old Template file check box if you wish to set up the columns a
163. a ternary diagram display in maps and more Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Generic grouping and choose Ternary Diagram for a generic data layout Or expand the Civil Engineering heading and select Soil Classification Remember that you can change column names and column types easily using View Column Titles See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Multi Variate Data Land Grid Well Descriptions Land Grid well descriptions are entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet using a Range Township and Section notation format RockWorks can compute or spot X Y location coordinates for these descriptions using a commercial or idealized reference land grid as reference Coords Jeffersonial Points gt Cartesian page 116 Once the wells have X Y location coordinates their locations can be displayed in a point map Map EZ Map 19 80 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 Blank columns for program Range computed X and Y coordinates Township and Section where well ts located ji Well location description 1 gt TW 15 a1 2 5 e Ww 15 30 We 3 3 TW 15 19 E2 See text for details 4 j4 Ww 15 18 Nz 5 J5 e iw 15 7 Sit Sw 6E Je Ww 15 E B 7 e iw 15 32 NE NE a fe e iw JiS 29 SE SE a3 fg e iw 1s 1 250FSL 510FEL 10 jip e iw 15 2 SOOFSL S00FEL Won 5 tw 18 3 1OO
164. acabiaruenece 257 Dideramy Wwe Cond Fables sistas sastescati tenes orgcse aunt Nena Wiaseae usenet a anos tes 262 Rance Lookup Table Seena rascals eastearra unset a Canon uae itens 264 Omer Bs Saa oar nonr CO ren cde ale oe KD TO et scar a MnEeaT Naa re CoE eRe er 265 Chapter 23 Reference 271 Summary Of ROCk W OFKS File Ty Pe sisi visa ssriocnacunsasondscencase donde yaeana EE E Ea 271 Prostam Pre rere NCES uenra ninen E I 274 Prostar DE raUltS eserse 276 Prostam Memi SCUiIN OSs sto sacetaaccnssocmecesstacsusnisonadsetearicsnmnomsdeiasanteentiantdeetanneassormses 211 CGrddin o REMC PONCE sinsin rE 278 Solid Modeline Referente csc dase cued eane hareen rN EN enra EEE Ner Eana EErEE 285 Stratigraphy Model versus Stratigraphy Solids ccccccscssssssseesseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaas 290 2 Dimensional Map Layers css ecto sie nt das dna Scuesenhaes Antues oper cepteudaseensudedenetueccaesescentisee 292 2D SIPOS OHIOS rons aia cane tale SEENEN eats EEEa nan EE EE E EEE 293 SLASPO OPU ONS meer E E AE EEEa EEA 298 21 Prone aiid SECuOn OPONSE E teeters 302 Dimensional Imac e Scum sie sii ac ees eancene rt lateeeea nah E E dea 302 R nnine ROCK Works Troma Scipios a a O EAA 304 THOUDIES MOO CNG aa E E veasriaad me eden aanctee saad 304 Summary of RockWorks Menu Options ccccccccccecccccceeeeeeesseseseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 305 Index 345 RockWorks14 Introduction Chapter 1 Introduction Welcome RockWorks is an integrated software pack
165. age for geological data management analysis and visualization RockWorks specializes in visualization of subsurface data as logs cross sections fence diagrams solid models structural and isopach maps in both 2D and dynamic 3D windows The borehole data manager is used for easy entry of well data geophysical geotechnical geochemical measurements observed lithologies stratigraphic contacts water levels fractures downhole well surveys all in linked database tables From this data you can create point contour plan view and lithology stratigraphy surface geology maps logs cross sections and profiles In addition there s an assortment of 3D diagrams logs surfaces fence diagrams and solid models RockWorks also contains a flat spreadsheet style data window for use with the program s RockWorks Utilities basic gridding and contouring solid modeling volumetrics hydrology and hydrochemistry tools drawdown amp flow diagrams Piper and Stiff diagrams 2D and 3D feature analysis rose and stereonet diagrams lineation maps and densities statistical computations and diagrams histograms scatterplots ternary plots survey mapping coordinate conversions and more The RockWorks Utilities portion of the program can be purchased separately There are three graphic display windows in RockWorks RockPlot2D displays 2 dimensional flat images such as maps logs and cross sections It offers save export and prin
166. ager Map Borehole Locations Use the Borehole Manager s Map Borehole Locations tool to create a 2 dimensional or plan view of your borehole locations These maps may include unique symbols and labels for each borehole with optional borehole trace plots for deviated holes borders and bitmap backgrounds You can request a grid model of the borehole surface elevations also read from the Location tabs for display as line or color filled contours with your point map see page 109 Notes Check your coordinates If your borehole locations as entered into the Location tabs are not in Eastings and Northings you ll need to translate your longitude latitude or Range Township Section descriptions first Borehole Manager Tutorial Create a Borehole Location Map Help Contents Borehole Manager Location Maps amp Coordinate Tools RockWorks Utilities Map EZ Map gt i The EZ Map tool is used to build 2 dimensional flat maps for Te up X Y and Z coordinate data that can include several map layers lt m 4 Contour lines and color filled contours are optional See also a ee me later section regarding including contour lines o opt Datasheet RockWorks Utilities XYZ file page 78 eee Notes RockWorks can create maps with uniform or variable symbol styles and with uniform or variable symbol sizes This can be handy for differentiating your sites and or for illustrating different measured values at
167. agnifier click the Magnifier button again or type Ctrl M 214 RockWorks14 RockPlot2D Using the Pan tool to shift the current view Use the Pan button l to shift your view of the current plot file if it s being viewed in a zoomed in state 1 Simply click the Pan button place your cursor within the image and left click holding the mouse down You ll see cross hairs at the cursor location 2 Drag the image in the direction where it is to be repositioned and release the mouse button Repeat this process as necessary To terminate Pan mode click any other toolbar button Making all RockPlot2D Objects Visible All 2D graphic items can be rendered invisible in two different ways e By accessing its Attributes window and removing the check in its Visible check box see Editing Graphics e By making the layer in which the item resides invisible see Working with Layers e Select the View Make All Objects Visible option to make all individual objects and all layers visible Returning to the main RockWorks data window RockWorks allows multiple RockPlot2D windows to remain open at the same time Because of this it s quite easy to find your computer display full of windows To access the main RockWorks data window follow these steps Click on the Return to Data Window button ai to move the plot window to the background and display the data window Or if the RockPlot2D window is small enough to see the RockWorks
168. ailable as the Plot Surface Profile tool within the Borehole Manager Fence tools Lithology I Data P Data Fractures Aquifers menus in order to plot the ground surface as a trace in these diagrams Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Profile Tools See also Page 132 and 133 for information about manually building stratigraphic fence diagrams and models Importing Stratigraphic Contacts from Grids into Stratigraphic Logs Given a list of grid models this program will define or redefine the contacts within existing stratigraphic logs based on the contents of a list of one or more stratigraphic surface models Sample applications include Interpolating elevations for missing contacts within borehole files e g lost circulation intervals estimating what a log might look like before the borehole is drilled i e prediction Caveats Items within the datasheet Unit column must already exist within the project s Stratigraphy Types Table This program only works with vertical boreholes Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Stratigraphic Tools Additional Grid Menu Tools Grids gt Stratigraphic Fence See page 132 Grids gt Stratigraphic Model See page 133 Grids gt 3D Stack See page 112 Grids gt Solid Model See page 134 172 RockWorks14 Solid Model Tools Chapter 11 Solid Model Tools Solid Menu Tools Overview The process of creating solid models
169. al iphon mabi if eagy l re many l ence hag Geren ipa eee may aif be a imin Mena Opiloma Complete program information is installed in a single Searchable Help file that offers a table of contents index and advanced searching tools This help is available via e Help Contents main menu _ 2 Hep options windows e FI key most windows Throughout the RockWorks documentation look for the symbol to know where to look for more information in the Searchable Help system On line tutorial E RockWorks Help P Open a Propel H Fiems Program Dietsults UE Seira Yaa Pioa Dimara Create a Borehole Location bi j Cress Lithology Modak amp Dia F Citate Lithaiogy Hodet a e Create Siralgraphy Hodek Create Daa Modak b Disg Saig Proe D irena Preteiere EISE Tuiorlal Create Lihelogy Medels and Dhagqnanns This secto of the Borehole Manager tutorial contains leggons for creating diagrams to ihusirate obserad rock soil types listed in the project Liikology data tabs 17 Introduction RockWorks14 The tutorial lessons are included in the main Help system You can access them using the Contents tab in the left pane of the Help window or by clicking on the Tutorial button at the top of the window Web Support Page Visit www rockware com and click on the Support menu for a variety of support options including FAQ s case studies etc Web Support Forum Join our user fo
170. am into a ReportWorks Page RockWorks14 ReportWorks Inserting a Raster Image into a ReportWorks Page Use the Raster menu command or toolbar button to insert into a ReportWorks page a BMP JPG PNG TGA TIFF EMF or WMF image You can adjust the image s scaling and outline See the RockPlot RK6 tool for inserting RockPlot generated graphic images and the Georaster tool for raster images with world coordinates To insert the image use your mouse to position the cursor in the page where the one corner of the image is to be placed and click and hold the left mouse button to insert it With the button still pressed in drag to the location of the diagonal corner point and release the mouse button As you drag you ll see a rubber band image of the shape s outline You can access the image s options at any time by double clicking on the image or by right clicking and choosing Properties You can resize the image block by first single clicking on the image to see the boundary handles Then click and hold on any of the handles on the corners or edges and drag to the new position Release the mouse button when the boundary s edges are in the correct position The raster image will be redrawn within the new boundary using the selected stretch or best fit scaling you ve selected Reposition the image as you wish by clicking and holding anywhere on the text and dragging it to the new location Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing To
171. ample sites usually used with the symbols layer Contours Plots lines representing the distribution of z values elevation geochemistry etc in the study site RockWorks14 Reference Color filled intervals Plots solid color filled regions representing the distribution of z values in the study site Labeled Cells Available only for grid based maps Draws a grid of lines corresponding to the grid model nodes and fills the cells with labels for the node values Borders Plots border tick marks and coordinates labels and axis titles Triangulation Network Available only for EZ maps if contours or color filled intervals are selected Displays the network of triangles constructed by the program to build the map contours Help Contents Reference 2D Map Options 2D Striplog Options The Borehole Manager Striplogs menu offers tools for creating a 2D display of a single log and of multiple logs in a profile and cross section 2D logs are also available in the Lithology Stratigraphy I Data P Data Fractures and Aquifers menus to append to those menus panel based profiles and sections When you select e Striplogs Single Log 2D menu option e Striplogs Profile and Striplog Section Adjust Striplog Settings option e Lithology Stratigraphy I Data P Data Aquifers Fractures Plot Logs Adjust Striplog Settings option you ll see a window where you can establish which data items will be displayed in the
172. ams Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Solid Models This RockWorks Utilities tool is used to create a 3D stratigraphic solid model MOD based on a list of existing grid models that represent the top Superface and base subface of each unit This program is similar to Grids gt Stratigraphic Model except that this program creates a numeric solid model that can be subsequently manipulated whereas the Grids gt Stratigraphic Model program just creates a diagram Notes e The grid models must already exist on your computer e The grid models must match the XY dimensions and node density of the current project dimensions Datasheet RockWorks Utilities This tool reads a stratigraphy gridlist file page 82 Help Contents Borehole Manager Grid Model Tools Stratigraphic Tools Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Solid Models Picking Stratigraphic Contacts 134 Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Pick Contacts tool to determine depths to stratigraphic tops and bases from geophysical raster lithology or other log data This is one of the most powerful tools in this program since it lets you visualize existing lithology blocks or geophysical curves in a 2D display and then point and click to pick the stratigraphic contacts The contact depths are recorded in the project s Stratigraphy tabs This tool will assign formation depths assuming vertical boreholes If your boreholes are de
173. an click and drag graphic objects double click on objects to change their properties and insert additional text shapes legends images into the image Please see the What s New section just previous for more information about the new version RockWorks99 Users Read This Your Data If your RockWorks99 ATD files contain downhole stratigraphy and or linked downhole data files LIT HIS CUR ZON files you will now work with your data in the Borehole Manager the new data window See Borehole Manager Overview page 30 and Importing RockWorks99 Files page 54 into the Borehole Manager If your ATD files do not represent borehole data you will continue to use the RockWorks Utilities datasheet The information in your template TEM file will now be stored as a header in the ATD file so you won t have to manage two files See the Rock Works Utilities Datasheet Overview page 73 and Opening a RockWorks99 datasheet page 76 Your Plots If you have existing RKW files containing Rock Works99 images you can still open these into RockWorks14 Use the RockPlot2D button left side of screen to open a RockPlot2D window and use its File Open command to open existing RKW images Introduction RockWorks14 They will be updated to the new graphic format automatically and you can save the updated versions under a new file name RockWorks 14 also contains an OpenGL 3 D plotting window RockPlot3D see page 225 This is the window th
174. and all lithology 1 data p data stratigraphic and other profiles Create Separate Location Map the 2D profile and cross section diagrams and the 3D fence diagrams offer an option to create a Location Map that shows the section or panel locations in a plan view map Options include traverse line type endpoint labels borehole symbols amp labels and map perimeter Profile and Section Color Scheme Settings The Color Options that are available for all of RockWorks solid model Profile and Section tools are used to define how you want the solid model G value represented Lithology Legend Settings These control the appearance of the legend to the rock types and colors patterns as listed in the project s Lithology Types Table Stratigraphy Legend Settings This controls the appearance of the legend to the stratigraphic formations included in the diagram which displays names and colors patterns as listed in the project s Stratigraphy Types Table Well Construction Legend Settings These control the appearance of the legend to the materials and colors patterns as listed in the project s Well Construction Types Table T See Help Contents Reference Profile and Section Options 3 Dimensional Image Settings 302 RockWorks14 Reference 3D Surface Map Layers RockWorks offers the following layers for three dimensional surface maps A layer is activated if a check mark is displayed in its check box To access the layer s settin
175. and choose the Tab Manager option You can also choose the View Tab Manager menu option Customize the tab as described below To turn off the display of any data table simply remove the check mark from its check box Note that the table will still be present in the database it simply will not be displayed in the Borehole Manager window To change the order in which the tabs are displayed in the Borehole Manager window click on a tab name in the Tab Manager listing and then click on the up arrow or down arrow as appropriate to adjust the tab sequence The first name in the list will be displayed along the left edge of the Borehole Manager window and the last name in the list will be along the right To change the name displayed on the tab itself or the background color of the row and column view of the data double click on the tab name in the Tab Manager listing and adjust these settings in the Edit Tab Sheet window To change the fields that are stored in the tab click on the name of the tab in the Tab Manager window and then select the Edit Edit Fields option Use the Add a New Field button to add a field to the data tab At the time of this writing new fields that you create in the database will not be usable by RockWorks but they can be used to store accessory data for the borehole For example if you were to add a Comments field to the Stratigraphy data tab you can add descriptive information about the formation int
176. and or midpoint of lineations listed in the main datasheet as X1 Y1 X2 Y2 line endpoint coordinates The computed values are stored in separate columns in the main datasheet This utility reads either bearing or line endpoint data and generates a directional diagram that depicts the orientations of the linear features Used to import lineation endpoint data from a DXF file storing the endpoint coordinates in the main RockWorks data sheet Contains tools for 3D orientation analysis Computes strike and dip based on three points and plots a surface as a contour map The X Y Z points are typed into the program window 3 Points gt Planes Multiple Given a list of xyz coordinates for three points along a series of planes this program computes the dip direction or strike and dip angle for planes that pass through these points The output is stored within two new datasheet columns 335 Reference 336 Beta Intersections Beta Pairs Rotate Planes Stereonet Diagram Strike gt Dip Direction Strike amp Dip Map RockWorks14 Reads a listing of planar orientations from the RockWorks data sheet and calculates the lineations resulting from the intersections of all of the planes in the file The linear values will be stored in an ASCII text file that can be displayed in the RockWorks text editor when completed Reasd the strike and dip of pairs of planes and calculates the lineations resulting from their intersections
177. ap diagram legend box in the RockPlot2D program Line Style Index Used to plot a legend showing different line styles and captions inside a map diagram legend box in the RockPlot2D program Pattern Index Used to plot a legend showing different pattern designs and captions inside a map diagram legend box in the RockPlot2D program Symbol Index Used to plot a legend showing different symbol designs and captions inside a map diagram legend box in the RockPlot2D program Range Tables Typically stored in the project folder ASCII text in format O Colorfill A Colorfill or color intervals Table is used if you select Custom color intervals for 2D and 3D color filled interval maps and for solid block diagrams It lists numeric value ranges and the colors that are to be used to represent those ranges in the map or diagram Contour Lines Used to define a listing of Z values and their corresponding line styles and optionally contour labels to be used by the program when building 2D line contour maps for which you have requested Custom intervals Symbol Range Used when to create proportional symbol maps also called bubble maps in which the symbols in a point map are scaled in size based on a measured value at that sample location 3D Symbol Range Used when creating 3D symbol maps in which the spheres are scaled in sized based on a measured value at that sample location RockWorks14 Tables e Other Tables Stored in both th
178. aphics Tools 2D Utilities Other Tools Help Contents Graphics Tools Misc Image Tools 202 Creating an Animated GIF Image The Grafix Images Animated GIF option is used to create an animated GIF file suitable for inclusion within web pages based on a list of images such as the list generated by the Grid Morph program RockWorks14 Image Tools Appending RK6 Files and Raster Images The Grafix Images Append Raster Image option is used to combine an existing RK6 file from Rockplot2D with a raster image that you georeference The raster image can lie on top of or underneath the RK6 file s entities The resulting image is saved under a new RK6 file name Screen Digitizing from a Raster Image The Grafix Images Digitize From Bitmap program is used to import a bitmap JPEG or BMP calibrate it to global coordinates and digitize points lines polylines and polygons As the items are selected the global coordinates are stored within an editable data window along the right side of the screen This data may then be copied into other applications See also Digitizing data with an electronic digitizing tablet page 98 Help Contents Graphics Tools Misc Image Tools Digitizing Data from Bitmaps Displaying a RockWorks PicShow The Grafix Images PicShow option is used to read a list of names of bitmap images BMP or JPG format from the RockWorks Utilities data sheet and display them in order with
179. area Logs can be appended RockWorks offers two stratigraphic cross section tools one based on surface models and one using simple straight hole to hole correlation lines Interpolates grid models or reads existing grid models for the upper and lower surfaces of each of the project s stratigraphic RockWorks14 Straight Fence Modeled Straight Fence ESRI Format Modeled Straight Surface Map Reference units and displays these units on multiple 2D cross section panels The section can be drawn along any path through the study area it is not necessary to align the panels to borehole locations Strip logs can be appended Creates a 2D vertical profile of your project s stratigraphy with multiple panels Unlike a Modeled section a Straight section must be drawn between boreholes and it uses simple straight lines to connect like formations in neighboring boreholes No modeling is done RockWorks offers two stratigraphic fence diagram tools one based on surface models and one using simple straight hole to hole correlation lines Creates grid models or reads existing grid models for the upper and lower surfaces of each of the project s stratigraphic units and display these units on multiple 3D cross section fence panels You may request regular fence panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels Creates a 3D fence diagram that illustrates stratigraphic layers Fenc
180. ari 23355235 J Jeffersonian points to XY 0000000000 116 266 Jeffersonian polygons to XY 116 266 JPG images hsee also raster images 87 K Kansas Geological Survey files importing 55 Keyword Table Sreser 253 KGS files importing eeeooeeeeeeessssssseeeeee 55 KMZ TES a EN 106 kA SME E E E 280 L labeled Cell MAS acct snini 294 land grid lease descriptions 80 114 116 land gnd Maps einer EEEa 114 Band Grid TablesSicsna 266 land grid well descriptions 06 79 116 VANIG DASE ea a beaut ood 114 270 Index LAS files importing cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 55 Laser Atlanta survey data cccccccceeeeeeees 97 DAVOS aed crepe A E E 217 246 lease data amp MADS cccceeeeeeeeees 80 114 116 TESCHGS Societe exten cuphatie E 218 2D Mae Se a 303 IDEN 001E CS E I oseumaceseceta 303 adding to a RockPlot2D image 222 color index Tables vss wasensme nian ames 262 Line Style Index Tables eee 263 Pattern Index Tables cc eeeeeeees 263 RocKPIO3 D xc kestern see tecseeencescdeds 236 Symbol Index Tables eens 263 license NaMe arreen oe e E E 8 licensing changing license tyPe cceccccccceeeeeeeeees 10 Cense CY PCS arn nates hee 5 9 TVS BW OL TOOT tress cules EN RS 8 PEMOVING ICeNSenn 11 PAOK S tereat or ratecatererentet nua craven eieakes 7 LIDAR Gata ss saise Geos E N 171 limit filt
181. aring distance perimeter area digitize tools vertices lines polylines polygons vertical exaggeration Data toolbar Save clear copy all text copy only numeric text append to image create new image Menu Summaries File menu Open save print append RK6 files open a new ReportWorks window set RockPlot2D options import files export files close RockPlot2D close RockWorks Edit menu Undo copy image cut copy paste delete individual items View menu Stretch best fit zoom in zoom out vertical exaggeration set diagram extents make all objects visible RockWorks14 RockPlot2D Draw menu Draw circles symbols text lines polylines rectangles polygons scale bars text tables legends lithology stratigraphy well construction color new layer Measure menu Bearing distance perimeter area Digitize menu Vertex point line polyline polygon Utilities menu Annotate with border rescale clip image coordinate conversion Data menu Save contents of data pane clear data copy all part of data display data contents as graphic in new window or as overlay with current graphic Window menu Tile RockPlot2D windows access other Rockplot2D windows or main program Managing RockPlot2D Files This section discusses the process of opening and saving RK6 files that are displayed in the RockPlot2D window Help Contents RockPlot2D Managing RockPlot2D Files Creating a New RockPlot2D Window
182. as volumes and side lengths of various geometric shapes and solids Two tools One returns the Windows color number typically used in RockWorks for a color selected from a palette The other converts Red Green Blue color numbers to Windows color numbers typically used in RockWorks Used to calculate cost and profit breakdown lease analysis and amortization on loans by changing various factors within the utility equations Break even Analysis determines when a project has paid for itself it can also estimate profits and losses Lease Analysis calculates square footage rates monthly rent amp annual rent based on any combination of the other variables RockWorks14 Geological Time Chart Reference Loan Analysis amortization determines various loan related items when a loan will be paid off total amount paid etc An interactive program designed to show the duration ages and major events of various geological time periods Igneous Rock Identification Used to identify igneous rocks by displaying a series of Periodic Table questions about the rock characteristics and offering a classification based on your responses Used to retrieve information about various elements by pointing at the elemental symbol on the table and pressing the mouse button Trigonometry Calculator Performs various trigonometric calculations such as Unit Conversions apparent dip or true dip drilled thickness strike and dip from 3 p
183. ase 0eeeeees 114 270 RockWorks Borehole Manaver ccannscurescewn 25 change ICSNSING rerien 10 file TY Pe S mMmMar Y ascen 271 instala HOM asna aa 2 3 MEO CUCIION eeen l Heese TV PCS nan nue errs 5 9 Ment DULLONS secre 275 Menu Setting SUMMATIES cceeeeeee 2da MENU SUMMALY aaien ieia 306 MENUS erai ire 23 hetwork TOC iesin 8 AEW BC AUC Si lesir en 12 program preferences ccccceeee 274 276 project diIMEMNSIONS cceeeeeee eee eees 69 98 RockWorks Utilities cccccceeeeeeeeeees 73 running from a SCTIPl eee eeceee cece ee eeeeees 305 SLAPS UDe 9 274 system requirements cc eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 ADIE eerste tela seeded seat acesoeaed 251 unsal os fos orescence s 11 UIT OC KAO ennn a 7 VET SION r E Siautacant 274 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 19 73 74 77 91 97 ROCK W OCKS 7 s ccisciterssiewicceanacachaeibncianeeeata 170 Rock Works2002 ccceceececccceeeeeeeeeeeees 15 56 Rock Works2004 0 0 eee eeeecceeceeceeceeeees 15 56 ROCK W OFS 2000 nain TRE 14 Index Rock Works99 o eee ceeceecceeceeceeeeees 15 56 76 Rock Works99 USEIS 0ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 74 rose diagram MaPb ssseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 106 155 rose diatas oeenn a 155 188 rotate RockPlot3D VieW cccccccccceeeeeeeesnssseees 229 Strike and dip data ccccccceecceeeeeeeeees 190 X NACA tases aiedadce Cet a a i 116 round filter
184. ase layoutionn n 245 Page Setup command ssceceeeeeeeees 243 PATRIK Sierens aE 212 Paterm Ed KO eausa eitten cue 259 Pattern Index Tables ceeeee eee 222 263 Pattern Tables 246 257 258 259 272 patterns datasheet eeren eC tm RT 92 in diagram legends cceeeee 222 303 in Litholog y Table wistecoscssactesdetececiowes 253 in Stratigraphy Types Table 255 in Well Construction Types Table 256 Patterns LAD stor staierntanscen a 47 Pedata diasta MS enen e 150 annota NE ses articacesuniseasoren AAEN 303 IREA I E A I EEA EN EEA 151 161 plan NAD ee 152 DONIES e E 151 157 SECtiOnS se Saivtiuaiesesanuivionecovauevneseteveeomens 151 159 solid modeleren 151 SUITACE Mane a matteo 152 Pedata Tecendo e maaan 303 penetrometer data importing eee 56 Pennsylvania coordinate offsets 00 116 354 RockWorks14 perimeter around 3D IMa gS norena 201 around SL Sufa eSis 303 measuring ON SCTEeEn eeeeeeeererrrreereee 219 profiles amp SECOS crinii 303 PELIOGIC ADC eaea 206 PI Dwights files importing eee 55 Pick COMACS pits asta aerdecediectends te 134 PIC SOW eienenn N 203 PLC CHALE TADS merai E 105 PIPEL CMaSrains sciciss lt dcoisreiiwhischiseeeneeersdeieee 184 plan maps 111 133 140 143 146 149 152 155 plan maps see also contour maps 107 planar CAA sicceduaterienvietndiecs 189 19
185. astiGave menu settlAgs lt Create a menu m SCI Filesummary Load menu settings el Create an RCL menu Y iNo rthir o Create Nev summary Lil z Use Feistina fricl Saving Menu Settings There are two ways to save the currently displayed menus settings from an RCL RockWorks Command Language file e Select the File Save Menu Settings command from the main menu at the top of the dialog box e Press the Save Menu Settings button within the button bar at the top of the dialog box just below the main menu Loading Menu Settings There are two ways to load menus settings from an RCL RockWorks Command Language file into the currently displayed menu e Select the File Load Menu Settings command from the main menu at the top of the dialog box e Press the Load Menu Settings button within the button bar at the top of the dialog box just below the main menu 2 7 Reference RockWorks14 278 These files may be created manually via a text editor or by using the Save Menu Settings option see next item View a Summary of the Menu Settings Menu summaries can be used in the following situations e Technical Support When providing technical support RockWare employees will frequently ask the end user a litany of questions about their menu settings This can become quite exasperating for both parties given that some menus may contain up to 600 settings This new capability can be used to short circuit this process by allo
186. at data See also The Borehole Manager page 39 regarding setting up downhole lithology stratigraphy geophysics and other data More information for all of these data structures is included in the Rock Works Searchable Help system At the main program screen select Help Contents and locate the RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data section 77 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 Data for Maps and General Diagrams XYZ Data X YZ data can be entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet to represent X and Y location coordinates and a measured Z value of some kind such as elevations or geochemistry This basic data layout can be run through Map EZ Map to create a simple point map or line color filled contour map Or you can create a grid model of the XYZ data Map Grid Based Map for display as a 2D contour map or 3D surface 4 Coordinates f yvalues coordinates Sample Symbol Notthing Benzene Lead Zine H25 0 0837 0 0976 o 522 258 8 01058 0 095 0 1021 ZE 1401 130 6 01037 0 099 0 0836 gt 856 1 550 2 0 1105 0 0875 0 092 256 696 6 00924 0 1154 0 0869 O 934 6 686 6 01123 0 0913 0 0867 mo Fd are 0 0556 0 09968 0 1133 1048 353 01048 0 0964 0 0902 9886 73 2 01094 0 1075 0 0826 0 0974 S 2098 7746 0106 0 0919 0 1145 0 1025 E sr EEE kaa eee a anne a a ID Symbol Y coordinates v alues Coorndinates RockWorks offers a variety of data layout suggestions but you can organize you
187. at format in decimal degrees to a Universal Transverse Mercator UTM format in meters or feet A variety of projections are available Converts UTM XY coordinates in feet or meters to long lat coordinates in decimal degrees A variety of projections are available Converts Pennsylvania style location descriptions to Cartesian XY coordinates Decimal gt Degrees Minute Seconds Translates decimal degrees into degree minute second format The input degree minute and second coordinates must occupy three separate columns in the RockWorks Utilities data sheet The output decimal degree values will be stored in user selected column Degrees Minute Seconds gt Decimal Translates D M S coordinates into Decimal Polar gt XY XY gt Polar XYZ gt Polar Azimuth gt Quadrant Quadrant gt Azimuth Rescale XY Data Degrees Translates location coordinates listed in a polar coordinate format bearing and distance to X Y coordinates in a Cartesian coordinate format assuming a fixed reference point The resulting coordinates are stored in two columns in the main datasheet Translates X Y locations in a Cartesian coordinate format to a polar coordinate format bearing and distance assuming a fixed reference point The resulting coordinates are stored in two columns in the main datasheet Converts a list of XYZ coordinates into a borehole style list of polar coordinates 1 e distance bearing inclination This
188. at will be used to display any new 3D images you create such as 3D log displays fence diagrams solid models and 3D surfaces You cannot open RK6 files in the RockPlot3D window There is a built in ReportWorks program used for laying out pages for print and display include RockWorks images bitmaps shapes text and legends See page 241 for information about ReportWorks Other New Features The Borehole Manager allows entry of downhole survey measurements for deviated or inclined borings LogPlot Users Read This RockWorks14 contains a LogPlot Import program that functions as a batch importer of multiple LogPlot DAT files into the RockWorks MDB database Using either log design or DAT file information this tool can determine the LogPlot entities that can be imported into RockWorks and where possible it will offer the user control over the specific import options Lithology stratigraphy data LogPlot LITH geochemical data LogPlot Histogram geophysical data LogPlot Curve log symbols text and well construction information can be imported Once imported into RockWorks the user has a variety of program tools at hand strip logs cross sections solid models surface maps and more See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Importing Data from Another Source for more information Getting Help The following documentation and help resources are available for the RockW
189. at you have lots of RAM more than 256 MB and a faster processor 400 mHz or faster Pentium I CPU If the 3D images are slow to redraw on your computer you can remove the checkmark from the Autodraw option along the bottom of the RockPlot3D window The image will only be updated after rotation stretch view change etc when the Render button is clicked 239 RockPlot8D RockWorks14 Notes 240 RockWorks14 ReportWorks Chapter 21 ReportWorks ReportWorks Overview The ReportWorks program is a new page layout tool that s shipped with RockWorks It offers tools for laying out pages with Rock Works generated graphics imported graphics text shapes and more It s a really nice complement to all of the graphic options in the RockWorks program allowing you to combine them for presentation and printing on a single page fe Beport Works C Cocuments and Settings ite My Documents Rork Aorks2004 Samples Sam Mal EY Hie Edit ew Jods Gphions Help fa elel olol TIBIAE e l i 2 J 4 5 E 7 E Llan aE W Llapit fe Sipkg Feel pre Arti fares hs eee 220 208 There are several ways you can access the ReportWorks program e If you are at the main RockWorks program window select the File Reportworks menu option e Click on the ReportWorks toolbar button sal See Tools General Preferences to turn on the bank of toolbar buttons e If you are in RockPlot2D choose the File ReportWorks command to open a ne
190. ata Importing Data for details RockWorks14 Borehole Manager Importing GDS Well Data The File Import GDS option Geological Data Service s GDSII or flat file format files into the Borehole Manager A separate borehole record will be created for each well number 2 See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data for details about the import steps and how the well fields are recorded to the database Importing IHS Well Data The File Import IHS PI DWIGHT option imports IHS Energy Group s 297 Well Data format files into the Borehole Manager This format is an updated version of the legacy PI 197 Well Export format A separate borehole record will be created for each well number T See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data for details about the import steps and how the well fields are recorded to the database Importing Kansas Geological Survey Well Data The File Import Kansas Geological Survey option imports tops data provided by KGS This import uses the same framework as the IGH GDS and Tobin imports T See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data for details about the import steps and how the well fields are recorded to the database Importing LAS Data Use the File Import LAS or File Import Multiple LAS options to import data from a single or multiple LAS Log ASCII Standard files
191. ata Items 231 RockPlot8D RockWorks14 232 Changing the RockPlot3D Surface Settings a Changing the RockPlot3D Isosurface settings w Changing the RockPlot3D Morph Settings EP Change the RockPlot3D Solid Model Settings for solid models displayed with all voxels Changing the RockPlot3D slice settings for slices inserted into solid models s Changing the RockPlot3D Fence Panel Settings General RockPlot Data Items Adjusting Transparency RockPlot3D Surface Settings RockPlot3D can display 3 dimensional surfaces that are based on grid models These might result from gridding X Y Elevation data in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Map Grid Based Map from modeling a drawdown surface Hydrology Drawdown Surface or from modeling stratigraphic surfaces in the Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Structural Elevations Surfaces can be displayed individually or in groups l pd 1 To access the surface settings right click on the surface item s name or icon E4 in the right pane and choose Options You can also double click on the surface item to access the grid options The program will display a Grid Options window in which you can adjust the color scheme surface style opacity smoothing and data filter Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Data Items Surface Settings Adjusting the surface color scheme Adjusting the surface style Adjusting th
192. atabase Click Cancel to cancel the Erase Log operation If you choose Yes the data in the selected borehole file will be removed from the project Note that any existing grid surface or solid plume models you ve already created using the now deleted borehole will NOT be automatically updated to reflect the data change You ll need to re generate models and graphics Accessing a well s data 1 Access the Borehole Manager as necessary 2 Open the existing project as necessary The wells in the current project will be displayed in the pane just to the right of the project manager pane 3 Click on the name of the well you wish to view The program will load its data into the data tabs You can click on the various data tabs to see that boring s data Enabling Disabling Borehole Records Use the check boxes to the left of the borehole names to turn the borehole on checked or off un checked If the borehole is enabled it will be included in borehole location maps and log section diagrams and its data will be processed during surface or solid model interpolation If the borehole is disabled it will not be included in these maps diagrams or interpolation processes 33 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 You can use Edit Enable All Boreholes to turn all borehole records on and Edit Disable All Boreholes to turn all borehole records off See also Querying Data page 67 for database query tools for
193. ating RockPlot3D Images Reference Items Turning on off the reference items Changing the axis label text Changing the appearance of the RockPlot3D reference grids Data Items The Data Items are the logs surfaces solids or other entities that were created by Rock Works They can be displayed individually or they can be displayed in groups AY RockPlot3D14 kojek a File Edit View Help S S alla P P SoG FH e m Elo Reference 4 Orientation V F Axes E world Outline Top M NB Labels 4 Tables Legends A Dee A Groups v Stratigraphic Contacts zN E A Horizon M 22 Elevation Grid HN E Spergen Fm V 22 Elevation Grid E Leadville Ls Data Items M 22 Elevation Grid v E Potosi Fm V 22 Elevation Grid lv Basement Iv 221 Elevation Grid wo y s Linked File List C gt gt ase Vertical Exag 1 00 V Autodraw Groups of items are shown with the Group symbol G Simply click on the Group s button to view the data items within Expand any data item s button to view its components Each of the data types has characteristics you can modify right within RockPlot3D Just double click on the item in the Data pane to access the settings Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images Data Items M Turning on off the RockPlot3D Data Items Adding New Data Groups in RockPlot3D Dragging and Dropping RockPlot3D D
194. ations page 61 Intervals I Data This table is used to enter measured numeric values which were sampled at depth intervals as opposed to single depth points down the boreholes This might apply to downhole geochemistry values assays concentrations or geotechnical values blow counts Leave this table blank if you have no interval data I Data Fields e Depth to Top Enter the measured depth to the top of the first sampled interval for the well The depth values must be positive e Depth to Base Enter the measured depth to the base of the first sampled interval for the well e Column 1 Here you enter the measured value for that downhole interval If you have no data for an interval you can leave the cell blank Blank cells will simply be skipped during processing e Column 2 Column x Continue in this manner typing in the measured value for each component for that interval Repeat for as many columns as you have measurements for for that depth interval Right click anywhere in the data table and choose Show Column Names Dialog to define the column names for the measurement types e g Benzene Gold percent gravel etc The columns link to an Interval Types Table where names data ranges etc are defined 43 44 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 Destro Top pept to Base Benzene porosty Gal sana oo 0 05 0 30 0 01 fs 10 0 043 0 30 0 01 30 Ejoo 15 0 0 04 0 05 0 01 5 Fso 20 0 0 23 0 05 0 01 5 20 0 25
195. ats with a variety of options X and Y node locations and Z values are listed in three columns separated by the character of your choice at the decimal precision you select with or without a header The Z values only of the grid file are listed in rows and columns with the number of entries corresponding to the numbers of nodes horizontally and vertically in the grid file The Z values are listed at the decimal precision you select AutoCAD DXF Matrix These ASCII files can be read into any software application Geosoft GXF ESRI ASCITGRID that reads files in a DXF format They will appear as a three dimensional mesh surface with line color layer number vertical exaggeration and other parameters user selected GXF Grid eXchange Files are an ASCII grid format read by Geosoft software Export the RockWorks grid to an ASCII grid file that s importable into ESRI GIS programs for contouring and other spatial analysis Ohio Automation ENZ X and Y node locations and Z values are listed in three RockWorks7 RockWare RTM columns in an ASCII format with columns separated by commas The node order is the same as that listed for the ASCII XYZ above This grid file format is read by the RockWorks version 7 program for DOS published by RockWare The RockWare Terrain Model RTM format is a binary grid file format originally designed as a compact method for shipping Digital Elevation Model DEM data Surfer Both ASCI
196. aunch the current version of RockWorks RockWorks14 Borehole Manager e Open the RockWorks2002 2004 project folder click on the Project Folder prompt at the top of the window or choose File Open Project e Ifthe program finds BH files but no MDB file it will automatically launch the import wizard e Follow the import steps described below e The MDB file that s created will be assigned the same name as the existing project folder 2 If you want to create the database in a new project folder e Launch the new version of RockWorks e Open create the new project folder e Select the File Import Rock Works2002 2004 option e Follow the import steps described below e The MDB file that s created will be assigned the same name as the new project folder e If you wish to use any of the existing models GRD MOD or graphic images RKW XML RWR you ll need to copy them from your old folder to the new This tool imports only the BH files Lithology Table Stratigraphy Table and project dimensions from your older project It will NOT import grid models solid models or graphic files T See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data Importing Tobin WCS Well Data The File Import Tobin WCS option is used to import data from a Tobin Well Coordinate Service WCS file into the RockWorks Borehole Manager WCS files contain well location and other miscellaneous well information which
197. ayed in the data window That command is reserved for copying the current plot the picture itself to the clipboard hq New Graphic Creates a new plot window containing the graphic representation of the Digitized items points lines polylines and or polygons listed in the data window The line style and color in which the lines are to be drawn should be established under Digitize Options prior to creating the new graphic Append Current Graphic Creates a new plot window containing the graphic representation of the digitized items points lines polylines and or polygons which are listed in the data window overlaying the existing image in the current plot window The line style and color in which the lines are to be drawn should be established under Digitize Options prior to creating the new graphic You need to use the data tools shown above to store the data in the clipboard or record the data as graphic entities before closing the plot window or you ll lose all of the data items The data items are not stored in the graphic RK6 file The Measure and Digitize items are held in temporary memory only If you redraw the image using Zoom In Zoom Out Best Fit Stretch or Vertical Exaggeration the drawn items will disappear from the graphic display Since they are recorded however in the Data Window the Copy all Data Copy Numeric Data New Graphic and Append Current Graphic tools are still available The Data Window is
198. below for mapping the lineations themselves Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Linear Feature Tools Gridding and Mapping Lineation Frequencies Lengths and Intersections 187 Directional amp Geotechnical Tools RockWorks14 Creating Lineation Maps The RockWorks Utilities Linears Lineation Map utility is used to create a map of lineations from X1Y1X2Y2 line endpoint data page 86 Notes See Digitizing Data for information about digitizing line endpoint coordinates directly into the data sheet See Creating Arrow Maps earlier topic for information about creating maps in which the lineations contain arrowheads f SS w Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Linear Feature Tools Creating Lineation Maps Computing Lineation Bearing Length and Midpoint The RockWorks Utilities Linears Lineation Properties command is used to compute the bearing length and or midpoint of lineations listed in the main datasheet as X1 Y1 X2 Y2 line endpoint coordinates page 86 Notes See Digitizing Data for information about digitizing endpoint data directly into the datasheet Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Linear Feature Tools Computing Lineation Length Bearing and Midpoint Creating Rose Diagrams The RockWorks Utilities Linears Rose Diagram From Bearings and From Endpoints utilities read either bearing data page 84 or line endpoint data page 86 and generate a directional diagram
199. bols table These are commonly used to y display water level symbols There are a variety of special symbol options Symbols Text Plots the symbol captions as text labels within a column Aquifers Plots user selected pattern blocks between specific depths in Patterns each log as read from the Patterns table These are commonly used to show screened intervals and they have a variety of options 297 Reference RockWorks14 Patterns Text Plots the pattern captions as text labels within a column T Help Contents Reference 2D Log Options 3D Striplog Options 298 The Borehole Manager Striplogs menu offers tools for creating a 3D display of a single log and of multiple logs 3D logs are also available in the Lithology Stratigraphy I Data P Data Fractures and Aquifers menus to append to those menus 3D models and fence diagrams When you select the Striplogs Single Log 3D and Striplog Multi Log 3D menu options or the Adjust Striplog Settings option in any other 3D menu item you ll see a window where you can establish which data items will be displayed in the 3D logs their relative placement in the log and their appearance settings A 3 Dimensional Striplog Layout Options SEE Options Help a oO aL a o M aie K Layout Preview Overhead Plan View Ue TITLE Visible items will be displayed here in an overhead view Drag to change their placement in the log W T azm and to change siz
200. borehole ends mid formation you can leave this blank See Missing Formations page 61 for more information e Formation Double click in this cell and choose the unit name from the Stratigraphy Types Table a library of stratigraphic names and patterns that is stored in the project database Or you can single click in this cell click the small down arrow and choose the formation name from the drop down list If the formation name is not listed you ll need to add it to the current Stratigraphy Types Table See the Stratigraphy Types Table page 255 for more information Stratigraphic layers must be listed in the same order from borehole to borehole Units can be missing but they cannot change order 42 RockWorks14 Borehole Manager _ Dep hto Top Depth to Base Formation a 35 Vadose Zone ee TIPPETT reer tree rere rrr r tits Jes 100 Aquiter 1 132 Aquitard 1 132 Aquiter 2 142 Bedrock Stratigraphy data can be illustrated in in 2D and 3D log and log diagrams using the options in the Striplogs menu Stratigraphy data can also be interpolated into surfaces for display as 2D and 3D structure and isopach maps 3D stratigraphic models 2D cross section and profile panels 3D fence panels and stratigraphic surface and plan view maps Stratigraphy menu tools See also these Stratigraphy data topics Picking Stratigraphic Units from Log data page 134 Lithology versus Stratigraphy page 58 Missing Form
201. bs See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data for details Importing RockWorks99 Data If your RockWorks99 ATD and TEM files contain downhole borehole data such as stratigraphic layers and or linked LIT HIS CUR or ZON files you ll need to import them into the RockWorks Borehole Manager database If your RockWorks99 ATD TEM files do not contain borehole information you can open them into the other RockWorks data window marked with the RockWorks Utilities data tab See Chapter 3 for information The Borehole Manager s RW99 data importer is found in the File Import menu It will create a new project database for all of the boreholes in your RW99 datasheet and the different types of downhole data will be listed in the Borehole Manager data tabs See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data for details Importing RockWorks2002 2004 Data In RockWorks version 2006 and newer the Borehole Manager stores borehole records in a database file MDB in the project folder with the same name as the project folder By contrast earlier versions of the Borehole Manager stored borehole records in individual ASCII BH files If you have upgraded from an earlier version of RockWorks you can import your ASCII BH files into the database via two methods 1 If you want to create the database in the existing Rock Works2002 2004 project folder e L
202. button bar at the top of the dialog box just below the main menu An RCL listing shows the commands that would be used run the same operation in a batch fashion via the File Compile RCL without using any menus RockWorks14 Reference Gridding Reference Gridding is a process in which scattered spatially distributed data can be transformed into a continuous array or grid of numeric values Data to be gridded can represent anything from topographic elevations in a county to ratings of local pizza joints as long as the original data points have location coordinates X and Y and a measured Z value of some kind The locations coordinates must be in a Cartesian coordinate system You might picture a data grid as a grid of imaginary lines that overlays your source data points Your data points listed inthe spreadsheet In the process of gridding the program assigns a value to the grid line intersections called grid nodes Computed grid nodes A grid file is the computer file of numbers that contains the results of the gridding process It contains a listing of the X and Y location coordinates of the regularly spaced grid nodes and the extrapolated Z value at each node Within RockWorks you can perform basic gridding of generic X Y Z data for 2D and 3D maps using the RockWorks Utilities Map Grid Based Map command You can also create grid models of stratigraphic surfaces and aquifer surfaces in the Borehole Manager
203. c image 3D surfaces and logs solid models fence panels etc These are ASCII in format and contain links to solid models bitmap images etc that may be displayed in the RockPlot3D view The file name extension is r3dxml See Managing R3DXML Files page 225 These files are XML in format the 6 character file name extension allows RockWare to register this file type within Windows RW6 These are graphic files created by the ReportWorks program storing the page layout of inserted RK6 images bitmaps text shapes and more They are binary in format The filename extension is rw6 See Managing ReportWorks Files page 242 Program Libraries PAT These are Pattern Tables that contain the designs for repeating graphic patterns used in logs cross sections lease maps etc RockWorks is shipped with a library of patterns in the default rw_pat pat table you can save this file under a different name delete patterns add pattern designs etc via the tables listing accessed using the large Tables button along the left edge of the main RockWorks program window Pattern files are binary in format with the file name extension pat See Pattern Tables Overview page 257 SYM These are Symbol Tables that contain the designs for graphic symbols used in maps statistical diagrams logs etc RockWorks is shipped with a library of symbols in the default rw_sym sym table you can save this file under a different name delete symbols ad
204. cates Secunia a saaagal fummoa etna asotess 114 RockWorks14 Table of Contents SNOM MADS epsa rae a oenduebeousmante E 115 Global Map S sean 115 DirectiOnal Maps css cccscessaccnsencmsats sansonsesaas dabsaanianseadessahts E 115 Borehole Manager Translating Map Coordinates ccccccceeecccceeessssseseeeeeeeeeees 116 RockWorks Utilities Translating Jeffersonian Locations to X Y ccccceceeeeeeeees 116 RockWorks Utilities Translating Jeffersonian Polygons to X Y cccccceeeeeeeees 116 RockWorks Utilities Translating Map Coordinates 0 ccccccccssssssesssseseeeeeeeeeeees 116 Chapter 5 Creating Strip Logs amp Log Sections 117 Creating Strip Logs amp Log Sections OVerVICW ccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeseeeees 117 Creating 2D Logs Log Profiles and Projected Log Sections eeeeeees 119 Creatine Oo Mapsisiovsscrlawsialiavanarsocoluniwen eras onauatsssoue dnesuetlextavenndnueny culate 122 Cream SD TOTS ciin a diese E A E ET 123 Los heni San Yodan tiered ae E A EE T E 124 Chapter 6 Creating Stratigraphy Profiles Sections Maps Fences and Blocks 127 Creating Stratigraphic Diagrams Overview ssssseeeeeessssssssssssssseetereressssssssssese T27 Creatine a Stratiorapmic Model s s cnnusrataietesurtaat a a 128 Ceanna sttaneraphie Prones Aina a ouatestadeasenauatnieveessaed 129 Creauiie Stratisraphic Cross SeCUONSin Bessette a a ate 129 Creating Stratigraphic Fence Diagrams
205. ccccccecccccceeessseeseeeeeseeeeceeeeeeeeenaaas 78 E Mod FET ea seer ge ng eee neem eer eee nar eT gov are ee ee y er 82 Pata TOr sold IOC CIS 5 aod esterase aes aha eaten cash ea ae EE 83 Hydrolosy Hydrochenustry Dataset tease annie eueareenet 84 Planar anid Linear Data orernnicenei eniri ce assent aida sccecea A 84 SD Graphie Data ics xicciutacshscalenicciace nb a E noueces 87 UGS the Daris NG Casas ers a Nac alee se nas eee a eee 91 PM POR ING ACA as ise coecks en eaa E sien N 97 Exporting Data from the RockWorks Utilities Datasheet cccceseseeeeeeeees 97 Transferring Data to the Borehole Manager ccccccccsssssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeasaaeeeeeees 97 POTS WAZA TA esses atresia Ge awa aaacce bes aantou agence eapomw aden caeee neat roarediona ty 98 Viewing and Setting Your Project Dimensions ccc eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeees 98 Usine the Project Maia eirinen en Biot ea ereeennenaae neue ome 101 Chapter 4 Creating Point Contour and 3D Surface Maps and other Maps 103 Point IVT AS casei oe asl tr coe Mientras nlsheln Manca ten casas Mala tattered Manta 103 Sti Diaora ni LADS ceea E EO T cucu T 106 Rose and Stereonet Diagram Maps vescccivenccuedicveetnce enna aueiucntn eee 106 Goosle Fath MEADS os sess ces or ae E E 106 PAD Onon MaD a a a a aio ole Sense Wiaynus sesame 107 DSM EN I a a pa natalie a a une aanosee tase 111 MIN TADS a a a ta cigs onder tee 113 Dea Gist IN TAS sss sort iss saat enna va
206. ce GRD file The resulting grid model GRD file can be displayed as a 2 or 3 dimensional map in which the data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Exporting I Data Use the Borehole Manager s I Data Export and Extract options to export the interval data to the following Export ASCII XYZG Extract X Y Elevation coordinates and G values for a selected track from the borehole database and store them in an X YZG file Export ASCI CSV Exports all tracks of I data measurements for the current enabled all boreholes to an ASCII comma separated variable CSV file for use in Excel Extract Extracts project I Data measurements for a selected track that lie within two GRD surfaces e g stratigraphic unit and lists the XYZG values in the Rock Works Utilities datasheet Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools 149 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences RockWorks14 Borehole Manager Creating Solid Models of Downhole Point Data and Isosurface Voxel Fence Profile Section and Plan Map Diagrams 150 Creating P Data Diagrams Overview Use the tools in the Borehole Manager s P Data menu to interpolate your downhole point sampled data such as geophysical measurements into a solid model and to visualize the interpolated model in a variety of ways as a vertical profile slice a multi paneled profile or section a 3D fence with any number and arrangement of panels a horizontal slice or
207. ce topography In other words it creates a geological map based on downhole stratigraphic data The process involves creating a stratigraphic model for the study area storing it as a temporary solid model MOD and determining the intersection of the different formations with a user specified surface model This is stored as a RockWorks grid model GRD and the map is displayed in the RockPlot2D window Notes Be sure the stratigraphic names are correctly defined in the current Stratigraphy Types Table page255 You need to be sure also that the dimensions and node density F RockWorks14 Stratigraphy Tools of the grid model and the solid model are the same See Missing Formations page 61 for tips on how to enter your stratigraphy data Use the RockPlot2D Export RockPlot3D tool to drape the surface stratigraphy map over a grid model and display it in 3D as in the image above Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Creating Stratigraphy Based Geology Maps Creating Plan View Stratigraphy Maps Use the Stratigraphy Plan Map tool to create a 2 dimensional map representing the stratigraphy along a horizontal slice at a specified elevation This is stored as a RockWorks grid model GRD and the map is displayed in the RockPlot2D window Notes Be sure the stratigraphic names are correctly defined in the current Stratigraphy Types Table See Missing Formations page 61 for tips on how to enter your stratig
208. ces The program will create the diagram and display it in the RockPlot2D window page 207 Note that if the profile line extends beyond the current project dimensions it will be truncated to the project boundaries If you would like to be warned that this truncation has taken place you can activate the Warn if Outside Project setting under the Options menu T See also Help Contents Laying out Vertical Sections and Fences for additional topics Drawing a Multi Panel Cross Section Trace The Borehole Manager Section tools are available within the Lithology Stratigraphy I Data P Data Fracture and Aquifers menus They are used to display multiple connected vertical slices from the inside of a solid or stratigraphic model to illustrate lithology distribution stratigraphic or water level elevations geochemical geophysical values and fracture proximities Striplogs can be included in any of these section diagrams A Section tool is also available within the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu to slice an existing solid model containing any type of data In addition log only sections are available using the Striplogs Multi Log Section tool Once you have set up the diagram settings the program will scan the project files and extract the borehole locations Eastings and Northings from the Location tab of each active borehole It will display the well locations in the Select Boreholes window as a plan view map with boring name and s
209. chemistry relative sand silt clay ratios and non geological parameters such as population breakdowns Starburst maps illustrate the relative percentage of the selected variables as varying length pie slices at each sample location Each component within a starburst has a scaling factor that determines the radius of the wedge This allows you to create diagrams for variables with different units For example one wedge within a starburst could represent amount of silica which another could represent fracturing which a third might represent amount of alteration Bar chart maps illustrate the relative percentage of the selected variables as varying length histogram bars at each sample location Spider maps illustrate the relative percentage of the selected variables as polygons within a circle at each sample location Datasheet RockWorks Utilities XYZ file with multiple Z value columns page 78 Notes Refer to the Help messages for details about how to set up the data columns and apply a scaling multplier for the starburst and bar chart maps RockWorks Utilities Tutorial Analyze Component Data Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Multivariate Maps 105 Maps RockWorks14 Stiff Diagram Maps The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Stiff Maps command y is used to read a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet create a Stiff diagram for each sample and plot the diagrams at gt se
210. ck on a pattern data column 257 Tables RockWorks14 258 The Select Pattern Window The Select Pattern window displays all of the pattern designs contained in the current Pattern Table The factory default Table is RW_pat pat in the My Documents RockWorks14 System folder If you do a lot of modifications to this file or like to maintain specific pattern libraries for different projects you can save the Pattern Table under different file names and in different folders The name of the current Table is displayed at the top of the Select Pattern window This window is used to view patterns select pattern colors and density open other Pattern Tables and access the Pattern Editor select pattern Ay Select Pattern C Documents and a WAR El s access the Pattern Preview Density Colors Line Width Pattern vis Edit Editor Fore m Open tare id File Pattern PTI SOOO naana g Tables Ss Jcurrer current pattern m pattem m HH erase pattern densit H Sr er li Le deny ensiy Hi ine wi TT Lee EEM a saper Ka res ed oooo am am SAE 0m000 r o oo o n n fr PUU ANN Sao ots a i zn SOL Car oc RIIE TENE E hi SAZA ant A P Bue E H _ S Te Tal qd spr da M Cancel d Help eat ete Index Pattern number Accept Cancel Create a graphic index where the cursor changes changes to the patterns anow is currently snd exit and exit pointing 1 To view pattern samples that a
211. closest line it is necessary to negate the distance values i e the node values should be multiplied by 1 as allowed within the Vector Modeling Options menu Help Contents Borehole Manager Fracture Tools 156 RockWorks14 Laying Out Sections amp Fences Chapter 9 Laying Out Vertical Profiles Sections amp Fences During the process of building a vertical profile cross section or fence diagram RockWorks displays a window that illustrates the borehole locations onto which you draw the section or fence panel line s The look of this window changes depending on the type of diagram being created but the general operations are the same If you are creating a profile section or fence from the RockWorks Utilities data window the borehole locations will not be displayed Drawing a Profile Line The Borehole Manager Profile tools are available within the Lithology Stratigraphy I Data P Data Fracture and Aquifers menus They are used to display a vertical slice from the inside of a solid or stratigraphic model to illustrate lithology distribution stratigraphic or water level elevations geochemical geophysical values and fracture proximities Striplogs can be included in any of these profile diagrams A Profile tool is also available within the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu to slice an existing solid model containing any type of data In addition log only profiles are available using the Striplogs Multi Log Profile
212. cross sections 2D logs rose diagrams and the like It contains editing tools page 207 9 RockPlot3D is the display window for 3D graphic images such as solid voxel models isosurfaces fence diagrams 3D surfaces etc It is interactive with rotation zooming appending etc Page 225 10 ReportWorks is a page layout window for images RK6 BMP JPG TIFF etc text legends shapes and more Page 241 11 If you need to automate your work in RockWorks you can do so with RCL RockWare Command Language scripts Page 304 Other important notes Rock Works2004 2002 BH files can be imported very easily into the RockWorks 14 database see page 54 Borehole Projects Creating a New Borehole Project Each project you work on in the Borehole Manager must have its own folder called a Project Folder on your computer The Project Folder is where the borehole database MDB of the same name is created for storage of borehole data Graphic files grid and solid models and other accessory files for that project should also be saved in the Project Folder When you create a new project in RockWorks you ll be creating two new items on your computer 2 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 e Anew folder with the name of the project e Anew MDB file inside that folder with the same name Follow these steps to create a new project folder 1 Access the Borehole Manager as necessary by clicking on the Borehole Manager tab al
213. ct Symbol window Here you can view and select symbols from the current symbol library It also lets you access the Symbol Editor where you can edit existing symbol designs and create new symbols See the topics below The Symbol Table can also be accessed from within the RockWorks Utilities data sheet by double clicking on a graphic symbol cell It can also be accessed by clicking on the picture of the symbol in the Borehole Manager Location tab Using the Select Symbol Window The Select Symbol window displays all of the symbol designs in the current Symbol Table The factory default Table is RW_sym sym in the My Documents RockWorks2006 System folder This window is used to view symbols select symbol colors open other Symbol Tables and access the Symbol Editor RockWorks14 Tables Create a printable symbol index Current Symbol T able Open a i new et EA Select Symbol C My Documents RockWorks 006 System RW_Sym Bfk save the current File View Move symbols elsewhere in the current Table ri Symbol Preview s Ta 3 Import symbols from another Table 4 f Move Import Edit the p Edit curently de Edi selected sombol o yeH O s on x x o ef e p Oson eH He OH AL wee a2 e eo peat vas I Fs q s 8 oO Us ei Poo gt o kk 4 OOo BOOSH Symbol number F gt where CUSO I8 pointing be ate Ho Cancel changes and exit Accept changes and exit To view symbol samples that are
214. ct the color in which the odd numbered rows in the RockWorks Utilities window will be displayed Even Numbered Row Color Use this tool to select the color in which the even Borehole Manager Tables numbered rows in the RockWorks Utilities window will be displayed Use this tool to access the Borehole Manager window in RockWorks This has the same effect as clicking on the Borehole Manager tab along the left edge of the program window Use this tool to access the Tables window in RockWorks This has the same effect as clicking on the Tables tab along the left edge of the program window RockWorks14 My RockWorks Map menu EZ Map Grid Based Map 3D Points Multivariate Maps Land Grid Shotpoints SpherePlot Google Earth Grid menu Statistics Report Histogram K Gram Residuals Reference Use this tool to access the My RockWorks window in RockWorks This has the same effect as clicking on the My RockWorks tab along the left edge of the program window Contains a variety of point and contour map making utilities Creates a quick map of XYZ data with contours based on triangulation when no grid is needed Creates grid models of XYZ data or reads an existing grid model and generates a 2D map or 3D surface map Reads an X YZ point listing and displays color coded spheres in RockPlot3D The horizontal and vertical radii of the spheres can be independently varied to produce oblates These objects are use
215. cted for each sample and can be referenced in a symbol index at the top of the diagram Symbols may be accompanied by labels if desired The diamond field is designed to show both anion and cation groups Circles may be plotted around each point to illustrate total dissolved solids TDS for the sample The total dissolved solid computation will include all components listed in the data file standard ions and additional ions Concentrations entered in the source data file in units of milligrams per liter are converted to milli equivalents per liter for display on the diagram You may choose up to 4 additional cations and up to 4 additional anions for the TDS computations Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Tools Creating Piper Diagrams 184 RockWorks14 Hydrology amp Hydrochemistry Creating Stiff Diagrams The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Stiff command is used to read a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and create a Stiff diagram for groundwater ion concentration analysis Stiff diagrams plot milli equivalent concentrations of cations on the left side of the diagram and of anions on the right Each ion is plotted as a point and the points are connected to form a polygonal shape The ions are plotted in a consistent order Na K across from Cl Ca across from HCO3 CO3 Mg across from SO4 so that each polygon becomes that sample s signature Additional ions if present are
216. current Stratigraphy Types Table which declare mass per cubic unit 2 Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Creating a Stratigraphic Volume Report Exporting Stratigraphy Data to ASCII Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Export ASCII XYZ File tool to export stratigraphy depth elevation or thickness data for each borehole to an ASCI Text XYZ file The resulting file will contain the X and Y location coordinates for the formation contact in each borehole taking into account any boring deviation or inclination and the selected depth upper elevation lower elevation or thickness Thickness is drilled thickness as recorded in the Stratigraphy tab not grid based thickness This file can be imported into the RockWorks RockWorks Utilities datasheet or into other applications or opened automatically into the default Windows text editor such as Notepad Output window ASCII XYZ file representing observed depth upper elevation base elevation or thickness Notes To load this exported file into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet follow these steps Click on the RockWorks Utilities tab choose File New Datasheet select the Generic XYZ format for the layout and use the File Import Into Rock Works Utilities ASCII option to import the text file into the data window Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Exporting Stratigraphy Data Exporting Stratigraphy Thickness to the Utilit
217. d Total Depths etc Entering the Borehole Data Overview of Data Types The RockWorks Borehole Manager uses data tabs for entering the different types of downhole data For example if your well is inclined or deviated you can enter the downhole survey information in the Orientation tab If you have point sampled geophysical data you can enter these into the Points P Data tab When you add a new well to a project the program will display a blank suite of data tabs Simply click on a tab to bring it to the front for entering your data You may leave those tabs blank for which you have no data Only the Location tab is required to contain data The tabs display a spreadsheet type view of the information in the MDB database tables This section discusses the different data tabs and how you enter the data See also Importing Data on page 53 and Editing the Data as a Spreadsheet on page 51 See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Data for more detailed information Location Tab This is used to enter the well ID X and Y location coordinates Eastings and Northings surface elevation and total depth all required fields You may also choose a specific symbol for the well which can be used to note the well location in maps There is a Comments field where you can enter well specific notes 39 40 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 There are optional fields for entering a well s API number or for entering well l
218. d a layer to the current document choose the Tools New Layer menu item or click on the New Layer button The program will add a new layer entry into the data pane along the left side of the window Be sure to highlight a particular layer prior to adding items to your document items are always added to the currently highlighted layer See also Moving Items below To select a layer to be active simply click on its name in the data pane Subsequent items that you add to your document will be added to that layer To rename a layer simply click on the layer in the data pane along the left side of the window to highlight it Then click on the layer s name so that you see the blinking cursor in the name s text Edit type in anew name This can help you to be more specific with layer items such as company legend items rather than Layer2 To move items between layers you need to use a cut and paste procedure First click on the layer name to which the item to be moved is currently associated Left click on the item to be moved to a different layer and choose Edit Cut or type in Ctrl X Then click on the name of the layer to which it is to be associated and select Edit Paste or type Ctrl V The item will be re inserted into the document and associated with the specified layer RockWorks14 ReportWorks To copy items between layers use a copy and paste procedure similar to that described above for moving items but using the E
219. d anywhere in the study area The section layers can be color coded in a variety of ways and logs can be appended to the panel junctions Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and displays the model as a 3D fence diagram You may request regular panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways 3D logs can be appended Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and creates a 2D map representing the model where it intersects a designated surface typically the surface topography Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and displays a horizontal slice extracted from the model as a 2D contour or color map RockWorks14 Statistics Histogram Import Colog File Fugro CPT Data Analyze Add Random Reference Calculates statistics for a single column of P Data measurements in the current project for all enabled boreholes The computations are displayed in a text window Reads a single column of P Data values from all enabled boreholes and determines the frequency or percentage of the total number of measurements for that variable that falls in each user defined grouping or cell These values are represented as a bar histogram plot Tools for importing data into the P Data table Imports into the P Data tab of the current borehole the downhole geophysical data stored in a file supplied by Col
220. d based with the gridding algorithm user selected Some of the advanced filtering operations include thickness stripping ratio up to 5 quantitative data column range restrictions polygon areas and distance koz Finally you have the options of e Storing the final thickness or mass model as a grid file on disk and e Displaying the volumetric or mass computations in a text report and or e Displaying the final thickness or mass grid model as a 2 dimensional line or color filled contour map or labeled cell map and or e Displaying the final thickness or mass grid model as a 3 dimensional profile or raised line or color filled contour map Datasheet RockWorks Utilities This tool reads X YZ files where the Z value represents thickness See page 78 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Volume Tools RockWorks Utilities Extracting Solids 180 The RockWorks Utilities Volume Extract Solid tool reads an existing solid model such as soil chemistry or lithology type determines the volume of a pit that would be required to extract the portions of the solid model that fall within a specified range e g RockWorks14 Volume Tools contaminated soil or a selected lithotype The output is a report that lists the pit and contaminant volumes and the stripping ratios a 2D diagram illustrating the pit elevations and or a 3D diagram showing the filtered solid and the pit elevations This program assumes
221. d model file to another format for use in another software application The following exports are offered ASCII XYZG NOeSYS Slicer Dicer Voxel Analyst Creates a blank solid model file using user declared model dimensions node spacing and default G values Generates volume reports from grid models solid models or thickness data Computes the volume and mass of a stratigraphic unit based on thickness values and a density conversion factor Can also be used to compute the volume of stockpile by substituting the point heights for the thicknesses Computations are made by using the Delaunay triangulation method Computes the volume of a stratigraphic unit based on a grid generated from XY and thickness values among other parameters 333 Reference 334 Extract Solid RockWorks14 Reads an existing solid model such as soil chemistry or lithology type determines the volume of a pit that would be required to extract the portions of the solid model that fall within a specified range e g contaminated soil or selected lithotype The output is a report that lists the pit and contaminant volumes and stripping ratios a 2D diagram illustrating the pit elevations and or a 3D diagram showing the filtered solid and pit elevations Grade gt GT Grade Thickness Given a solid model that contains grade values this Hydrology menu Drawdown 1 well Drawdown Surface Flowlines Hydrograph Hydrochemisty menu Duro
222. d nodes along the X axis and Y axis respectively Starting in the seventh line the Z values for the grid nodes are listed starting with the grid node in the southwestern corner of the grid and proceeding to the north When the top of that first column of nodes is reached the listing proceeds with the second column starting with the southernmost node and listing upward A Z value will be listed for each node in the GRD file The grid file format also supports an optional block of data that contains fault segment information This fault block consists of a header a list of fault segment endpoints and a terminator This block is automatically appended to grid models by gridding algorithms that support faulting e g inverse distance This information is then used by programs that process grid models including grid smoothing solid fill color contouring line contouring and fault plotting Help Contents Reference File Formats RockWorks Grid File Format Solid Modeling Reference Solid modeling is a true 3 dimensional gridding process in which a solid modeling algorithm is used to extrapolate G values for a fixed X Easting Y Northing and Z elevation coordinates The G values can represent geochemical concentrations geophysical measurements or any other downhole or subsurface quantitative value The RockWorks Utilities Solid Model tool creates solid models from X Y Z and G data listed in the main datasheet or in an
223. d symbol designs etc via the tables listing accessed using the large Tables button along the left edge of the main RockWorks program window Symbol files are binary in format with the file name extension sym See Symbol Tables page 260 TAB These are user created Tables that can be used in a variety of places in Rock Works to define a polygonal area for filtering a grid model to define specific Z value ranges for color contour maps etc The list of RockWorks Tables can be found by clicking the large Tables button along the left edge of the main RockWorks program window The program RockWorks14 Reference is shipped with a library of these tables which can be edited to suit your own data These files are ASCII in format and have the file name extension tab See Chapter 22 01 06 These rockware_landbase files contain Range Township Section coordinates for portions of the United States These files are not installed with the program they re large but can be downloaded from the RockWare web site using the link in the Rock Works Help Download RockWare Landbase menu item These data are used by the RockWorks Utilities Map Land Grid Maps tools Coords Jeffersonian Points amp Polygons tools and the Borehole Manager Map Adjust Coordinates Jeffersonian tool Importable Exported Files Borehole Manager ASCII Excel gINT HIS LAS ASCII Excel ASCII XYZG data LogPlot DAT Colog Spectrum LogPlot DAT Cone Penet
224. d to enlarge a portion of the map or 213 RockPlot2D RockWorks14 diagram plotted within RockPlot2D Select the Zoom In button or command Position the magnifying glass tool at one corner of the area to be enlarged Depress the mouse button and drag the tool to the opposite corner lick here and a l a Pa 2 w pa 1 si a a al ai Pea F r r al _ _ _ a a E E T Release the mouse button when you have reached the opposite corner of the area to be enlarged When you release the mouse button the program will redraw the selected area on the screen maintaining the current vertical exaggeration 2 Use the Zoom Out toolbar button or View menu command to restore the active RockPlot2D window to its original scaling Simply click once on the Zoom Out tool to re plot the active plot file at its original scaling The original diagram scaling is restored even if you zoomed in several times Equal vs non equal x and y scaling will be preserved Using the RockPlot2D Magnifier Use the Magnifier button lo or type Ctrl M to magnify selected portions of the current screen display Simply click on the button and a square or rectangular zoom area will be visible somewhere within the plot Use your mouse to drag the zoom area around the window Right click on the zoom area to select the magnification amount You can also resize the zoom area by grabbing and dragging a border or corner with your mouse To disable the m
225. del Files GRD Grid files are created by RockWorks as the result of gridding X Y Z data in the RockWorks Utilities or of gridding formation thickness water level or other spatial data in the Borehole Manager Grid files can also be the result of filtering or importing existing grid files Grid files are ASCII in format with the file name extension grd See Gridding Reference and RockWorks Grid File Format in the Help message Reference MOD Solid Model files are created by RockWorks as the result of modeling X Y Z G data in the RockWorks Utilities or of modeling lithology interval data point data or 271 Reference RockWorks14 2 2 fracture data in the Borehole Manager In addition stratigraphic surface models can be stacked and saved as a solid model file They can also be the result of filtering or importing existing solid models They are ASCII in format with the file name extension mod See Solid Modeling Reference and RockWorks Solid Model Format in the Help message Reference section Program Created Plot Files RK6 These plot files are created in the RockPlot2D window to store all RockWorks2D graphic images 2D maps and logs rose and stereonet diagrams etc They are binary in nature and use the file name extension rk6 See Managing RockPlot2D Files page 209 R3DXML This is the newest default plot file format for files created in the RockPlot3D window to store the information in a 3 dimensional graphi
226. del through the filtering tools in the RockWorks Utilities Grid menu created the grid originally in the Borehole Manager etc This tool can create 2D surface maps of grid models as well discussed previously Use the Project Manager to create a quick 2D map or 3D surface illustrating a grid model just double click on a GRD file name and establish the map settings See page 101 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Contour amp Point Maps Grid Based Maps RockWorks Utilities Grid Grids gt 3D Stack The RockWorks Utilities Grid Grids gt 3D Stack program is used to plot multiple flat grids in 3D space for the purpose of visual comparisons These grid models can represent any real number values geochemical concentrations elevations porosity values quality readings you name it These are grid models that already exist on your computer Datasheet RockWorks Utilities It reads a file containing a single column of grid GRD file names listed from the top down in the same order in which they are to be stacked top down in the diagram Notes Be sure the grid models actually exist in the current project folder Once displayed in RockPlot3D you can turn individual surfaces on and off by inserting removing the check marks by the grid model names in the RockPlot3D data tree you may need to expand the Stack heading If you expand the grid model groups in the data tree and RockWorks14 Maps
227. deling 287 horizontal aNKS cisnessasiaowiieonuseiee 90 hybrid siddin seini 280 hydrochemistry ion data 84 106 184 185 Hydrochemistry Menu ccceceeeeeeeeeees 183 hydroeraphs ocre EE 184 Hydrology Menu sssessseeeeeeees 139 183 I J data expor inrikt 149 Edat dido ran S eee 147 anota NE i eee a eTEN a 303 KELE o EEEE AEE EE EN 148 161 plan ma Piens 149 DEOMICS Goren E 148 157 Sect O IS eor e eeit 148 159 sold MOdElS eraren 148 SUITACE MaD n ani ieust Savselvacaiiusectoneade 149 N Glataule CONG ne metals aamadensteeeeet 303 Me Dal aa eect i othincs Riven ticistersi Gece Seesideds 149 igneous rock identification cece 205 RockWorks14 IHS files importing eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 55 images see raster iIMages essssssse 218 DINOS else EE 213 AG een cesta a E E E 211 ASC ee 54 97 178 COlOO dalai E 58 COMPACTION datdie tera tiexcaecede 56 OP tate tet adidas datenseencnbids tastaeel a dadtaecues 58 DATen a E 55 PBE sisiane a a E AE 97 DEeLOrE miscens ie E 97 DEM crase eoaeseeeduaes 170 DEG aeaaea E 211 DAP e n 97 189 211 237 OO eena E imines 211 RCC EROA RANINEN AA IIIN ANAA 57 97 PUSO Ocal iesteregeeee ermererege rae ore tmereae teres eer 58 GOD REER E 55 DIN Tenir a R 54 OTIC MOOS E E E E 170 GSM I a anced Acta aaa ese onca ee 97 GAT iStock EE T R 170 THS acere nomen steed nedaaeeaecaaetn eee 55 1A Gis Pare ence ere ner errr ee E TT 55 DA Sora n AE 5
228. dels Sample applications include interpolating elevations for missing contacts within borehole files e g lost circulation intervals and estimating what a log might look like before the borehole is drilled 1 e prediction Create a solid model based on a list of grid models All of the nodes between two surface models will be set to a user defined g value By creating a list of these surface models aka pairs a layered model can be produced This program is similar to the Grids gt Stratigraphic Model except that this program creates a numeric solid model that can be subsequently manipulated whereas the Grids gt Stratigraphic Model program just creates a diagram Contains tools for generating and manipulatingsolid models MOD files Creates a solid model of X YZG data that is listed in the main datasheet or in separate XYZG text file Reads an existing solid model file and creates a vertical profile slice that is displayed in RockPlot2D Reads an existing solid model file and creates multiple connected vertical profile slices that are displayed in RockPlot2D RockWorks14 Fence Plan Statistics Report Histogram Krajewskigram Residuals Math Model amp Constant Model amp Model Resample Filter Distance Filter Grid Polygon Clip Range Filter Reference Reads an existing solid model file and creates multiple vertical profile slices that are displayed as a fence diagram in RockPlot3D
229. dentify igneous rocks by displaying a series of questions about the rock characteristics and offering a classification based on your responses 205 Misc Utilities RockWorks14 Periodic Table The Periodic Table option inside the Widgets menu is used to retrieve information about various elements by pointing at the elemental symbol on the table and pressing the mouse button Trigonometry Calculator The Widgets Trigonometry Calculator tool is used to perform various trigonometric calculations such as apparent dip or true dip drilled thickness strike and dip from 3 points and more Unit Converter TheUnit Converter option inside the Widgets menu is used to convert measurement units length area pressure velocity etc By entering a single value in a particular measurement system you can create a table displaying an equal measurement in other units The program reads the conversion data from a text file named unitconv tab This file lists in blocks the different measurement types and within each block the unit values for 1 standard unit 206 RockWorks14 RockPlot2D Chapter 19 Displaying 2D Images RockPlot2D RockPlot2D Overview ee p jiin M p ph E as SE Pe me Cap a ee ee ee ee E RockPlot2D is one of the plotting engines for RockWorks Itis used to display 2 dimensional maps and diagrams as they are being created and for opening saved images at a later date RockPlot2D contains its own set of me
230. diagram at each borehole location Reads fracture bearing and dip data for the current borehole and generates a stereonet diagram that represents fracture orientation and density Reads downhole fracture bearing and dip data for all active boreholes and plots a stereonet diagram at each borehole location These options are used to export downhole fracture data into other applications Computes the xyz coordinates at the downhole fracture midpoints and save this data within an ASCII file for subsequent use within other programs and or incorporation into reports Compute the xyz coordinates at the downhole fracture midpoints and save this data within the RockWorks Utilities datagrid for subsequent use within other programs e g rose diagrams stereonets fracture modeling etc and or incorporation into reports RockWorks14 Aquifers menu Model Profile Section Fence Plan Export ASCII XYZ File Vectors menu Model Reference Contains tools to interpolate and visualize your water level data in a variety of ways These can be particularly useful when combined with other 2D and 3D diagrams of your project Interpolates a grid model for the upper and lower surface of a single aquifer listed for a particular date or date range and creates a 3 dimensional diagram that illustrates these surfaces with side panels in the color of your choice 3D logs can be appended interpolates grid models for the upper and low
231. diagrams 130 131 132 140 143 145 148 151 154 172 CIS playin o eneit 225 233 drawing pa els onin i 161 IN page layouten res laden 241 NCS CWOS R EE E E E N 303 manually defining endpoints 269 reference Cabissa s 303 filetype SUMMATY sese 271 Fill in Missing Stratigraphy 63 135 filter BOPENOIES susrew Saves eece deere aati 67 DAMJE e e 166 solid models ee eeee scene 174 175 288 Index XYZG data for solid models 289 PimanCe TONES iea na 205 Hoat DUI APS ese 199 NOWMNCS oa EA 183 Folk s siliclastic classification c006 194 fonts datas hee oiee 276 formation volume eeseeeseneesesesenee 179 180 formations MISSING cc eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 61 135 fracture diactaMs isc wissses sists cassie 153 TOTO CS A E A EA E S 154 161 PANMI eaa a eres 155 DONES aace 154 157 SECON a aa E aE 154 159 BOM ANOGEIS arne e E 154 surface Maparen aeeai 155 PraCtureS ta Dorecoe aaa 45 156 frequency histograms datasheet values ee eee 51 193 194 srid hode ValUES cccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 165 solid model node values eeee 173 Fugro CPT files importing ccccccee 58 G GDS files importing oeeeeeeeeeesessssseseeeeee 55 general preferences ccceecceceeeeeeeees 274 276 SC OCHEMIUSE Y d ta dree Erna 43 geological time chatts iraire 205 PEOLOLY Map osre 132 146 SC
232. different structure than R3DXML This format is still available via File Open but R3DXML is default Help Contents RockPlot3D Managing RockPlot3D Files Opening a RockPlot3D R3DXML File Appending Multiple RockPlot3D Views RockPlot3D permits you to combine 3D views by appending the data objects in one R3DXML file to the end of an existing view 1 If necessary open the R3DXML file to which another file is to be appended above 2 Choose the File Append menu command and click Select In the displayed window locate the existing R3DXML or older XML file to append to the current view click on its name to highlight it and click OK The program will load the data items from the selected R3DXML file and display them in the current view The program will automatically update the view s dimensions if necessary to accommodate the new data elements 4 To save this new view choose the Save command to save it under the same file name as the original scene or the Save As command to assign the combined scene a new name See Saving RockPlot3D Views below The view being appended should reside in the same folder as the original R3DXML file If it does not be warned that any files liked to the appended view MOD files images etc will need to be located for the program the next time the saved appended image is opened If the scene being appended has radically different coordinate ranges you may get a strange lo
233. dinates ccceeeeeeee 116 EANSPATENCY i ireuseostiieemtadent catehaudaecntts 231 236 trend surface analySIS ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 169 trend surface gridding ceeecececeeeeeeeeeeees 280 trend surface residuals gridding 280 trlal Ware IMO de wavciesisoecincicternseinlowseie tein Na 6 7 triangulation gridding 0 0 cecceeteeeeeees 280 triangulation netWOrk cee eceeeeeeeeees 294 trian CULATION SUPVEY n2 csselcessexvestuccandinedtenanes 197 trigonometry calculator eres 206 trilinear diagtanmis sonici acacia 194 troubleshooting sais Sadie 238 239 UW DES e A 202 ONA IS sees covehatdelcdccnteiaudeia eevee aa 16 274 U PIV aeniei a a 218 uninstalling RockWorks ceceeeeeeeeeees 11 unie CONVENE eia Ti 206 N a E E E 39 245 univariate statistics 0 0 eee eee eeceeeeee 51 193 UMIOCKING Cd nanira ea 7 8 upgradient vector map cceeeeee 115 168 USDA soil classification 194 WTC OOPCIN ALCS crciacn titre stirera teases 116 V vector didgrafM S si ariiraa 156 VOOS IDa ae EAEN eres 48 WOUSTOIN arena n a he 274 vertical bitmap panels 0cceee 88 200 vertical exaggeratiOn ccceeeeeeeeees 213 229 vertical exaggeration calculator 206 vertical panel image lists cceeeeeeeeeeeees 88 View Colus eene Ea 92 viewing plot files eee eeeeeereeees 212 229 Vista Pio Mesotiteveuvebubetysetahidest cutviaeehut
234. dit Copy command rather than the Edit Cut command To display a layer s items insert a check mark in the layer s check box To hide a layer s items from the display remove the check mark from the layer s name Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Working with Layers Inserting a Symbol into a ReportWorks Page Use the Tools Symbol menu command or toolbar button to insert a graphic symbol into an existing ReportWorks page You can insert a symbol from the RockWare symbol library or you can choose from some generic symbol shapes Once the symbol is placed you can double click on it or right click and choose Properties to establish the symbol style fill outline etc The symbol can be resized by clicking on one of the corner handles and dragging larger or smaller The symbol can be repositioned by clicking and holding anywhere on the symbol and dragging it to the new location Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Inserting a Symbol into a ReportWorks Page Drawing Lines Polylines Polygons and Rectangles on a ReportWorks Page Use the Reportworks Tools menu commands or toolbar buttons to draw straight lines multi segmented lines closed polygons and rectangles in an existing ReportWorks page You can adjust the line style thickess and color and the fill for polygons and rectangles Straight lines 4 or choose the Tools Line menu command Polylines 3 or choose the Tools Polyline menu command
235. dit individual surfaces and more 290 RockWorks14 Reference FeckPlot30 untitled Die Edt ew Help Sse eeN S68 e o Sl blY individual grid suraces Metical Enag 1 00 F Auto oe Stratigraphy Model Stacked Grid Surfaces RockWorks also offers the option of building a stratigraphic solid model of the stacked surfaces This is done with the Save Model checkbox in the Stratigraphy Model tool These stratigraphic solids are true solid models that represent the 2 dimensional grids stacked on each other depositionally from the bottom up Stratigraphic solids have three fixed dimensions X Easting Y Northing and Z elevation with a variable G value which represents stratigraphy type as an integer These formation G values are declared in the Stratigraphy Types Table RockPlot3D untitled Aiie x alelafkk elen llt e E elelo solid model aj Legends 7 m fie Solid Morel dt Linked File Lit gt Vettical Exag 1 00 7 Autodiew Fede Stratigraphy Solid 291 Reference RockWorks14 Like geochemical or geophysical solid models stratigraphic solid models are just files that contain listings of X Y Z and G numbers Unlike solid models which contain real number G values stratigraphic models usually contain integer G values that correspond to the formations You might picture a stratigraphic solid as a stack of cubes In the cartoon below the 3 dimensional cells or
236. drawdown sseeeeeeeeees 183 XYZ coordinates from survey data 197 cone penetrometer data ccccceeeeeeeeeeees 58 consolidate stratigraphy ccccccceeeeeees 136 RockWorks14 contacts stratigraphy picking from logs 134 Contour MAPS ceeeeeeeeeee 107 108 109 293 COMTOUET A OICOS eiea EE AR 264 contours custom INCELVALS scscuscicdssnssatiseeseedioee desis 264 Delaunay eae tied 107 294 Moms poene e rii 189 m 2D map layers eaea arrea 293 294 COntOUrS taD arnet aaunieraouees 264 Convert lon lat coordinates to meters or feet223 Conver MeNi aiaia e e Receees 176 coordinates changing in RK6 files ee 223 converting in Borehole Manager 116 converting in the RockWorks Utilities 116 CPT Ales IMPOru Ne senna 58 CLOSS SECTIONS wanctuss cacti tec banctieagante en canstceeeaees 117 OAV IDS oea dacdeteas 159 Pac ESen a T 154 a Eai Ea EE AP E EE E E E EN 148 ipate layoutneense seene e 241 HOLOS Tissi EENE 146 manually defining endpoints 269 OPMONS ita tce th ncastthr cute dette neat 303 Padati RE 151 DIONE erento A 207 profiles see also Profiles 0 120 sold mode leien a EA 143 Stratiora phy seniii iieiea 129 130 SUID TOS Sies E 120 121 Walter levelonnna aa te hciteh abet 139 Cumulative gridding ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 280 D DAT files importing cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 55 data Borehole Managet
237. ds Vector table data and plots oriented arrow in your 3D logs Vectors representing the orientation and dip Options include colors title etc Plots downhole raster images in vertical 3D logs Options Bitmaps include imbedding versus linking the image and including a border Plots user selected symbols at specific depths in each log as read Symbols from the Symbols table These are commonly used to display y water level symbols There are a variety of special symbol options Plots user selected pattern blocks between specific depths in each Patterns log as read from the Patterns table These are commonly used to show screened intervals and they have a variety of options T Help Contents Reference 3D Log Options 301 Reference RockWorks14 2D Profile and Section Options Perimeter Annotation In RockWorks the 2D cross section diagrams offer some automatic annotation options for the diagram perimeter These perimeter options are available for both profiles and hole to hole cross sections that display strip logs as well as those with panels representing lithology stratigraphy 1 data p data aquifers or fractures In other words you ll see these options in many RockWorks program menus Border This option is used to include border annotation labels included in the plot These labels note elevations and X Y coordinates or distances These borders apply to hole to hole and projected sections Striplogs menu
238. e Q Visible Items Title Options I Title T Font Mame Arial Size 1 2 Color 0 Depths ertical Offset T Asis I Lithology Manual W Stratigraphy Offset oal i Well Const Chick on a Visible item to W Data H view change its options Data 2 Data 3 Data 4 P Data 1 P Data 2 F List of available log Hems FP Turn on an fem by inserting Fi a check in its check bow Aquifers Weckors Continue a RockWorks14 Reference Using the 3D Log Designer Checkiuacheck all visible tems Chip fogs Layout snap options Access add settings _ View a menu summary ew EF Layout Preview Overhead Plan View To rearrange items O O aea click and drag to another location To resize hems click on a handle and drag io make larger or smaller Title Ophons a Font Mame Arial Sire 1 2 Color 0 Verlical Offset Manual Offset o o AM checked items in this fst will be shown in the Layout Preview with color and fetter coded circles Visible Items Summary ka Check All amp This button and Options menu item will turn on all possible 3D log items O Uncheck All O0 This button and Options menu item will turn off all possible 3D log items Clip Logs zii This button and Options menu item allows you to enter an elevation range for display of a subset of the log data 299 Reference RockWorks14
239. e Some of the information in the view is recorded in the XML file itself this includes all of the reference and data item names whether the items are set to on or off their current attributes surface and fence grid model data and much more What is not stored in the R3DXML file however is the contents of any RockWorks created solid models or bitmap images that may be displayed in the 3D view In other words a large solid model file MOD containing contaminant data is not stored in the R3DXML file Instead its file name is stored in the R3DXML file and then RockPlot3D loads the data itself from the linked file The names of files linked to the current view are displayed in the linked file list pane below the data pane of the RockPlot3D window RockPlot3D assumes that all files referenced in the R3DXML are stored in the same folder as the XML file So what this means is that if the R3DXML file and any linked solid model bitmap or other files get separated you may see the following message when RockPlot3D tries to open that R3DXML file or append that R3D XML file to another file Filename has been moved Do you want to browse for this file 1 Click the Yes option if you want to locate the missing file s and use the standard Windows to change folders and or drives as necessary Click No if you prefer not to locate the missing file s and the scene will be loaded without those data elements Earlier versions of
240. e the xyz coordinates for a point that the dipping plane will intersect Generates a series of transitional grids and or contour map images given two end member grids The user can specify the graphic format for the output maps and they are then loaded into the RockWorks picshow application Reads an existing set of gridded data stored in one of the accepted formats and translate the data into a Rock Works grid file format ASCI grid files consist of a list of space delimited xyz values in which each line contains one node also referred to as Text format Imports BMP or JPG images and stores them as grid models Digital Elevation Model DEM Imports Canadian Government USGS 30 Meter or GXF 328 USGS 3 Arc Second DEM formats This represents GXF Grid eXchange Files output from the Geosoft program This program does not import compressed GXF grid models RockWorks14 ESRI ASCIIGRID RockWorks7 Reference Imports a grid model from an ESRI GIS r program that has been saved in an ASCII format These grid models are binary files that were created by the last DOS version of RockWorks Surfer ASCII or Binary RockWorks can import GS Binary or GS ASCII grid Export ASCII XYZ ASCII Matrix models from Surfer 6 7 and 8 as well as Binary grids from Surfer 7 and 8 Exports the data contained in a RockWorks grid model to another file format It offers grid export to ten different form
241. e A specific modeling method is used for the interpolation of the fracture model Fracture model G values represent distance to the closest fracture so that low values represent proximal fractures and high values represent areas where fractures are not prevalent For this reason there s an option to negate the node values e g multiply by 1 so that you can isolate the highs rather than the lows e Optional surface filtering is available to zero out nodes above a surface model such as the ground surface or a stratigraphic unit and or below a unit e Once you have the solid model file created you can use that existing model for future isosurface fence profile section and plan diagrams They can all share the same MOD file without having to recreate it each time choose Use Existing Model in the diagram s Options window e Automatic maps illustrating the location of profile section and fence panels can be created e See page 157 for information about drawing profile section and fence panel traces Help Contents Borehole Manager Fracture Tools 153 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences RockWorks14 Fractures Model Use the Borehole Manager s Fractures Model tool to _s interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing fracture proximity and create a 3 dimensional isosurface or voxel diagram that illustrates that model The values can be color coded in a variety of ways 3D striplogs can b
242. e Filename field to browse for the name of the first image to be listed for this well and click the Open button to open it This file must reside in the current project folder You will see the image displayed in a preview window Now you can depth register the image Note that you can use the scroll bars to view portions of the image outside the current window and the Image Size prompt at the bottom to zoom in and out of the image display 2 Click on any point near the top of the log This is typically the very top of the background grid but it can actually be any point within the log where the depth is known 3 Once the point has been selected a red horizontal line will be drawn at the designated depth and you will be prompted to enter the depth at that location Type in the depth and click OK 4 Move the cursor to any point near the base of the log This is typically the very base of the background grid but it can actually be any point within the log where the depth is known 5 Once the lower point has been selected a green horizontal line will be drawn at the designated depth and the user will be prompted to enter the depth at that location Enter the depth and click OK The Raster Log Calibrator screen will disappear and the appropriate information be computed and displayed within the Bitmaps tab This eliminates the need to load the raster image into another program to determine the header and footer offsets _ Depth to Top
243. e Manager I Data Histogram and P Data Histogram options are used to read a single track of data from the database and determine the frequency or percentage of the total number of measurements for that variable that falls in each user defined grouping or cell These values are represented as a bar histogram plot Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools or P Data Tools Creating a Scattergram X Y Plot for Two Variables The RockWorks Utilities Stats Scattergram tool is used to plot _ the data listed within a designated column in the datasheet against the data within another column m Notes Linear Regression and Polynomial Fit are available for interpolation Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Statistical Tools Creating a Scattergram X Y Plot for two Variables Creating a Ternary Diagram for Three Variables rv The RockWorks Utilities Stats Ternary tool is used to generate a trilinear diagram based on three columns of data Optional contouring is available to show point density In addition the Ternary program also includes options for plotting a variety of classification systems These will plot a pre defined diagram in the background with your data points and or contours in the foreground The currently available orn a templates include Folk s 1954 siliclastic classification scien Schlee s S 1973 after Shepard siliclastic classification system Shepard s 1954 siliclastic classificat
244. e Manager Tutorial Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Cross Sections Displaying Multiple Logs in 3D 123 Logs amp Sections RockWorks14 Log Item Summary 124 The following items are available for display in strip logs displayed individually or in groups in 2D or in 3D Note that not all components are available for all log views Title Plots the boring s name at the top of the log read from the Location tab Font settings adjust the text orientation thickness etc 2D and 3D Axis Plots the log s trace down the hole This is always activated and is the location above which the title is plotted You can adjust the line style thickness and color Handy also for simply showing well locations in sections and 3D views 2D and 3D Depth Labels Plots depth labels down the left side of the log Settings include labeling interval font style etc 2D and 3D Curve 1 4 Plots a point to point curve with or without fill representing data read from columns in the P Data table The Curves have a variety of settings and in 3D you have the option of plotting discs 2D and 3D Bargraph 1 4 Plots a bargraph representing data read from columns in the I data table The bargraphs have a variety of settings 2D and 3D the latter offers additional display types Bargraph Text Plots the actual numeric values for bargraphs 1 4 above 2D only Stratigraphy Column Plots a column containing intervals of pattern and color tha
245. e appended Fractures Fence Use this tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing fracture proximity and create a 3 dimensional fence diagram that illustrates that model You may request regular panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels The model s values can be color coded in a variety of ways 3D striplogs can be appended Fractures Profile y Sectian AA Use this tool to to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing fracture proximity and create a 2 dimensional vertical profile that illustrates that model between any two points in the study area The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Striplogs can be appended There is an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically T yeu T ToT E et ann siw T T T T esr eao 18 4000 ss T Fractures Section J Cross Section A A x The Fractures Section tool interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model representing fracture proximity and creates a 2 dimensional vertical multi panel profile that illustrates the model The panel endpoints can be placed 3 A ee aa anywhere in the project The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Sme can be appended 154 RockWorks14 Fractures Plan Map Solid Models Profiles amp Fences Use this tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model represen
246. e as the Easting Northing and Elevation units If the well is inclined or deviated this should be the measured depth not the true vertical depth 5 Click OK The well name will be shown in the Borehole Name listing The required fields that you entered will be displayed on the well s Location tab There will be a blank suite of data tabs Lithology etc into which you can enter data for the borehole Note You can also use the File Duplicate Log option to create the new borehole record based on an existing borehole See also Entering the Borehole Data page 35 Help Contents Index Optional Fields for information about adding customized fields to the location table Deleting a well Each well in a borehole project is stored as a separate record in the project database To remove an existing well record from the current project follow these steps 1 Access the Borehole Manager as necessary 2 If necessary access the project folder that contains the data you wish to edit 3 In the pane to the left click on the name of the Borehole File that you wish to remove from the current project For example to remove the borehole named DH 5 click on that well s name 4 Select the File Erase Log command The program will prompt you Delete all the information for wellname The data is not recoverable RockWorks14 Borehole Manager 5 Click Yes to continue and delete the entire borehole record from the d
247. e database such as the name of a borehole or a row in the Stratigraphy table the cursor will be shown as a triangle to show the active record Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Location Orientatio Location Informatior Required Fields Hame DH 02 Pa ara 04 W DH 05 DH OF Stratigraphy iY DH OF mn epth to Top Depth to Base ZWA Oyerburden 110 0 Aquiter 1 110 0 132 0 Aquitard 1 Editing Fields When editing the record pointer will change to an I beam This mode can be entered into by pressing the function key F2 or by double clicking in the cell to be edited 35 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 36 Stratigraphy Depth to Top Depth to Base 0 0 90 0 Overburden 30 0 110 0 Aguiter 1 132 0 Agquitard 1 Inserting Records Insert mode is indicated by the record pointer changing to an asterisk eA new record is inserted by e Pressing the insert key or e Moving to the last record and pressing the down arrow key e Right clicking and choosing Insert Stratigraphy E Depth to Top Depth to Base 00 30 0 Overburden 90 0 110 0 Aquiter 1 110 0 132 0 Agquitard 1 Canceling Both insert and edit modes can be cancelled by pressing the escape Esc key This will cancel any edits that are in progress Deleting Records Deleting a record is done by e Typing Ctrl Del holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the Delete key e Right clicking and choosing Delete See also Editin
248. e discussed fully in the Help messages Help Contents Setting Project Dimensions and Preferences Using the Project Manager The Project Manager is a pane that can be displayed along the left edge of the program window which displays various RockWorks program files in the current project folder 71 72 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 Turn the Project Manager pane on off using the Tools General Preferences Display Project Manager checkbox Expand any file type grouping by clicking the small button by its heading contract any grouping by clicking on the small button Hover over 2D Diagrams and 3D Diagrams files to view previews of the images The previews can be disabled in Tools General Preferences Display Project Manager Display Diagram Previews Open a file database Types tables ATD files RK6 and R3DXML diagrams and miscellaneous tables by double clicking on its name in the Project Manager pane Or right click on the file name and choose the view load edit option Create a 2D contour map or 3D surface of a grid model by double clicking on the GRD file name and establishing the map diagram settings Or right click on the file name and choose Display Grid Create a 3D voxel or isosurface diagram of a solid model by double clicking on the MOD file name and establishing the diagram settings Or right click and choose Display Solid Start an LAS file import by double clicking on the LA
249. e panels are drawn between any user specified borehole pairs During the process of building the fence panels the program will draw simpler linear correlations between wells RockWorks contains two tools that create fence diagrams as 3 dimensional Shapefiles for subsequent display within ESRI software programs Creates grid models or reads existing grid models for the upper and lower surfaces of each of the project s stratigraphic units and display these units on multiple 3D cross section fence panels You may request regular fence panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels The completed fence diagram will be saved on disk in an ESRI Shapefile format Creates a 3D fence diagram that illustrates stratigraphic layers Fence panels are drawn between any user specified borehole pairs During the process of building the fence panels the program will draw simpler linear correlations between boreholes The completed fence diagram will be saved on disk in an ESRI Shapefile format Creates a 2D map representing the stratigraphy where it intersects a designated surface typically the ground topography In other words it creates a geological map based 313 Reference 314 Plan Map Pick Contacts RockWorks14 on downhole stratigraphic data The process involves creating a stratigraphic model for the study area storing it as a temporary solid model MOD and determining the intersection of the d
250. e plotted as vertical In RockWorks drawing the hole to hole section lines is easily done on a plan view display of the borehole locations The program will remember the traces from one session to the next within the current project Displaying Multiple Logs in a 2D Hole to Hole Section Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Multi Log Section tool to create a 2 dimensional vertical display of strip logs of multiple boreholes The logs can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 124 whose data is read from the data tabs Multi log sections also offer the ability to hang the section from a selected stratigraphic unit Menu command Striplogs Multi Log Section Output window RockPlot2D Notes Unlike log profiles logs in hole to hole sections must be plotted as vertical In a hole to hole cross section the order in which the drill holes are selected will make a big difference in the appearance of the diagram The first hole you select regardless of its position in the map will be at the left edge of the cross section and the last will be at the right edge The intermediate drill holes will be spaced in the diagram relative to each other in space You do not need to include all boreholes in the cross section See page 159 for information about drawing the section trace Borehole Manager Tutorial Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Cross Sections Sections Displaying Multiple Logs in a 2D Hole t
251. e project folder and system folder ASCII text in format o Borehole Survey These tables are used by the Downhole Survey program and list the depths inclination and bearing measured for the deviated well o Color Names These tables are used to list color names in regular language such as red or blue and their color equivalents This prevents users from having to list long color numbers such as 16711680 in processes such as RCL o DLG Attributes Used by RockPlot2D to know how to plot different Digital Line Graph entities roads vs rivers etc o Land Grid Used in the translations of well locations or lease blocks in a Range Township Section format to a Cartesian style format and in the creation of land grid maps and lease maps o Polygon A Polygon Vertices Table contains a listing of X Easting and Y Northing coordinates that identify the boundary vertices of a polygonal area o Well Status Used by the Tobin import utility to make a association between well status and well symbol o XY Points Table Defines a listing of X Y coordinate locations to be used to define the panel endpoints in a RockWorks cross section diagram o XY Pairs Table Defines a listing of X Y coordinate pairs to be used to define the panel endpoints in a RockWorks fence diagram Help Contents RockWorks Tables amp Libraries Borehole Manager Tables Lithology Types Tables The Borehole Manager database uses Lithology data
252. e requested Custom intervals The factory default Contour Table is named contours tab Itis installed into the My Documents RockWorks14 Samples folder This table is ASCII in format Since these tables are generally project specific we recommend that you store your working table in the project folder Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Contour Tables RockWorks14 Tables Symbol Range Tables All of the point mapping tools in the RockWorks Utilities Map EZ Map etc offer variable scaling of symbols This means that the size of the symbols can vary across the map or diagram based on the quantitative value measured at each sample site With this scheme you can declare actual symbol sizes for as many z value ranges as you wish using a Symbol Range Table Once you have a Symbol Range Table set up you can save it for later use You can also load an existing table that you have saved on disk The program is shipped with a default Symbol Range Table called symbol_range tab installed with the Samples dataset My Documents RockWorks14 Samples folder This table is ASCII in format Since these tables are generally project specific we recommend that you store your working table in the project folder Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Symbol Range Tables Other Tables Borehole Survey Tables Borehole Survey Tables are read by the RockWorks Utilities Survey Drill Hole Survey program
253. e sesasend ataaeces sate 95 combining ReportWorks images ccccceeeeeeeees 243 RockPlot2D images cscceceeeeeeees 210 RockPlot3D images ccsseeeeeeeeees 226 COMMENTS sc tarncaserietnenstecmuriccartomencawdcacsteass 39 compaction datas ii iia 56 computations azimuth to guadraht ssena 192 datasheet statistics sisi csccesecetesanasaeescnbeneeds 96 formation volume eeeeeees 179 180 SCONE UY ea 205 OTIC TESTU AS a 165 grid SLALISTICS oeae EE 165 ion balance simriisiciiiiririsiriiiriiirisn 84 184 lineation bearings 0008 86 188 219 lineation lengths 00 86 188 219 lineation Midpoints cceeeeeeeeeees 86 188 MOVeMENt ANALYSIS ssiru 169 n rmalizine datde 195 planar intersections ccccceeeeees 84 189 point distante S ccecescserazceseteaesteeswaseeedsvtnts 195 POLYCOM ATC Besins erased esiedieecderets 219 polygon perimeter cccccceeeeeeeeeees 219 quadrant to azimuth ccccsseeeeeeees 192 fandom VUMDEiSsrered a 195 rotatie 3D datae rE 190 solid model statistics eeeeeeeees 173 Standard deviations ccccccccecsseseeeseeees 195 strike amp dip from 3 points 0 189 strike to dip direction 84 191 total dissolved solids e e eee ee 84 185 TH SONOMECITY oenn ahs 206 UNITCONV EE a E E 206 univariate statistics eee cece eeeee 51 193 water level
254. e surface transparency Adjusting the surface smoothing Applying a Z value filter RockWorks14 RockPlot8D RockPlot3D Isosurface Settings RockPlot3D can display 3 dimensional isosurfaces that are based on solid models These might result from modeling X Y Z G data in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Solid Model or from modeling quantitative downhole data in the Borehole Manager I Data Model P Data Model Fractures Model 1 To access the isosurface settings right click on the item s EF name or icon in the right pane and choose Options You can also double click on the isosurface item to access the options The program will display the Isosurface Options window in which you can adjust the color scheme surface style opacity and smoothing You can change the minimum G level enclosed in the isosurface skin and adjust the appearance of the model at the boundary edges You can also insert horizontal and vertical slices Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Data Items Isosurface Settings Adjusting the isosurface color scheme Adjusting the isosurface style Adjusting the isosurface transparency Establishing the minimum iso level Adjusting the isosurface smoothing Displaying the isosurface volume Adjusting the isosurface cap appearance Inserting solid model slices See also RockPlot3D Solid Model Settings page 234 RockPlot3D Morph Settings The
255. e values in a new grid file Resample Use this tool to read an existing grid model and resample the nodes to the current project dimensions Very handy if you need to make a grid model match another s extents and node spacing for filtering math comparison purposes Notes In order for the program to match up corresponding nodes in the two input grid files in the Grid amp Grid Math option they must have the same dimensions X and Y coordinates and range and numbers of nodes You can use the Grid Statistics Report option to see a dimension summary During gridding you can manually establish the grid dimensions and node spacing by activating the Confirm Model Dimensions check box in the Model Dimensions window You can resample an existing grid model to different dimensions using the Grid Math Resample option For the Density Conversion tool the Z values of the input grid must represent thickness and the thickness units must be the same as the X and Y coordinate units in order to compute a meaningful volume You can use the tools in the Coords menu to translate X and Y coordinates to different units You can use the RockWorks Edit Columns Thickness command to compute the thickness between two selected data sheet columns The thickness values can then be gridded using the Map Grid Based Map option Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Mathematical Tools Filtering Grid Models 166 The tools in the G
256. eases 214 make all objects visible c000008 215 measurements saree ccvehacsusestarsdecatausetverens 219 openine Mesner 209 Pee TEN EER 215 pinta FeS issn cae dauaers 210 rescaling image coordinates 223 resizing the window sssseeeeeeeeeees 212 savino TICS sor EE E 210 UNO ERIE A A E OEA 218 viewing plot files ceeseeeeeeeeeeees 212 zoom in and out of screen display 215 RockPlot3D E E EE A EE AE 225 addio Erends 236 combming filesi i 226 data EMS gcrcosiesde arei ri nTn 231 ekp r ne leS reie e 237 fence panel settings seeeeseeseeeeeeees 235 SrOUP SEUN S m ariii i a 236 image scaling in WiINdOW cccccceeees 229 IMEFOCUCHON eea Ea D2 229 ISOSUITACE settings Suiits canine eis 233 Manipulating IMAGES cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 230 openine MNCS ecutive oaden eis 225 238 PIV eaen a 228 TELELENCE MEDS rentre 230 RockWorks14 resizing the WINdOW cccccccceeeeeeeeeeees 229 rOtating the VICW ccsccecccceceeeeeeeeeees 229 SAV WAS TINS E PE E 227 SPINNING the VIEW cceeceecceeeeeeeteeeeeeees 229 SUITACESCLUNGS sorss sessaraccns taeraestbsevedeasiss 232 CAD ES E E E A E E 231 troubleshooting eeeseeeeeeeeeees 238 239 voxel model settings ccccceeeeeeeees 234 ZAP ONVS ESen a 227 zoom in and out of screen display 229 RockWare Contacting ccsseeeeeeeeeeees 9 16 RockWare Landb
257. ected range and township surveys from data that was downloaded concatenated and reformatted from a variety of public sources US BLM state geological surveys etc The Landbase data can be used to spot wells and leases and to generate maps representing section lines The Landbase files are downloaded to the My Documents RockWorks14 System folder using the Help Download RockWare Landbase link The program doesn t offer any means of viewing or editing the Landbase data but you can access a reference map showing the Principal Meridians and Range Township coverages shown below from within the RockWorks Utilities Map Land Grid Maps options the Coords Jeffersonian Points and Jeffersonian Polygons option and the Borehole Manaer s Map Adjust Coordinates Jeffersonian gt Easting Northing option Ahs Se eels eee eed le ee See Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Rock Ware Landbase RockWorks14 Reference Chapter 23 Reference Summary of RockWorks File Types The following is a list of the file types used in RockWorks User Created Data Files ATD ATD files are user created data files used in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for storing row and column data They can contain rows and columns of text numeric values symbols color line styles and more In RockWorks the column titles and column types are stored in a set of header lines at the top of the file ATD files are ASCII Tab delimited in fo
258. ecutiiuds 170 volume COMPUUING csseeeeeeeees 136 179 180 181 displaying in RockPlot3D 233 234 TOMATO iiaa EEE E 182 RockWorks14 lithology ZONES wicca dinwsictats loivemeslco Ras 181 sold mode Soa N 182 W warp model based on grid eens 288 water level diagrams cccccccceee 139 140 water level drawdown essessssssssso000011000 183 water level versus precipitation 0 184 Water Levels tab sccctessiviscnssvvcsteessvsavencee 46 140 WCS files importing eeeeoeeeeeeeesssssseeeeeee 57 well construction legend ceeeeeeeees 303 Well Construction tab ssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeee 49 Well Construction Types Table 256 well data SUMAMIATY reucrecriien 50 Well Stats able sxidessunesiveisnceseosiementecs 269 WV TGC Seine EE T 205 Window Ment cnssinennear a 215 wWintabo2 dlleas sw dueste ye dadeeaes 98 WME images see also raster images 87 X XY Pairs ables cos ericeibunemia dine cheissoswulareeeoeees 269 Index X Y Points ADIs iowa nied eccenieicciceduleccnistok 269 De VEX DY 2 dilepa oeann E eeeanes 86 XLS files EXPOUND eri 67 97 IMPONE saesae esa 57 97 XML files CX POLIO er N 202 212 OPCW heroe R 225 238 BA VIMO sa eee eas obeaness aun lin ake meen neers 221 XY scattergram datasheet valie Suain 194 stid node valts cnnanorninencerisuni 165 solid model node values eee 173 AY SAOS EE A 197 198
259. ed interactively in RockPlot3D The picture below shows a legend correlating colors with geochemical values in a fence diagram See Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Legends Adding a legend to an existing image Adjusting the legend settings RockWorks14 RockPlot8D RockPlot3D Type Tables RockWorks project databases store definitions of lithology materials stratigraphic formations and well construction materials in Type Tables Each time RockWorks creates any kind of 3D image it reads these data Types and stores the material formation names and other settings in the RockPlot3D view This enables easy configuration of legend colors and names The Type Table information is stored under the Tables heading in the RockPlot3D data pane You can edit the contents of these tables to change the appearance of the legends The changes you make to the tables in RockPlot3D will not affect any models surfaces fence panels or logs in the 3D display Their colors were established upon diagram creation You can adjust them manually using the settings described under RockPlot3D Data Items 2 See Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Tables Editing the RockPlot3D Lithology Table Editing the RockPlot3D Stratigraphy Table Editing the RockPlot3D Well Construction Table Importing Images into RockPlot3D While the RockPlot3D File Open command is
260. ed tables to view the table s contents and make any changes F z bi Yee foe Wide Fip Prenn Paii Cae i AT R ari Pains kAhid Tangar Baran flat are 5 Liri pr F fees See Farir Bee i jiers ph ISA a es P brs res arira r Lid ie ay ert p Tr E Tam ies i 0 Liner is A SE ces ria ere Cae x Litera Fe WA Corer Te Embri seth 0 Laer id s BoD A cee Poors bee Sere i rig I 2 motes Lin are ey we 1 E ie ari Hi AFT Janire h F A iti Fur oe hiia Oh E LEE Tenet Fis m pm i a red Lt i oe te E pin oil i ig ie ee Lares el A Tae ee T mim Ge E H a dam ias r dyi Dia fi Lee hini ARE Poo Se FF a i E ptm yana ienr bane Bec ial AAE Cicer ee pr es Ean asinine pint p g E irii r D ees el FF Perey ey pcs eas Lak wi B pun wee Erg abe gw Aa prsi GF amp akir A i H T nue fir es I a aA ai z Lt pam z ie mrd AE a a EF Loe as iid es d nel E Cre a Fale Ley Fae 1 aT e eee b JU lrg paR i Mih AET Tan oh F r p F y neca Ly thirr mi P wr i Hias LET rola i at pay ie Poe oe ae ee a uy i Caer a SOL eee ri Dreper ae E E TE Fihi DLE ile a 22 Dee ri TL a e hen bot nw bre d Mi Ml l nai vak eel a F i y ee H AII rat rakiy pai ri E pE oh ved 1 Lurs dd AEF T ren F ts FPA nire m a fet Tr an as T oUm Bs 4 wae ray F ri Drin os y O ai cv her ae R Amt ri est alle Here is a summary of the RockWorks tables e Borehole Manager Type Tables Stored in the project database MDB o L
261. eeeeeeeeeeeeees 39 EOC ALON TAD onean owe EO 39 67 TOS DEOMICSs Avcatustenate desided hes Rvcentueciohcls 157 logarithmic ridding ccccceeteeeeeeeeees 281 logos in diagram legends ccccceeeeeees 222 LogPlot data importing ee 16 55 LogPlot Keywords ssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 253 logs see also Strip logs eee cceceeeeeeeeees 117 longitude latitude c0008 39 116 223 M MAP Stadia EAREN AERE 103 2D map laye lS raia 293 294 SD POINE Maere esa cehalacntieen Gussie 105 S POIlt conto eaea 189 Darc Chavaio EER 105 borchole MaPSs pececceacecsteraesteenaeres 104 109 CCMA DS een a ine 294 CONtOUTL ee eee 107 108 109 110 293 cylindrical World 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 115 EZ IMA DS seiversc secu el ace een cate aeeecnents meade 293 TGP AS E ce auiy neck 115 168 RockWorks14 Goole Eart osaa a E 106 grid based Mapb sessseeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 293 TE PACS layouta 241 land Sidone EEE 114 E E E TA A E A 114 INE AULONS arnar ai 187 188 THON OS yo E 146 DIC CHAU inei aa 105 PAN en 111 149 152 155 PIONO eere 207 225 pont aps enee ia 103 104 POSE diaras 106 155 Eo a EE E E erence teecsaree 114 Sbotpo Mte a N 115 Sloe naa a 115 168 sph rica ssns dverceeanteutanlet 115 SADUS fria nearest ree 105 stereonet cescedduicsivcivevssasivateceeivoeawbiices 106 155 Stiff diagrams bn it 106 185 strato ra phi Cara 113 232 stratiora phy neea 13
262. eeeeeeeeeees 287 horizontal lithoblending 006 287 TV CESE CIS LAN Cea cicstecotscactrosteawaaneen ee 287 SOlid models saci a 134 143 arithmetic operations cceeeceeeeeeeeeees 173 COMPUTING statistics 0 0 ceeeeeeeeeeees 173 CIS PAVING ennei s 225 233 234 COMO renna a a EN 177 CX POU UMNO spier 173 178 extracting grid models from 176 HEr sies ee ee 173 174 175 IMPONE ne 173 178 ipase layout eein 241 ELAN ze neW eenia 178 TEC CNGS cene baeanaetestvedsuertens 303 modeling methods cccccesssseeeeeeeeees 286 ALOT IN S snried starter chians EES 178 233 observed v computed scattergram 173 OVELVICW ensccvsiicturdsseunwursedetnecesenuenens 141 286 PIGEXUPACHON sieren 180 181 DIAM MAPS esie e es 149 152 155 profiles iiinis 145 148 151 154 157 ae eA gt O EE 303 SECUONS eins 146 148 151 154 159 SHCING rai 233 234 235 SMON ee 174 aE E EAE T e A 173 surface MapS eeessssssseeeeeeee 149 152 155 VOM ania aa eet 182 X YAG Uii N 83 Spectrum data 1MPOrting eeeceeeeeees 56 sphere Maps 2 eae eae 105 115 spider MAS sivesetesetweceacmvcrcnerecciewdineesdeend 105 Standard deviations 08 166 173 195 starburst Maps isssefeetisieeredeonsisaschesddegnddiners tes 105 starting up RockWorks 0000eeeeeees 9 274 RockWorks14 statistics data Nee ataiona E 96 orid model cenedl 165 solid model nannaa 173 niv rate eae 51 193
263. eeeees 258 select symbol window ccccceesseeeeeeeeeeees 260 Set Diagram Extents command 0 213 SGU AN SIAN ONS sist ase tree eces eceetantreneds 197 Shapefiles EXPOUND r EEES 130 131 237 PONIN eio turtsactartentunelaundites 211 Shepard s siliclastic classification 194 shotpoint CAL Beco eclu duasesesienceetcousidenees 115 198 SHOW XYZ Values annita 53 Smelle Los 2 D horca 119 smele AOS D oea viene aiewiscucs tunes 123 single computer LiCeNSC cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 7 Sine lenser CESE sser 5 7 DMCEE DICE otc stb A 178 Slicing solid models 0 233 234 235 SHAE SHOW ecrini 203 Slope aspect analySIS ccccceeeeeeeeees 115 168 smooth DLE aaa iani 166 282 Software Acceleration ccccccccssssseeeeeeees 239 SOKLEN eei 173 solid modeling declusterine soreo en 287 dimensions 2 eeeeeeecceecceeceeeees 69 98 289 HENIE asa onan eevee rene ae ae eee 288 filtering input data eeeeeeeeees 289 ond TMC TIING oirrne EE i 288 Mondel yss 288 OVEPVIC Wi ariassiisisecsiarininarriiaoiisisaainiis 141 286 tilted modeling sos ssc ev siencens decansecetseecwites 287 Warp Mode lanii a 288 358 RockWorks14 solid modeling methods ccceeeeeeees 286 closest DOMME 2d cresieserderddusiowereeeneiunna 286 directional Weighting cssseesseeeeees 287 distance tO POINE ee cceeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 286 horizontal biasing cc eeeesee
264. ehole Manager Use the File Transfer tools to transfer the following data from the RockWorks Utilities to the Borehole Manager Locations gt Borehole Files This tool reads specific data fields from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet and records them in the Borehole Manager Location tabs This can be 97 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 useful if you have done some coordinate manipulation in the RockWorks Utilities and want the new coordinates to be represented in the Borehole Manager s BH files Or this can also be a handy way to start a new set of BH files with location information for a new project Stratigraphy gt Borehole Files This tool reads specific data fields from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet and records them in the Borehole Manager Stratigraphy tabs This can be useful if you have done some manipulation of the stratigraphic elevations in the RockWorks Utilities and want the modified data to be represented in the Borehole Manager Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Transferring Data to the Borehole Manager Digitizing Data RockWorks offers two tools in the Edit menu that permit you to use an electronic digitizing tablet to enter either X and Y point data or line endpoints directly into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet In this way you can enter your sample site location coordinates or lineation endpoint coordinates directly off of a paper map The digitizing tool is also available in the
265. email save the file to a folder on the server to which all users have read and write access You can click OK to proceed RockWorks14 Introduction Contacting RockWare Inc To obtain Single User or Single Computer unlocking codes or your network certificate file contact RockWare by web Visit www rockware com support unlock php Telephone within Colorado 303 278 3534 within the U S 1 800 775 6745 outside the U S 303 278 3534 Fax 303 278 4099 You will need to include Your name Your company s name if applicable The Registration Number The Installation Number for unlocking codes only and How we should contact you email telephone or fax Starting Up RockWorks Starting RockWorks the First Time After you have installed the program as described in the separate topic page 2 and you have licensed the program as described in the previous topics the program will now display an introductory startup screen that lists your license name and registration number la 1b 2 Single Users and Single Computer If you wish to hide the splash screen upon future launchings insert a check in the Skip this menu the next time the program ts started check box or once RockWorks has launched use the Tools General Preferences Skip Intro Screen setting Network users only will be prompted to enter Default User ID This is typically your name or other unique identifying string The ID strin
266. enabling disabling boreholes Borehole Manager Database Overview 34 Starting in RockWorks2006 and continuing to the current version the data for the Borehole Manager is stored in a Microsoft Access compatible database or MDB file This is in contrast to the file structure for Rock Works2002 and 2004 which utilized ASCII text files for the storage of each individual borehole file Despite the new data structure the look and feel of the Borehole Manager is much the same now as it was in v 2004 Some of the benefits of using a database structure for data storage include e Relational integrity The database keeps track of records in a table that refer to records in other tables such a stratigraphic unit for a borehole linking to the Stratigraphy Types Table e Queries RockWorks contains some built in query tools that allow you for example to enable all boreholes that contain a particular formation or lie within a specific area In addition advanced users could use Access for detailed queries e Data validation Numerical values are checked and stored preventing entry of alphabetic characters Date fields like Water Level Dates are validated to be actual date time values Some important notes RockWorks uses a project folder for storage of all borehole data and related files e The MDB file that s created for a new project will be assigned the same name as the project folder For example if you create a new project folder
267. ent window and then select the Edit Copy command Columns Insert Inserts a new blank column in the active datasheet Columns Delete Deletes one or more columns from the active datasheet Columns Math Performs simple arithmetic operations on the values within a selected column in the current datasheet Columns Merge Merges the contents of two columns in the active datasheet with a user specified separator Columns Increment Lists numeric values in a column incrementing the values by the real number you declare 95 96 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 Columns Combine Used to combine symbol color columns or linestyle color columns in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet only Columns Statistics Used to compute basic statistics range mean standard deviation etc for a single column of values in the datasheet Columns Filter Used to filter out data values that fall outside a user defined range Columns Fix Strips out commas tabs and spaces from numeric values in a selected column Rows Insert Inserts a user specified number of rows above the currently active row in the datasheet offering the user the option to change the default row number Rows Delete Deletes a user specified number of rows in the current datasheet offering the option to change the default row number Rows Go to Advances to a specific row in the current datasheet Rows Sort Sorts the rows in the current datashe
268. entation information from the main data sheet and displays these as 3D oriented arrows in the RockPlot3D window This program reads a list of x y coordinates and creates a series of vertical panels that may be used to show a project area perimeter within a 3D diagram Storage Tanks Horizontal or Vertical Used to read location elevation radius and Surface Objects color data from the datasheet and draw 3D cylindrical tanks at those location for display in RockPlot3D Use this to display underground or surface tanks with your 3D images The tanks can be oriented vertically or horizontally Creates 3D building roads other objects based on a text file RockWorks14 Triangles Tubes Urchingram Prismgram Append Montage Reference Cage Images Animated GIF Append Raster Image Digitize from Bitmap PicShow Raster gt RKW Reference Plots a series of colored triangles in 3 D space The input consists of a datasheet which contains the coordinates for each triangle vertex Reads X1Y1Z1 X2Y2Z2 coordinates from the main data sheet and displays these as oriented tubes in the RockPlot3D window Reads a listing of azimuth bearings inclination angles and lengths and display them as arrows or tubes in 3D as a single urchin shaped object Reads a listing of azimuth bearings inclination angles and lengths and display them as prisms in 3D as a single object Combines two RockPlot3D XML files into a s
269. ented Objects page 200 This program requires 7 columns of information The object name color X Y and Z coordinates bearing and inclination The Length column is optional Example Object name color Easting Northing and elevation of Length pera 5535361 1463 345 1 Spear Tip 2653547 5535433 1407 309 2 Bullet WOE 653454 5535361 1353 252 3 Brachiopod B 652939 5535939 1353 342 57 4 ar E 53600 5535970 1373 154 7 5 Belemnite B 653217 5535918 1247 73 79 a Brachiopod B 653519 5535454 1467 231 30 7 Belemnite B 652211 5535175 1373 311 48 8 Arrowhead B 53507 5535908 1303 278 61 g Bullet E 653159 5535495 1480 171 27 10 Belemnite B 653507 5535124 1297 48 2 11 M 653055 5535867 1500 57 11 12 FER B 652776 5535031 1367 74 13 13 Length of object object same units Object inclination 90 straight up 0 horizontal 90 straight down Object direction 0 360 degrees Sample file Fossils atd Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Grafix 3D heading and select 3D Oriented Samples See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Oriented Objects Data Format 89 90 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 Horizontal Tanks These files are used to build a 3D image containing horizontal cylinders at specific XYZ locations with a declared radius and color See Grafix 3D Utilities S
270. er grid models cccceeeeeeees 166 Line Style Index Tables 0 00 222 263 Ti ars Me ession eas eateca 187 lineations AOW MADS caiiint a ei aie 187 computing bearing length midpoint 188 GENSIMES E EE ates 187 importing from DXF ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 189 ters CCTIONS orcarina 187 ENOS ae 187 188 line endpoint data essssseeeeeeeeeees 86 lineation Maps teerasidevernickesesattdenesrieads 187 188 tose diagrams conse n a 188 roU Oost co oetines Er 190 Stereonet diagrams ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 191 stike and dip Gata ecirsiicn aa 84 EE E E T A E 247 diezi S e EAR 98 219 Di CALS COU eiie aii 92 352 RockWorks14 IMCASUEINO siada ade aneiviciaseiedadaeues 219 lith losy data esien 41 lithology data exporting eeeeeeeeees 146 lithology diagrams ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeseees 144 anota ascii E 303 REE ETENE AEE EA EE S 145 161 plan ma peresnaa a 146 DEONIE Seea a a a 145 157 Sec HONS onran in 146 159 Sond Mode loeser raaed ere ieetteests 145 SULTACE IMAP ehcrs ise teitaencrdacancecsewseeteeuuds 146 lithology leend jegre 303 Githolosy Meness aterera wid ecnesgrets 144 lithology tab rasei ass 41 58 146 Lithology Types Table ccccceeeeeees 253 lithology versus stratigraphy ccccsseeee 58 lithology VOIUME cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 181 Locate Closest Borehole eens 69 locate closest potseti 222 location borehole eeeeeeeee
271. er Version On Startup Insert a check here to have RockWorks check whether there s a new version on the RockWare web site and display an alert if there is If desired you can be directed to RockWare s download site where you can save the latest installation program to your local computer You can then run the installation program to re install RockWorks This process will restore all of the menu settings back to factory defaults use the Tools Export Menu Settings option before re installation to save your own menu settings to a text file which can then be re imported after the update Tools Import Menu Settings Show Help Messages on Startup Check this box to display the Rock Works Help window automatically each time the program is launched Should you disable this and then wish to access the Help system simply select the Help Contents option the Help Tutorial option or the Help button in most options windows RockWorks14 Reference Warn User If No Points Located when Modeling a Stratigraphic Horizon If checked the program will notify you if there are no points for a particular stratigraphic top or base Usually this should be left on but can be turned off if you have a formation defined in the Stratigraphy Types table for which you have not yet entered any data and don t want to be repeatedly warned about missing data Grid is Missing when creating stratigraphic models If checked the program will notify you if a grid model
272. er defined column and save this data with a textual report Reads a designated column of data from the RockWorks data sheet and determines the frequency or percentage of the total number of measurements for that variable that falls in each user defined grouping Options include single or multiple graphs RockWorks14 Scattergram Ternary Diagram Normalize Standardize Random Complete Random Normal Point Distances Survey menu Bearing Distance Triangulation Setup XY Stations Reference Used to plot the data within a designated column against the data within another column A variety of interpolation techniques are available Generates trilinear diagrams based on three columns of data Options include the ability to contour point densities unique symbols and annotation control with classification overlays Reads a single column of values from a RockWorks data sheet and normalizes the data values so that they range between two user specified values Normalized values are written to the current datasheet Reads a single column of values from a RockWorks data sheet and calculates the mean and the deviation of each sample value relative to the mean These are written to the current datasheet Randomly generates numbers within the user defined parameters and store them in a selected column in the data sheet Randomly generate numbers for a normal distribution and store them in the selected column in the data she
273. er surfaces of a single aquifer listed for a particular date or date range and displays these in a 2D profile sliced between any two points in the study area Striplogs can be projected onto the profile line Interpolates grid models for the upper and lower surfaces of a single aquifer listed for a particular date or date range and display these surfaces on multiple 2D cross section panels Logs can be appended Interpolates grid models for the upper and lower surfaces of a single aquifer listed for a particular date or date range and displays these surfaces on multiple 3D fence panels 3D logs can be appended Creates a 2D contour map of the aquifer surface base or thickness Export water level data to other applications Exports water level depth elevation or thickness data for each borehole for a selected date or date range to an ASCII Text XYZ file Contains toosl for interpolating downhole vectors This program is designed to convert directional downhole data stored within the Vectors table into solid models that approximate the extents of the vectors An example application is the generation of void geometries cave models based on downhole laser surveys RockWorks Utilities Menu Options File menu Open Project Contains options for opening creating importing row and column lists of data Allows you to browse to a different project folder 319 Reference 320 New Open Recent Save Save As
274. er the map process editing and filtering tools smoother maps and the ability to construct 3D surfaces We generally recommend that you create both types of maps Create a quick contour map using the Delaunay triangulation technique and then create another based on a grid model Compare them to determine which more accurately models your data Some of the mapping tools are discussed in the following topics RockWorks Utilities Map EZ Map The Map EZ Map tool is used to build 2 dimensional flat maps for X Y and Z coordinate data using the Delaunay triangulation technique The maps can include several map layers On an earlier page we discussed creating a simple point map of X Y data It s the same program tool just be sure to turn on line or color contours Datasheet RockWorks Utilities XYZ file page 78 Notes Because this contouring method draws a triangulation network among the given control points only the Interpolate Edge Points map option can be used to force the map edges to a full rectangular shape Delaunay triangulation is only available in the RockWorks Utilities window If you are working with Borehole Manager data you can transfer locations stratigraphy and other data to the RockWorks Utilities window for mapping there File Transfer RockWorks Utilities Tutorial Create Point and Surface Maps Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Contour and Point Maps Creating Eas
275. eral the more RAM the faster the processor the newer the operating system the better Here is our recommended system setup for use of RockWorks Windows2000 NT XP or Vista 512 MB of RAM 1GB or more recommended 1 4 GHz or faster CPU Plenty of free disk space Display set to GREATER than 800 x 600 pixels Windows98 and Windows ME are not supported Installing RockWorks The First Time RockWorks can be installed either from a Rock Ware supplied CD ROM or from a file you ve downloaded from our web site Note that downloading the installation program from Rock Ware s web site is recommended since the version on the web is always the most recent build The download page is www rockware com downloads productUpdates php Install RockWorks from a CD Skip this step if you have already downloaded the installation program from the internet and don t wish to overwrite it with what may be an older version on the CD ROM To install RockWorks from a RockWare supplied CD follow these steps 1 Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive of your computer The CD menu program should start up automatically If it does not use Windows Explorer to browse for the CD drive Double click on the setupcd program in the root of the CD to start up the CD menu program 2 The CD menu program will display a variety of different programs that you can install as demos or trialware in addition to RockWorks For now however simp
276. ere are some important landmarks within Rock Works 1 The Borehole Manager This is the data window and suite of menus for entering and working with borehole data Here is where you do most of the sub surface modeling and visualization in RockWorks 2D and 3D logs cross sections fence diagrams solid models stratigraphic models structure maps etc Borehole data is stored in an Access MDB database You can access the Borehole Manager using its tab along the left edge of the program window RockWorks14 Introduction 2 3 Borehole Manager L BE Poren Dilehia a Sey Projet ees a m ii ri Berry D Mea ll eee ey Se Hama better Congrats kathakangy netngraphy betervain d aia Rowan Pwu Few rm FRE n Bi De locates betemotber E a Pils treet YW Ceo nd 4 z AEL T Pipam Parihi Coren z A ai Fari I Piri a H ee iial a oT Landini A Fari d a D IL Eg a Uei i a ii hoot EE os fate Ate cong z D 38 mrha A ped was bbe ET ee oe T iHi 1 Eire sien Taa i H mI peta _ T Hg mai Dip a Selig Ligeti Pista FH LATA ipo E 10 bayam i Tei THE Pe 2 0 hepy O Ta oF H ve ope Li Plant Fate F ipana Faria momi m n P Sk Di Lieh j z j Dhi Ja ba 7 15 Fan pe Toret Fi OH a d M1 iecher Lege Prope al Deus ma i briis API hamisi a e EHH D AHi all TH e an H DEA a TE The RockWorks Utilities This is a simpler row and column type of data window with its own suite of men
277. ers include overburden stripping ratio zone thickness polygon boundaries distances from boreholes This can be used in both mining marketable material volumes and remediation contaminated soil volumes RockWorks Utilities EZ Volume of X Y Thickness Data The RockWorks Utilities Volumetrics EZ Volume calculator is used to compute the volume for a column of thickness values in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet and list the 179 Volume Tools RockWorks14 volume in a textual report It uses a basic approach Volumes are computed using a Delaunay triangulation method in which the samples are connected together in a network of triangles a sample at each vertex The volume of each triangle is computed based on the thicknesses used as Z values and then the total volume added up This method tends to provide lower estimates of total volume than an orthogonal grid based calculation Optional volume to mass conversion is available Datasheet RockWorks Utilities This tool reads X YZ files where the Z value represents thickness See page 78 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Volume Tools Computing Volumes based on Thickness Values RockWorks Utilities Advanced Volume Computation of X Y Thickness Data The RockWorks Utilities Volumetrics 2D Grid Model option is used to compute formation volume given a column of thickness values in the spreadsheet with a variety of filtering parameters The computations are gri
278. erting Triangulation Data to X YZ Coordinates Setting Up X Y Stations The RockWorks Utilities Survey Setup XY Stations tool is used to create a new set of X Y coordinates based on a single user entered coordinate a known grid based station arrangement and a user entered spacing Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Survey Tools Setting Up X Y Stations 197 Survey Tools RockWorks14 Interpolating Points Along a Line The Survey Interpolate Points Along a Line tool is used to create a new set of X Y coordinates based on beginning and ending coordinates of a line and the point spacing along that line Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Survey Tools Interpolating Points Along a Line Computing Downhole Survey Coordinates The Survey Drill Hole Survey tool is used to read depths bearings and inclinations from a downhole survey table and compute X YZ coordinates at user specified intervals down the borehole It also offers a 2D and 3D diagram view of the deviated borehole Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Survey Tools Computing Downhole Survey Coordinates 198 RockWorks14 Image Tools Chapter 17 Accessory Image Tools 3D Images The RockPlot3D plotting window part of RockWorks is used for display of surfaces solids fences and other 3 dimensional images created in many Borehole Manager and RockWorks Utilities tools discussed in earlier chapters The Grafix menu available from bo
279. ervals for storage in the database even though you won t be able to display this text in a strip log T See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Borehole Manager Database 38 Backing Up Restoring and Refreshing the Database Use the File Backup Database tool to make a backup copy of the current MDB file and the project s data dictionaries We generally recommend that you do this from time to time particularly before importing data deleting data or filtering data should you RockWorks14 Borehole Manager inadvertently make changes you don t wish to keep You can use the File Restore Database option to restore a backup copy as current Use the File Refresh Database option to reopen the current project database without having to exit and re launch the program Checking the Data and Database Integrity Use the File Check Database Integrity tool to compare the contents of your current project database against the general program data dictionaries to see a report of the items that are not in synch and to fix all those that it can This can be helpful in the event that fields have been added to one of your projects and you re open another project and the older database no longer matches the modified data dictionaries Use the File Check Data Integrity option to perform a database check above AND also read through the borehole data itself to check for mis ordered stratigraphic units mis place
280. es The program will remove all RockWorks licensing from your computer It will also display a Status Code 5 Write down the Status Code that is displayed RockWare employees may ask you for this number to verify the license removal Note that this license removal does not affect the Trialware day use counter Step 2 Copy data reference files to the new computer Be sure you ve copied any necessary project folders to the new computer You should also refer to the My Documents RockWorks14 System folder for any reference libraries patterns symbols etc that you may have modified and should copy to the new computer Step 3 Remove the program itself 1 Access the Windows Control Panel Click on the Start button on the Windows taskbar Click on the Control Panel option Windows XP Vista or first on the Settings item and then on Control Panel Windows2000 2 Double click on the Add Remove Programs icon Locate the RockWorks 14 item in the program list Select the Change Remove or Remove option depending on your version of Windows Introduction RockWorks14 Windows will launch its remove software program It will offer you either Automatic or Custom removal We generally recommend following the Automatic removal as this will remove the program files from your computer but will not touch any of your own data files What s New in RockWorks 14 Use the new Project Manage to view and open files in the current project
281. es Hydrochemistry menu page 183 These hydrochemistry files list cation and anion concentrations in parts per million or milligrams per liter There are 4 required cations and 4 required anions additional cations and anions may be included as you wish Anion concentrations in mg l or ppm required Symbol color Y location Cation concentrations i i sample in mg l or ppm required Additional ions C T_T p e e e e e o a e o 5342 742 721 308 27 4 273 2083 3295 S 30 8 18 75 i 742 53 12 6 C1 o 7833 721 308 4 ma OT 64 742 39 a jc 4038 4776 9 3 338 10 3 16 2 2045 09 24 D 9490 201 421 532 763 279 287 O08 268 73 13 8 6E JE 6458 157 29 939 52 371 103 1 26 T E2 A 78231 5479 36 1027 19 199 203 09 BF e JE3 9832 1526 61 447 225 19 203 15 49 37 JE4 5494 119 36 112 775 202 186 8 0 an cr acd ar ier an 15 ar 0 4 d Sample files HydroChem atd Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Hydrology Hydrogeology heading and select Hydrochemistry See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Hydrochemistry data Other Data Please refer to the Help messages for formatting details for these data types e Drawdown Data e Hydrograph Data Planar and Linear Data Strike and Dip Data Strike and dip measurements can be entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for the
282. es a network of triangles to determine grid node values Hybrid Estimates a surface using two or more different gridding methods with an option to weight the methods differently Help Contents Reference Gridding Reference Gridding Methods General Gridding Options Polynomial Enhancement This option works nicely if your data has any regional trend If activated the program will fit a polynomial surface to your data and compute the residuals for each control point representing the difference between the source z value and the polynomial computed z value The program will then grid the residuals using the selected gridding method Triangulation Inverse Distance etc The residuals grid and the polynomial grid are then added together If you turn on the polynomial enhancement you may select Automatic to have the program compute the best fitting polynomial for your data Or you can select the order of the polynomial yourself by clicking in one of the remaining radio buttons For a summary of how well each polynomial order fits your data you can run separately a Trend Surface Report RockWorks Utilities Grid menu page 165 Declustering The Declustering settings in the Surface Modeling Options window tell the program how you want to deal with duplicate or clustered points Here s how the process works RockWorks14 Reference Prior to modeling the program will lay an imaginary pre grid over the data points at a reso
283. et Generates a basic statistical report that lists distances azimuth and inclinations between a list of xyz points in the Rock Works Utilities Contains ground and downhole survey tools Converts survey data entered in bearing and distance from reference stations to XYZ coordinates for display in a new data sheet and or to create a plottable map that illustrates the survey stations and or transect lines with a variety of labeling options XYZ file 2D Map and 3D Diagram options Used to convert triangulation survey data to XYZ coordinates for display in the data sheet This program requires that two or more stations have known X Y Z coordinates from which other coordinates can be computed Used to create a new set of X Y coordinates based on single user entered coordinates a known grid based station arrangement and user entered spacing Interpolate Points Along a Line Creates a new set of X Y coordinates based on Drill Hole Survey beginning and ending coordinates of a line and point spacing along that line Reads depths bearing and inclinations from a downhole survey table and computes X YZ coordinates at user specified 337 Reference 338 Coords menu Lon Lat gt UTM UTM gt Long Lat Lon Lat Offset gt UTM RockWorks14 intervals down the borehole Offers a 2D and 3D diagram view of the deviated borehole Contains coordinate translation tools Converts X Y location coordinates from a long amp l
284. et based on a selected column of values Digitize Points If you have a tablet digitizer and driver installed you can digitize depths and values from a paper curve trace into the current data window Digitize Lines If you have a tablet digitizer and driver installed you can digitize line endpoints into the current data window Filter Filters data from the current datasheet based on settings for 1 to 5 columns Random Completely Random Generates a list of completely random numbers in the selected datasheet column based on a user specified value range Random Normal Distribution Generates as list of random numbers in the selected datasheet column These random numbers will comply with a normal distribution based on the user declared value range Refresh Forces the program to redraw the contents of the current datasheet in case recent changes are not represented View menu Find Closest Point Use this tool to enter a known X and Y coordinate and to locate the data record in the RockWorks Utilities window that is closest to that point Odd Numbered Row Color Use this tool to select the color in which the odd numbered rows in the RockWorks Utilities window will be displayed Even Numbered Row Color Use this tool to select the color in which the even numbered rows in the RockWorks Utilities window will be displayed RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities Importing Data Many of you will enter your data right within the Roc
285. et can be used to create many different types of maps and diagrams within Rock Works The RockWorks Utilities datasheet is saved in an ASCII Tab Delimited format with the file name extension atd The column headings and column styles text or symbols or lines or colors are stored in a header block at the top of the file 2 See ATD File Format in the Help Reference section for details Using the Datasheet The RockWorks Utilities datasheet is a basic row and column data window that is one of two data windows available in RockWorks This section discusses how to create new datasheet files and how to open save and print these data files RockWorks99 users note that there are distinct instructions for opening Rock Works99 ATD files See the topic below How to access the datasheet To access the RockWorks Utilities datasheet click on the Utilities button along the left side of the main program menu A ats Compan Sr fe bg veg bap eed gii yee jihma pkey lee Bem Ge bay een Beige oy Tandy Bak isie 1 bee wr Sil Aii EALA ley pmi oe Ae eee jee bimagr iil Tis Prigen ir C a a E r n jigi m elas i E i raor meej ee n mi e es fl ep a F tee 5 bey a a a i i i 2 on ili a BA M ee ee ET F F a ji i Bare li hie Li Ts i F a P a Pnn a a f panas el Ls Em apia LER Le Le HL run g 2 a i op bie E s Lar ies E iii E TT og oe Fi sia iah jaima iw jm Bu BESS Le n Le is P oE EE ase isare i EES HS Lines
286. ettings ini This menu settings file is created the very first time you start up the program and it is updated each time you use any of the menus in the program or change any default settings By saving all of the program defaults on disk when you exit RockWorks and then start it up again all of your last settings will be remembered If you re install RockWorks see page 3 then this menu settings file would be overwritten with the factory default settings To prevent your losing all of your RockWorks14 Reference preferences the installation program will 1 look for the menu settings file and if it exists 2 offer you the option of saving your existing settings in a backup file After installation you then can use the View Import Menu Settings tool to re load this backup file and re establish your previous settings Should you wish to create a copy of your menu settings perhaps to set up your laptop copy with the same suite of defaults you can use the View Export Menu Settings option to save a copy of the file for later import into the other copy of the program Program Menu Settings At the top of most of the RockWorks program Options windows you ll see several buttons which can be used to save and load the settings for this program option as well as to save a report of the settings in two different formats A Grid Based Map Options File View Help Load Save Summary RCL Syntax Te t Columns X E
287. eview Overhead Plan View ee Visible tems will be displayed here in an overhead view Drag to change their placement in the log W CO aP and to change size Wisible Items Title Options W Title T Font Mames Arial Size 12 Colar 0 T Depths E Vertical Offset T Axis oe Automatic I Lithology C Manual W Stratigraphy Offset oal if Well Const Click on a Visible item to W Data 1 view change fis options Data 2 Data 3 Data 4 P Data 1 P Data 2 F List of available fog items P Turn on an item by inserting TF a check in its check box Aquifers Vectors v Continue a gt See also Profiles and Sections in Chapters 6 7 and 8 for information about creating vertical slice views profiles of interpolated stratigraphic or solid models 3D log designer See also Log Options on page 293 118 RockWorks14 Logs amp Sections Creating 2D Logs Log Profiles and Projected Log Sections Creating a Single 2D Strip Log ae er Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Single Log 2D eee tool to create a vertical 2 dimensional flat strip log of a single well The log can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 124 The log data is read from the database The boring can be vertical inclined or deviated He Menu command Striplogs Single Log 2D i z Output window RockPlot2D i Notes Before selecting the menu comma
288. f the operations discussed in the topics below Help Contents RockPlot2D Viewing Plot Files Resizing the RockPlot2D window Use these options to resize a RockPlot2D window D To fill the screen with the image window click on the Windows Maximize button in the upper right corner of the window To make a maximized window smaller click on the Windows Restore Down button To adjust a window size by hand position the cursor on a window boundary or corner When you see the cursor change shape to a double sided arrow lt gt click and hold the left mouse button and drag the boundary to the desired location Once a window is resized the image within it will be redrawn within the new available space RockWorks14 RockPlot2D Changing the screen scaling of the image To adjust the display of an image in the plot window select one of the scaling options Best Fit The Best Fit command View menu or toolbar button will fill the window as best it can with the current diagram while maintaining the currently established vertical exaggeration Stretch The Stretch toolbar button or View menu command is used to fill the current window with the diagram regardless of the horizontal and vertical scaling used The represented vertical exaggeration will be displayed in the VE item in the toolbar VE 1 00 VE You can use the Vertical Exaggeration button in the toolbar and in the View menu to stretch or compress the vertical axi
289. files grid and solid models and all graphics files created in Rock Works2006 are fully compatible with RockWorks14 The program will be installed into a new folder and a new Rock Works14 Samples and System folder will be created in My Documents WinXP or Documents Windows Vista folder RockWorks14 Introduction RockWorks2004 and 2002 Users Read This RockWorks borehole data is now stored in an Access MDB file When you browse to an existing project folder an Import Wizard will launch automatically leading you through a few simple steps to import your BH files lithology table and stratigraphy table into the database Lithology and Stratigraphy Tables are stored in the project database they are no longer stored in external TAB files Because these Type tables are linked to the lithology and stratigraphy data tables you can t list a material or formation for a borehole that is not defined in the Type table The new Well Construction data table has the same kind of Type table to which it is linked All other reference tables TAB Utilities datasheets ATD models GRD MOD and graphics RKW XML RWR should be fully usable in RockWorks14 Note that RockPlot2D RKW files will be updated to the newer RK6 format upon opening and ReportWorks RWR files will be updated to the newer RW6 format upon opening Experiment with the new editing capabilities of the RockPlot2D window you c
290. files to open them configure which files to display if any j atati Campate e nn Fe Egy E b ye a pep ia ya HD le Hisn pe epa Deg Tea jja jip Prepi Takar a Laret POR Ca Dara tered ingra pA bl 1 ri Po Peres prere cutee apr Hey i Pini teesin pela ttmg eet ee E casia ani itama e RHA isaniakaa Latha Mastegi Indiv Gata Fossia P Paia racteaaa Wake berah tent rem l Looma balere legeri lah Terese i Fi D et i pnn THa Lima Bjim A is feng Trema Lege unra a A Piers g an Bii fir i hare Aviaries AFi harin 2 J 1 x a a _ i zI i RockWorks14 5 Project Dimensions Here Introduction you establish the boundaries of your working project for both borehole related and general data for consistency in modeling and boundary annotations AAN ae Wor AR File o ck Ed it ks Complete View Map Striplogs Lithology Stratigraphy JI Data P Data Fractures Aquifers Vectors Grafix Project Folder C Users ROCKWARE Documents RockWorks14 Samples Display Project Dimensions Minimum X Easting 652 700 0 Manaqet Y Northing 5 535 000 0 Z Elevation 1 230 0 Borehole Borehole Data Manager 43 bo Name Location gt v DH 01 Location In T 185 Orientation Show Advanced Options S Nodes 82 Maximum 653 510 0 Range 810 0 l i Scan Enabled Boreholes ri Scan All Boreholes E Preview Dime
291. folder Fue pi View Aig itnplogt Lithology Stratigraphy Dase P D focha Aquifer Vector Graf Te Projecti Folder a Co Uen OCH ARE Documents Rock orice empie Projet Manager All Files ekral Tada haas Orapley Propect herori Show Acheanged Oplag Litholooy Tenet Minimum Kiamu Spkting Node Fange irigy rpe X Eaa 62 7000 653 5100 10 0 A AOD Cate Tipt a Pate Tyee T Nothing 4 535 000 0 S75 Fao Tag Pa y i sa Wellfendructian Tyrer z A AT Flies 03 fien E Z Enk 17300 15500 10 6 a paati BB tin moder pi Ferg es B 4 Mevizan Base ged Borehole Data Manage i betitik 2 H Adonio Bii piti 5 Hime beeen es Lihoiagy Staatiqnaphy Inter a A Harigan_T F 3 rr z pi gtinA E ioin To E Dipiay Gid i iJ Badin Bi z p Visa Gid AMinics Symbol BB menem Ea y BB haim Ta Detete File br BE Basement Lewd File into Default Wevdews Preguen Nerthing A E ierdie ts T tenie ER Repaid AR Cpe 657 087 G 5 558 0 BB tepsane a pear Collagte AN Options BB irai wi ee Total Depth kE EB Poles Fm Bae VE pj fe IRD Faal e Pobo Pm Toas W pee igeri pid el E reat Aqueter 2 ogra E DAL of Optional Fields e Customize the types of files that are displayed e Double click on grid model names to display them as 2D contour maps or 3D surfaces e Double click on solid model names to display them as 3D voxel or isosurface models Plot lithology patterns in 2D sections and profiles such as this overlay o
292. from the project s Lithology Types Table Settings include location size and offset 2D and 3D Stratigraphy Legend This legend displays formation names and colors as read from the project s Stratigraphy Types Table Settings include location size and offset 2D and 3D Well Construction Legend This legend displays well construction material names and colors as read from the project s Well Construction Types Table Reference cage 3 dimensional log displays only The reference frame labels elevations and X and Y coordinates Help Contents Reference 2D Striplog Options 3D Striplog Options See also 2D Striplog Options page 293 and 3D Striplog Options page 298 for more details 125 Logs amp Sections RockWorks14 Notes 126 RockWorks14 Stratigraphy Tools Chapter 6 Creating Stratigraphy Profiles Sections Maps Fences and Blocks Creating Stratigraphic Diagrams Overview hrass Sechon AAA Use the tools in the Borehole Manager Stratigraphy menu to visualize your stratigraphic data listed in the project s Stratigraphy tabs in a variety of ways Create 2D maps and 3D images of stratigraphic surfaces and thickness 2D stratigraphic profiles and sections sliced anywhere in the project area surface maps of stratigraphy where it intersects a surface plan maps or horizontal slices of stratigraphy at specific elevations 3D stratigraphic fence diagrams and 3D stratigraphic block diagrams
293. ful for generating 3D scattergrams as well as underground data points Creates pie starburst spider or bar chart location maps from XYZ1Z2Z3 etc data Great for displaying relative percentages of variables Plots section maps and lease maps based on Range Township Section based on a Rock Works Land Grid table or on the new LandBase PLSS database Creates a map that illustrates shotpoint locations as read from data sheet Plots points labels polylines on a spherical or cylindrical display Commonly used to display seismic data volcanoes ocean temperatures and atmospheric temperatures Create placemark polygon and polyline maps for display in Google Earth using KMZ Keyhole markup language binary files Contains tools for manipulating grid models GRD files This Grid menu item offers a variety of grid model statistics tools Reads a grid model GRD and generates a quick report of basic statistics Creates a frequency histogram of the node values in an existing grid model to show distribution of node values Creates an XY plot or scattergram of observed Z values versus computed node Z values for corresponding locations in an existing grid model Computes the difference between observed Z values listed in the datasheet and computed Z values in an existing grid 325 Reference RockWorks14 model The residuals will be listed in a column in the datasheet Multivariate Anomalies Provides an exploration t
294. g 5 535 000 0 5 535 890 0 90 890 0 Z Elevation 1 230 0 1 530 0 j a Preview Dimensions Borehole Manager 1 v 7 These settings establish These determine grid amp solid gt 3 project boundaries model densities As you change 3 the spadng the number of nodes gt H k will change These are IMPORTANT This window is also displayed when you click the Adjust Project Dimensions link from many of the program s menus shown below Model Dimensions 4 Hardwire Project Dimensions Tit Adjust Project Dimensions O Variable Data Specific Dimensions These settings are stored in the current project database Though these dimensions can be overridden during model and diagram creation we generally recommend that you utilize these dimensions for your grid models solid models and diagram annotations for ease and consistency For example all the project grid models must have the same dimensions and node densities if you wish to perform any mathematical or filtering operations with them The same holds true for solid models For new projects the dimensions will default to a range of 0 to 100 along all axes 1 The first step in setting project dimensions is by scanning the data you have entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet using the Scan Datasheet button 2 Define the columns to be scanned 99 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 100 Datasheet Scanning Options Input Columns j
295. g Borehole Records as a Spreadsheet page 51 Quick Summary of the Borehole Manager Buttons Use the Tools General Preferences Main Menu Options to turn on the toolbar buttons described below RockWorks14 Borehole Manager Change project Display Project Dimensions a folder E ae a Add new borehole Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes record 3 a Location Orientation a niena dal ocation Orientation L borehole record R d Ei DH 01 Location Information a Backup database g W DH 02 nann jo Check database DH 03 Name integrity Jf M LH i Enable all boreholes H a DH 01 c Disable all boreholes n sibel Easting Compute X 7 value o DH 06 a for all boreholes A W DH 07 652 967 0 aa Edit current data z 7 DH 08 z table as spreadsheet ra S Elevation 4 Show summary of Iv DH 09 PoF current borehole 1 DH 10 inate eee Query boreholes _ ig W DH 11 Display XYZ values EF n a ae E z P Sin datatabs_ Ba EI DH 12 I Optional Fields E Open RockPlot2D window W DH 13 a aaa i v DH 14 ui Open RockPlots0 window _ uae ene he W DH 15 Range pen ReportVorks a window f nie rs Run RCL script A ea DH 17 Section 5 Exit RockWorks W DH 18 W DH 19 T See these Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Borehole Manager Database topics for additional information Backup database Check databa
296. g Water Level versus Precipitation d f fff The RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Hydrograph command reads from the main datasheet listings of water level and precipitation measurements over time and creates a HydroGraph diagram that illustrates their relationship EET EDS TAMAYO AAS Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Tools Creating Hydrographs Computing lon Balance The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Ion Balance tool is used to read a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and compute cation anion ratio for each sample in milli equivalents per liter RockWorks uses the following equation for the ion balance cations anions cations anions x 100 You may choose up to 4 additional cations and 4 additional anions in the computations Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Tools Computing Ion Balance Creating Piper Diagrams The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Piper command is used to read a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and create a Piper diagram for groundwater ion concentration analysis Piper diagrams consist of three parts Two trilinear diagrams along the bottom and one diamond shaped diagram in the middle The trilinear diagrams illustrate the relative concentrations of cations left diagram and anions right diagram in each sample Each sample will be represented by a point in each trilinear diagram unique symbols may be sele
297. g is limited to 20 characters including spaces Your ID will be stored in the network Certificate File while you are using the program When you exit RockWorks using the program s File Exit command your ID will be logged out of the Certificate File The Certificate File will allow a specific number of unique users to log in at a time for example if you purchased a 5 seat license then 5 unique ID s are allowed to be logged in at any one time Click Next to continue The program will be displayed loading the default Samples project database RockWorks contains two separate data windows with separate sets of tools The Borehole Manager is used for entering managing borehole data and the RockWorks Utilities Datasheet is where you enter more general types of data 4 To access either data window just click on its tab displayed along the left side of the 9 Introduction RockWorks14 program window You will also see a Help window pop up onto the screen This contains information about entering data and the use of the program It also contains tutorial lessons look for the Tutorial button at the top of the window or the Tutorial heading in the table of contents We highly recommend that you go through some of these lessons to acquaint yourself with how RockWorks works The Help window will display each time the program starts you can turn it off using the Tools General Preferences Show Help Messages on Startup setting
298. g the reference cage boundaries North South West East Base Top Plots the respective set of cage items panels lines labels Note that these can also be turned on and off within RockPlot3D Dimensions Establishes whether the reference cage dimensions are to be determined automatically by the program or entered manually by the user Project Dimensions Choose this if the reference items are to be plotted at the boundaries currently defined in the Project Dimensions window page 69 Adjust Project Dimensions Click on this item to view and or reset the project s dimensions These are the same settings you can access using the large Project Dimensions tab along the left edge of the RockWorks program window Automatic Choose this option to have the program set automatically the reference 303 Reference RockWorks14 cage dimensions based on the extents of the 3D diagram Manual Choose this option to enter the dimensions by hand X Axis Set the minimum and maximum coordinate along the X axis for the reference cage and the spacing in these same units for the grid lines Y Axis set the minimum and maximum coordinate along the Y axis for the reference cage and the spacing in these same units for the grid lines Z Axis Set the minimum and maximum elevation coordinate for the reference cage and the spacing in these same units for the grid lines Reference Cage Labels X Y and elevation coordinates with optional reference lines
299. ges and the Data Items which are specific to each image created by RockWorks Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images Reference Items RockPlot3D offers the following reference items used to orient yourself in the scene AY RockPlot3D14 Sm File Edit View Help alak P PR alH e CE eldo e z Reference 4 Orientation MV 4 Axes World amp World Outline Outlines IV NB Labels f Tables Legends Data Labels Linked File List gt gt y Orlentatlon Modified Vertical Exag 1 00 V Autodraw Orientation marker Displayed in the lower right corner of the 3D View it shows the current orientation of the X axis red the Y axis blue and Z axis or elevation green If you rotate the display the orientation marker will be updated Axes The X Y and Z elevation axes are plotted in the middle of the currently defined scene dimensions World Outlines Expand this item to access individual reference grids for the Top Base West North East and South boundaries of the scene Right click on any item to adjust the color fill and opacity of the reference grids Choose View Dimensions to adjust the scene dimensions RockWorks14 RockPlot8D Axis labels which note the Top Base West North East and South directions These reference items are listed at the top of the Data List in the right pane of the RockPlot3D screen Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipul
300. gical topics surface elevations formation thickness average geochemical concentrations as well as non geological topics such as crime incidents in a precinct RockWorks offers both a grid based and a non grid based means of creating 2D maps By contrast 3D surface maps must be generated from a grid model See the previous section for details 3D surface maps are displayed in the RockPlot3D window 111 Maps RockWorks14 112 RockWorks Utilities Map Grid Based Map This tool is used to create grid models of XYZ data in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet or in an external ASCII file The Z values can represent surface elevations or geochemistry or virtually any measured value You can choose the gridding method to be used to model the Z values You can then create a 2 dimensional flat map or 3 dimensional surface map or flat projection of the grid model This section discusses 3D maps If you have borehole data and wish to create grid based formation structure maps see a later topic in this section Datasheet RockWorks Utilities XYZ file page 78 Note that this tool will also grid and map XYZ data stored in an external ASCII file Notes This tool can create a grid model only no surface a surface of an existing grid model or a new grid and surface Since the grid model is saved on disk you can create a surface from an existing grid model no need to re grid This is useful if you have processed a grid mo
301. gle User license click that button With this license type RockWorks is licensed to be used by a single designated person You should purchase this license type if you will be the only user of the program Running in this mode requires an unlocking code that is supplied by RockWare If you purchased a Single User license your registration number on a sticker on your CD or user manual will contain the letters CS or AS If you are waiting to receive Introduction RockWorks14 4 your unlocking code can run the program in Trialware mode see below If you are an Administrator installing the program for another person you will need to cancel the licensing at this time and have the actual user log into the computer The Single User licensing information is stored under the Current User registry The actual user can rejoin this licensing sequence by starting up the RockWorks application after they ve logged into Windows Single Computer Use this mode if you have purchased a Single Computer license for the program With this license type RockWorks can be installed onto a single computer and used by multiple people on that computer one at a time You should purchase this license type if more than one person will need to access the program on the computer such as in an academic lab where multiple students will need to use the software If you purchased a Single Computer license your registration number on a sticker on your CD or
302. gs expand its sub topics by clicking on its button Flat Surface Displays grid models in 3D as a flat surface Boolean Colors Sets the color scheme specific to Boolean or true false models Perimeter Includes a solid line perimeter around the flat or 3D grid surface 3D Legends Lithology Legend Displays lithology keywords and colors taken directly from the project s Lithology Types Table Stratigraphy Legend Displays formation names and colors taken directly from the project s Stratigraphy Types Table Well Construction Legend Displays construction material names and colors taken directly from the project s Well Construction Types Table Data or P Data Legend Displays G values contained in the geochemistry geotechnical or geophysical solid model and the colors used to represent them Each of these items can be turned on off and modified once the diagram is displayed in the RockPlot3D window Plotting a Reference Cage Use the Reference Cage item to include in the 3D diagram a reference cage noting X Y and elevation coordinates Note that many of the cage items can also be adjusted when displayed in the RockPlot3D window Plot Panels Fills the activated panels with solid color Note that you can turn the solid panels on and off in the RockPlot3D display You can also adjust the panel transparency there Plot Lines Displays reference lines within the panels Plot Labels Includes labels alon
303. h the Samples dataset My Documents RockWorks14 Samples folder This table is ASCII in format Since these tables are generally project specific we recommend that you store your working table in the project folder Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Line Style Index Tables Pattern Index Tables A Pattern Index Table is used to plot a legend showing different pattern designs and captions inside a map diagram legend box in the RockPlot2D program These RockPlot2D legends can also include color legends line style legends and symbol legends described in previous and following topics Pattern Index legends can also be inserted into ReportWorks layouts The factory default Pattern Index Table is named pattern_index tab installed with the Samples dataset My Documents Rock Works 14 Samples folder This table is ASCII in format Since these tables are generally project specific we recommend that you store your working table in the project folder Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Pattern Index Tables See also Pattern Tables page 257 Symbol Index Tables A Symbol Index Table is used to plot a legend showing different map symbol designs and captions inside a map diagram legend box in the RockPlot2D program These RockPlot2D legends can also include color legends line style legends and pattern 263 Tables RockWorks14 legends described in previous topics Symbol Index legends
304. hanges in Z values e g elevations between neighboring nodes and store these in up to three new grid files A slope grid which contains the change or slope between node Z values expressed in degrees percent or radians This shows the steepness of a structural face An aspect grid which contains the direction of the slope expressed in azimuth degrees A second derivative grid which contains the change in slope the slope of the slope grid to illustrate bends Notes The grid files that result from the Slope Aspect Analysis utility can be used to create a directional map Grid Directional Maps such as upgradient or downgradient vector maps flow maps or strike and dip maps These require both a slope dip grid and an aspect direction grid They can also be used to create a contour map Map Grid Based Map to illustrate selected slope angles for example areas where slope exceeds 10 degrees The map units X Y must be the same as the Z elevation units in order for the slope computations to make sense Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Directional Analysis Creating Directional Maps of Slope Aspect Grid Models 168 gt al iS The RockWorks Utilities Grid Directional Analysis Qs Directional Maps option is used to illustrate slope and aspect taea o grid models as a variety of 2 dimensional maps Downgradient vector maps display a small arrow at each node 1K x
305. hat must already exist on your computer You may request regular fence panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels This program is designed for two types of applications Users who have created their grid models within other applications e g ModFlow Surfer and wish to use RockWorks to create stratigraphic or hydrostratigraphic fence diagrams Users who have created their grid models within the Borehole Manager portion of RockWorks but need more flexibility in dealing with stratigraphic relationships e g special manipulations with the grids This is a manual way of creating the kind of stratigraphic fence that s available in the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Fence tool Datasheet RockWorks Utilities This tool reads a stratigraphy gridlist data file page 82 Notes Be sure the grid models that are listed in the datasheet actually exist in the current project folder Use the cutoff setting to erode thin layers See page 161 for information about drawing the fence panels The example shown above has been combined with a 3D plume isosurface Help Contents Borehole Manager Grid Model Tools Stratigraphic Tools Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Fences Creating Stratigraphy Based Geology Maps 132 Use the Stratigraphy Surface Map tool to create a 2 dimensional map representing the stratigraphy where it intersects a designated surface typically the surfa
306. he RockPlot3D window The default file name extension is ZIP RockPlot3D cannot open a ZIP format file To later access the contents of the ZIP file you will need to have a software program capable of extracting files from the ZIP archive Help Contents RockPlot3D Managing RockPlot3D Files Zipping a RockPlot3D View and its Linked Files Printing a RockPlot3D View Follow these steps to print a 3D image 1 If necessary open the R3DXML or XML file you wish to print 2 Adjust the image view to your satisfaction This includes but is not limited to the rotation angle zoomed in state vertical exaggeration etc This is important because the printing tool captures a bitmap image that s based on what s displayed in the 3D View Select the File Print menu command 4 Be sure the printer information displayed along the right side of the screen is correct This information is taken directly from the Window installed printer driver Double check that the displayed printer name is the one to which the output should be sent Use the printer s Properties or Setup button to access printer specific settings 5 Along the left side of the print window you can choose from Draft quality 150 dots per inch or dpi Good quality 300 dpi or Best quality 600 dpi output 6 Click OK to send the print job to the printer TIPS If you need printouts larger than a single page we recommend that you export the image to a h
307. he material type from the Lithology Types Table see page 253 Or you can single click in this cell click the small down arrow and choose the material type from the drop down list If the material type is not listed you ll need to add it to the current Lithology Types Table 41 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 e Description This optional field can be used for recording any additional notes about the interval This text can be plotted in 2D strip logs Der hta Top Depth to Base Keyword Comment gt fo 10 Topsoil ho 30 Silt 40 Coal 20 Clay 70 Silt a0 shale 90 Clay 100 Silt 111 sand 120 sand wet 126 Gravel Vet 132 Mudstone Lithology data can be displayed in 2D and 3D log and log diagrams using the options in the Striplogs menu Lithology data can also be interpolated into a solid model for display as a 3D voxel diagram 3D fence panels 2D cross sections and profile panels and lithology surface and plan view maps Lithology menu tools See also Lithology v Stratigraphy on page 58 for help on definitions Stratigraphy Tab Into this table you can enter interpreted downhole stratigraphic or formation data Stratigraphy Fields e Depth to Top Enter the measured depth to the top of the first stratigraphic horizon for the well The depth values must be positive e Depth to Base Enter the measured depth to the base of the first stratigraphic horizon for the well If you don t know the formation base perhaps the
308. he same vertical region Ore Thickness to Grid This tool translates a Boolean solid model file representing ore versus not ore into a 2 dimensional grid file that represents total ore thickness for display as a contour map 3D surface etc In this example the solid model displays in dark clay zones that are gt 3 feet thick created in the Solid Boolean Ops Minimum Ore Zone Thickness tool The contour map shows a plan view of the total clay thickness Top an clay lt 3 feet thick changed to not clay Base total clay thickness plan view Overburden Thickness to Grid This tool is used to translate a Boolean solid model file representing ore versus not ore into a 2 dimensional grid file that represents total overburden not ore thickness The resulting grid file can be illustrated as a contour map 3D surface etc In this example the solid model displays in dark clay zones that are gt 3 feet thick created in the Solid Boolean Ops Minimum Ore Zone Thickness tool The contour map shows a plan view of the total thickness of the NOT CLAY or overburden RockWorks14 Solid Model Tools Top Ww _ E eo a clay lt 3 feet thick changed to not clay PeREGEECEEE ce ceceetce Base total overburden thickness plan view Extract Grid from Model This tool pulls out a 2 dimensional grid file from an existing real number or Boolean solid model file The grid file can be extracted from an
309. holes Date Here you enter the date on which the measurement was taken by typing it in or double clicking in the cell and choosing a date On logs the date field can be displayed as a text label For profile plan fence and solid diagrams RockWorks will use the Date field to match like measurements between wells For this reason you can enter the date in any numeric format the program should be able to match 1 1 01 with 01 01 2001 You cannot use an alphabetic format e g January 1 2001 The date and time formats will automatically adjust to U S or European formats based on the Windows Regional Settings Depth to Top Type in the measured depth to the top of the water level The depth values must be positive Depth to Base Type in the measured depth to the bottom of the water interval If you wish to display the water level as a surface of little or no thickness set the Base depth to slightly greater than or equal to the Top depth If you are not drilling to the base of the aquifer and wish to note the upper surface only you can set the base depth to a value just slightly deeper than the top _ Date of Sample e141 42000 65 0 61 0 21572001 122 0 154 0 Water level intervals can be displayed in logs and log sections as color filled bars and they can be modeled as surfaces for display as profile and cross section panels fence diagrams plan maps or 3D surfaces Symbols Use this table to enter one or more
310. ia s0 cs 0 145 0 0 BLAM z i 50 70 0 15 0 0 BLAAK te E ato 46 0 10 0 A D BENTONTE a E 160 Weil Construction data table 0 GRAVEL k J 660 660 14 OD BENTONTE PLUS _ CONCRETE PLUG TE Ja E g ET ep ED PVE SEEN one Well Construction Type Table I p E EO 15 a0 BLANK _JERAVEL pack i i 70 0 750 15 0 0 BENTONTE PLUG Jal E 750 aii 15 0 0 BLAM ia 1050 106 0 5 0 0 0 PVC SCREEN i 1060 ixa T 0 0 BENTOMTE hel H 106 0 ren 10 0 6 0 GROUTED ANMULLIE fet lw The Well Construction Types Table lists for each material e The material name such as casing or screen This field will link to the data table e The pattern and colors to be used to represent the material in log diagrams e Whether the material is to be displayed in any diagram legends RockWorks14 Tables Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Well Construction Types Tables Open the project s Well Construction Types Table Editing the Well Construction Types Table Import the Well Construction Types from another project database Import the Well Construction Types from an ASCII file Import a LogPlot keyword table Export a text version of the Well Construction Types Turn off unused Well Construction Types Change material names to mixed upper lower case Graphic Libraries Pattern Tables Pattern Tables Overview Patterns are repeating graphic units that can be associated with some kind of data item such as lithology keywords in the Borehole Manager
311. ice planes the X and Y axes of the 2 dimensional slice that is extracted from a solid model are not always going to coincide with the X and Y axes of the solid model See Notes on Orientation in the Help messages for information In addition the solid model voxel G value will be displayed in the Editor as the Z value Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools 177 Solid Model Tools RockWorks14 Morphing Solid Models The RockWorks Utilities Solid Morph tool is used to read a list of existing solid model files MOD and create a dynamic movie within RockPlot3D that shows time based changes within these models You can specify any number of intermediate transitional models be generated between the existing models Notes Be sure the solid model files have the same dimensions and number of nodes to morph successfully Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Initializing a Blank Solid Model Use the Solid Initialize tool to create a new solid model from scratch at the dimensions and node spacing you declare All model nodes will be initialized to a single user declared value Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Importing Solid Models The Solid Import command is used to read an existing set of regularly spaced XYZG data stored in an ASCII format and translate the data into a RockWorks solid model file format Notes See the Solid Model Import Format in the Help
312. id model and a 2D contour map or 3D surface map Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Volume Tools Borehole Manager Creating a Lithologic Volume Report Use the Borehole Manager s Lithology Volumetrics tool to read an existing lithologic solid model and compute volume mass number of nodes and or percent of each rock or soil type at user declared elevation levels Lithology solid models can be created in the Lithology Profile Section Fence Surface Map Plan Map and or Model options Notes If you select the Mass option these computations are based on the Density Factors declared in the current Lithology Table which declare mass per cubic unit Help Contents Borehole Manager Lithology Tools Computing Lithology Volumes 181 Volume Tools RockWorks14 Borehole Manager Creating a Stratigraphic Volume Report Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Volumetrics tool to read a saved stratigraphic model and compute volume mass number of nodes and or percent of each stratigraphic type in each user defined elevation layer Stratigraphic solid models MOD can be saved when you create a block diagram using the Stratigraphy Model tool Notes If you select the Mass option these computations are based on the Density Factors declared in the current Stratigraphy Types Table which declare mass per cubic unit Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Stratigraphy Volumes Borehole Ma
313. ies Datasheet Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Export Hanson Aggregates Stratigraphic Thickness Report tool to export to the RockWorks Utilities datasheet a listing of the thickness of all stratigraphic units of all boreholes The list will contain the name of the borehole the name of the unit the unit thickness and a blank Key column The latter is for subsequent classification use within non RockWare software Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Exporting Stratigraphy Data 137 RockWorks14 Aquifer Tools Chapter 7 Water Levels Display as Profiles Sections Plans Fences and Blocks Creating Water Level Diagrams Overview Use the tools in the Borehole Manager Aquifer menu to visualize your water level data listed in the project s Water Level tabs in a variety of ways Create 2D profiles and surface maps 3D fences and block diagrams of the upper and lower surfaces These can be particularly useful when combined with other 2D and 3D diagrams of your project as in the example above combined with a stratigraphy diagram The water levels are modeled using surface modeling or gridding tools Help Contents Borehole Manager Aquifer Tools Creating a Water Level Profile Diagram anal CE siz Use the Borehole Manager s Aquifer Profile tool to create a 2D vertical profile of a single aquifer listed for a particular date or date range in the Water Levels tab The profile can be d
314. ifferent formations with a user specified surface model Extracts a horizontal 2D slice of a stratigraphic model The process involves creating a stratigraphic model for the study area storing it as a temporary solid model MOD and then removing a horizontal slice from the model at the user requested elevation Use this interactive tool to determine depths to stratigraphic tops and bases from geophysical and or lithology data You can visualize existing lithology blocks or geophysical curves in a 2D display and then point and click to pick the stratigraphic contacts The contact depths are recorded in the project s Stratigraphy tabs Fill in Missing Stratigraphy Inserts missing units into each borehole s Consolidate Volumetrics Solid Volumetrics Grid Export ASCII XYZ Stratigraphy tab setting them to zero thickness This relies on the formation order defined in the Stratigraphy Types table and provides a means of adding control for surface interpolation Use this tool to lump adjacent stratigraphy depth intervals for the same formation as a single interval Reads a saved stratigraphic solid model MOD file and computes volume mass node numbers or percent of each formation at user specified elevation intervals The resulting computations are displayed in the Rock Works Utilities datasheet Reads existing grid files representing a stratigraphy model and computes volume or mass at user specified elevation in
315. igh resolution JPG or BMP image and then print from a graphic application See Exporting RockPlot3D Images page 237 The general shape of the image must be adjusted before selecting the File Print command see step 2 Unlike 2 dimensional flat images like contour maps 3D images cannot be printed at a specific horizontal and vertical units per inch scale Help Contents RockPlot3D Managing RockPlot3D Files Printing RockPlot3D Images RockWorks14 RockPlot8D Viewing RockPlot3D Files RockPlot3D is the plotting engine for all surfaces fence diagrams solid models and other 3 dimensional objects within RockWorks and these images are plotted automatically into a RockPlot3D window on the screen as they are generated What you ll see when RockPlot3D first opens is a window with three panes Your image will be displayed in the larger pane a listing of the standard reference items and the current data items are shown in another and a list of any linked files are in the third The program is originally set up with the image pane on the right but you can swap them G RockPlot3D C Wocuments and Settings Wy Documents WockWorks 2006 Samples benzene logs2 xml Fie Edt View Help So P SE o elel Reference Interactive 3D View Benzene 0 9877 DH 33 DHA Linked File List C gt gt Benzenel2 mod 1_1_01_top grd Linked file list 11_01_base gd shows all external viles linked to the Linked files current view
316. ighlight the existing text 4 Type in the new text for the column title You should limit the column names to 20 characters including spaces 5 Repeat this process for as many columns as you wish in the scrolling list by clicking in each cell and typing a new name Change the Column Type The column type determines how the information in a RockWorks Utilities datasheet column will be displayed or how it will behave as text graphic symbols graphic lines graphic patterns a hyperlink to a file and so on To change the column type follow these steps 1 Access the RockWorks Utilities datasheet 2 Select the View Columns command The Data Type column in the Column Settings window lists the column types 3 Left click in the Data Type cell for the column to be changed The program will display a pop up window that lists all of the available column types 4 Select the data column s type by clicking in the appropriate selection Text columns display their contents as textual characters both alphabetic and numeric Most of your columns will probably be set to Text columns including X and Y location coordinates any sample ID s measured data values and other project information Text columns simply display their contents as letters and numbers RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities ears aad actual Northing Benzene noi 42 330 8 0 078 TE TETE 2 o S22 25668 0 17055 0 095 0 1021 3 J3 3e 140 1 130 6 01037 0 09
317. ight click on the vertical grid item s name or icon b in the right pane and choose Options You can also double click on the vertical grid to access the options 235 RockPlot8D RockWorks14 236 The program will display a Grid Options window in which you can adjust the color scheme surface style opacity smoothing and data filter Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Data Items Fence Panel Settings Adjust the fence panel s color scheme Adjust the fence panel s surface appearance Adjust the fence panel s transparency Adjust the fence panel s smoothing Apply a fence panel G value filter General RockPlot3D Data Items Adjusting Transparency Some of the more complicated components of RockPlot3D displays isosurfaces grid surfaces etc have lots of options for adjusting colors filtering data and more These are discussed earlier in this section Some components of the displays are quite simple they contain only a general transparency setting See Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images Data Items General RockPlot3D Data Items How to Adjust the transparency of a group of items Adjust the transparency of individual items RockPlot3D Legends Benzene 089 0 79 089 059 049 0 39 029 0 19 009 A legend is a key to colors and data values or data items that can be generated automatically by RockWorks or can be add
318. ii ceaseeracteuccoedeseicestevcereeeneede 97 DEM files importing ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 170 dens Y passers tothe a a 283 density lithology stratigraphy 233293 density patterns ce ccccccccesssseseeeeeeeees 258 density conversion oid Mode Soap aii maha nsacaer ena 166 solid model esas scene develo ai 175 diagrams 347 Index drawdown Surface eeeecccceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 183 PIOWAINICS peata leneec satecens heen stess aia 183 frequency histograms 51 165 173 193 194 hydrogtaphs osae 184 Pipine cetoncs aateacsessatase 84 184 POUT S e a teeetesenaea 207 IEO a PE A E E AT 84 86 188 St Kel 10 6 ee 84 191 SET E sis EAEE E E E decaneta A 84 185 tman Poesen 194 water level drawdown cccceceseeseeeees 183 XY scattergrams ccceee 165 173 194 Digital Line Graph files 211 266 digitizing from bitmaps on SCTEEN 0eeeeeeeeeee 203 irom ROCK PIOWID scocca 219 using an electronic digitizer ee 98 dimensions TAINS a ssses esi cnctiere Salsas ec otbaerad asia Nias 283 DO CU asters parce titan aett 69 98 ROCK PIO ea ETE 213 RockPlot3D VIEW eroina 229 SOlid 10d CHAS srann 289 directional maps ccccccessssseeeeeeeees 115 168 directional weighting gridding 280 directional weighting solid modeling 287 Disable All Boreholes eeeee 33 e use Drees percent eer EE Merten a sete Senter Te 199 distance computing on
319. ilities Statistical Tools Creating a Statistical Report for a Column of Values Computing Univariate Statistics Borehole Manager The Borehole Manager s I Data Stats and P Data Stats tools are used to calculate statistics for a single track of samples in the current database Spatial and G value filters are available as is resampling Statistics include simple summaries population min max range mean etc as well as Mean 1 2 3 and 4 Standard Deviations Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools or P Data Tools Creating Frequency Histogram Plots RockWorks Utilities The RockWorks Utilities Stats Histogram tool is used to read a single column of data from the datasheet and determine the frequency or percentage of the total number of measurements for that variable that falls in each user defined grouping or cell These values are represented as a bar histogram plot It also contains a tool for creating multiple histogram plots of separate data columns and combining them into a single image 193 Statistical Tools RockWorks14 Notes The Multiple Histogram tool is a handy way to see quickly the distribution of numerous variables Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Statistical Tools Creating a Frequency Histogram for a Column of Values Creating Multiple Frequency Histograms for Two or More Columns of Values Creating Frequency Histogram Plots Borehole Manager raa The Borehol
320. ill be displayed in the Borehole Manager Location tabs and saved in the current RockWorks project database Use this tool to access the RockWorks Utilities window in RockWorks This has the same effect as clicking on the Utilities tab along the left edge of the program window Use this tool to access the Tables window in RockWorks This has the same effect as clicking on the Tables tab along the left edge of the program window Use this tool to access the My RockWorks window in RockWorks This has the same effect as clicking on the My RockWorks tab along the left edge of the program window 309 Reference 310 Map menu Borehole Locations Adjust Coordinates RockWorks14 The Borehole Manager s Map menu contains tools for generating a borehole location maps surface elevation maps and performing coordinate conversions This program is used to generate borehole locations maps and or surface elevation contours This option includes programs for converting the borehole location coordinates from longitude latitude or Range Township Section to Eastings and Northings Jeffersonian gt Easting Northing This option converts Jeffersonian style range township section location descriptions to Cartesian X Y coordinates i e UTM eastings northings Longitude Latitude gt Easting Northing This program converts longitude latitude Striplogs menu Single Log 2D Single Log 3D Multi Log Profile Multi Log Section
321. ill for the pattern when displayed in strip logs The material s density for volume mass computations The G value which is the numeric value to be used to represent the material in lithology models These should be unique values for each material type Whether the material is to be displayed in any diagram legends and in the pop up list linked to the lithology data table By contrast stratigraphy formation names are declared in the Stratigraphy Types Table with borehole data listed in the RockWorks Stratigraphy data table If you are importing your projects from RockWorks2002 or 2004 you can import the information from your external lithology table into the RockWorks database Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Lithology Types Tables Open the project s Lithology Types Table Editing the Lithology Types Table Measure your rock density Import the Lithology Types from another project database Import the Lithology Types from a RockWorks2002 04 Lithology Table ASCII file Import a LogPlot keyword table Export a text version of the Lithology Types Turn off unused Lithology Types Change keywords to mixed upper lower case 204 RockWorks14 Tables Stratigraphy Types Tables The Borehole Manager database uses Stratigraphy data tables for entry of depth intervals and formation layer names for each borehole These formations can be illustrated in strip logs as surface maps fence diagrams and m
322. in the R3DXML file the actual data contained in solid models bitmap images or other file based items displayed in the current view whose names are shown in the Linked File List pane Instead it stores their file names You need to be sure to keep all of these files together in the same folder See also Save a RockPlot3D view as a zip file below for information about zipping the R3DXML file and all linked files RockPlot3D does not store any display information in the R3DXM L file such as last viewpoint lighting or vertical exaggeration T Help Contents RockPlot3D Managing RockPlot3D Files Saving a RockPlot3D View Zipping a RockPlot3D View and its Linked Files Because RockPlot3D s R3DXML files can contain links to bitmap images solid models and other external files it can be confusing to keep track of what files to send to co workers for viewing or what files you need to keep when you are house cleaning RockPlot3D offers a save option that stores the R3DXML and all linked files as a ZIP file Follow these steps 1 Click on the File Zip All Linked Files menu command 2 Inthe File Name prompt type in the name for the ZIP file and then click Save button 221 RockPlot8D RockWorks14 228 RockPlot3D will create a ZIP format file containing the R3DXML file and all linked solid models bitmaps color tables and other linked files All linked file names are displayed in the Linked File List pane of t
323. in the longitude and latitude prompts in the Location window Then use the Borehole Manager s Map Adjust Coordinates Longitude Latitude gt Easting Northing command to change them to UTM meters or feet Tf your location coordinates are in Range Township Section notation You should enter the Range Township Section Meridian and Description information in the appropriate prompts at the bottom of the Location tab Then use the Borehole Manager s Map Adjust Coordinates Jeffersonian gt Easting Northing command to change them to UTM meters or feet The X coordinates or Eastings must increase in value to the East and the Y coordinates or Northings must increase in value to the North If you are using lon lat coordinates for translation to meters or feet be sure that western longitudes and southern latitudes are entered as negatives Posting Locations from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet If you have well location data listed in rows and columns in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet you can transfer these data into the Borehole Manager using the File Transfer Locations gt Borehole Manager tool The fields in the datasheet can be mapped to specific fields in the Location tabs RockWorks14 Borehole Manager See Help Contents Index Optional Fields for information about customizing the Location table in the project database See Adjusting Total Depths p 53 for a quick means of adjusting TD to accommodate deepe
324. ing a Trend Surface Analysis Use the Grid Trend Surface Analysis tools to determine regional trend for selected data in the main data sheet This can help you to determine what trend order to select when creating a Trend Surface grid model and it can help you to isolate regional anomalies by computing trend residuals These tools are offered Use the Trend Surface Analysis Report command to perform a trend surface analysis on a Selected Z value column in the data sheet and to list the correlation and residuals for first through sixth order polynomials in a report The completed report is loaded into a RockWare text window You may save the report text to disk print the report or copy its contents to the Clipboard for pasting into other applications Use the Trend Surface Analysis Residuals command to perform a trend surface analysis on a selected z value column and compute the residuals for a selected polynomial order representing the difference between observed z values and trend z values The residuals are stored in a data sheet column of the user s choice Notes The trend surface report can be used to determine how well any of the trend surface models fit your data The higher the correlation coefficient the better the fit This information can be helpful in determining whether there is much regional trend to your data By isolating regional behavior local anomalies can stand out This report can also be helpful if you are creating
325. ingle diagram This tool has the same function as the File Append tool within RockPlot3D itself Combines multiple RockPlot3D files XML into a single XML file based on a list of XML files in the Utilities worksheet Use this tool to generate a 3D reference cage noting X Y and elevation coordinates This is the same type of cage available within other RockWorks menus but is generated on its own This Grafix menu offers tools for manipulating raster images BMP JPEG TIFF WMF EMF PNG TGA and PCX formats Creats an animated GIF file suitable for inclusion within web pages based on a list of images such as the list generated by the Grid Morph program Appends a raster image to an existing RK6 file based on X and Y coordinates entered by the users Imports a bitmap calibrates it to global coordinates and digitize points lines polylines and polygons As the items are selected the global coordinates are stored within and editable data window along the right side of the screen This data may then be copied into other applications Reads a list of names of bitmap images from the main RockWorks data sheet and display them in order with an adjustable delay between frames The PicShow can run once or be continually looped to repeat the display list Converts a raster image to a RockPlot RK6 file This can be used to add aerial photos to your maps or raster well logs or 341 Reference 342 Raster Conversi
326. into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for editing mapping etc Borehole Table gt Utilities Datagrid This program is used to export all of the data Backup Database Restore Database from the currently active Borehole Manager data tab e g Lithology into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Use this tool to make a backup copy of the current MDB file We generally recommend that you do this from time to time particularly before importing data deleting data or filtering data should you inadvertently make changes you don t wish to keep Use this option to restore a backup copy above as current Check Database Integrity Use this option to compare the contents of your current Check Data Integrity Refresh Database RockPlot2D RockPlot3D ReportWorks project database against the general program data dictionaries to see a report of the items that are not in synch and to fix all those that it can This can be helpful in the event that fields have been added to one of your projects and you re open another project and the older database no longer matches the modified data dictionaries Use this option to perform a two step data check It performs a database check against the data tables as described by the topic above and it also reads through the well data itself to check for mis placed TD s stratigraphic units out of order Use this option to close and re open the current project database without having to close
327. ion coordinates easting northing and elevation and a measured G value of some kind such as geochemistry or geophysical measurements This basic data layout can be run through Solid Model for display as a 3 dimensional isosurface or block diagram Use the Borehole Manager instead of the RockWorks Utilities datasheet if you have multiple downhole measurements for each well See Entering the Borehole Data page 39 Example 1 This example shows how you might enter X Y Z G data into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for modeling m easting measured G values Y northing at those points and Z elevation points in space Example 2 RockWorks can also create a solid model from a separate ASCII XYZG file In this case no data is read from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Such a file can be exported from many software programs See the Help file for details Sample files X YZG atd Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Generic heading and select XYZG 2 See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet XYZG Data 83 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 Hydrology Hydrochemistry Data Hydrochemistry lon Data Anion and cation concentrations can be entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for the purposes of creating Piper diagrams Stiff diagrams Durov plots computing total dissolved solids and or ion balanc
328. ion system and the USDA soil classification system Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Statistical Tools Creating Ternary Tri lateral Diagrams 194 RockWorks14 Statistical Tools Normalizing Data The Stats Normalize utility is used to read a single column of values from a RockWorks data sheet and normalize the data values so that they range between two user specified values The resulting data are listed in a new data sheet column Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Statistical Tools Normalizing Data Standardizing Data The RockWorks Utilities Stats Standardize utility is used to read a single column of values from a RockWorks data sheet and to calculate the mean and the deviation of each sample value relative to the mean The resulting data are stored in a new column in the data sheet Once computed display the standardized values as a contour map to show anomalous areas Help Contents Rock Works Utilities Statistical Tools Standardizing Data Generating Random Numbers The RockWorks Utilities Stats Random utility is used to generate random numbers within a specified range or from a normal distribution This utility can generate both positive and negative numbers with or without decimal values Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Statistical Tools Generating Random Numbers Computing Point to Point Distances The RockWorks Utilities Stats Point Distances utility is used to read X Y or
329. ions in 3D see Straight Fences on page 131 Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Profiles Sections and Fences Creating Interpolated Stratigraphy Sections Multi Panel Creating Stratigraphic Fence Diagrams 130 Modeled Fences Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Fence Modeled and Fence ESRI Format Modeled tools to create a 3 dimensional fence diagram that y illustrates stratigraphic layers for output to RockPlot3D or to an ESRI Shapefile format RockWorks14 Stratigraphy Tools Fence panel spacing can be regular in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels The stratigraphy will be color coded based on the formation s background color in the Stratigraphy Types Table During the process of building the fence panels the program will create a grid model for the upper and lower surface of each of the active stratigraphic layers using the user selected gridding method 3D striplogs can be appended and a map illustrating the fence panel locations can be requested Notes Un check the Interpolate Surfaces check box if the grid models already exist in the project folder and don t need to be interpolated again This can be a handy way to include GRD files that are the result of editing filtering other operations page 165 See page 161 for information about drawing the fence panels Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Profiles Sections and Fe
330. is missing as it builds your stratigraphy model As above this should probably be left on but can be turned off if you have a formation defined in the Stratigraphy Types table for which you have not yet entered any data and don t want to be repeatedly warned about missing surface models No Points Within Project Area When Creating Grids and Solids If checked the program will warn you if there are no data points being sent to the gridding or solid modeling routines typically if your project dimensions are outside your data or if you ve turned on data filters that are removing everything Available Memory Drops Below a User Defined Level Check this box to tell the program to display a warning if available memory drops below a specified percent of total memory Main Menu Options Initial Size Full Screen The main RockWorks program window will start up in maximized mode filling the screen User Defined The main program window will start up at whatever size it was last run in Display Icons within Tabs Check this box if you want the tabs along the left side of the program window to include icons Display Icons within Top Menu Check this box if you want the menu items at the top of the screen to include icons Display Toolbar Check this box if you want toolbar buttons displayed along the top edge or left edge of the screen and expand this heading to select their location Secondary Menu Options Expand this heading to establish
331. isplay Grid Create a 3D voxel or isosurface diagram of a solid model by double clicking on the MOD file name and establishing the diagram settings Or right click and choose Display Solid Start an RCL script by double clicking on the RCL file name in the Project Manager pane RockWorks14 Maps Chapter 4 Creating Point Contour and 3D Surface Maps and other Maps These are some of the most commonly used tools of the Rock Works program Mapping sample locations wells or basic surface sites creating maps that illustrate a quantitative value elevations formation thickness surface geochemistry etc measured at multiple X Y locations These can be 2D contour maps or 3D surface maps In addition you can create maps that illustrate shotpoint locations land grid sections or leases global points or polylines borehole logs Stiff diagrams rose diagrams Point Maps The procedures you will follow to create a point map will vary depending on whether you have entered your data into the Borehole Manager or into the Rock Works Utilities datasheet where you have X andY locations at minimum Point maps are displayed in RockPlot2D 103 Maps RockWorks14 104 Use point maps as overlays over other 2D maps isopachs structural contours etc Just save the borehole location map in RockPlot2D and you can then append this map to any other 2D plan image in your project RockPlot2D File Append Borehole Man
332. ithology Types Lithology Types Tables are used in the Borehole Manager to list lithologic keywords and the patterns colors and other values to be associated with them for lithologic logs and models blocks profiles sections fence diagrams etc o Stratigraphy Types Stratigraphy Types Tables are used in the Borehole Manager to list stratigraphic formation names and the patterns colors and other 251 Tables 252 RockWorks14 values to be associated with them for strip logs surface maps fence diagrams models and more Well Construction Types Well Construction Types Tables list materials used in well construction columns in strip logs They define material names and the patterns and colors to be used to represent them in log diagrams Graphic Libraries Stored in the program s System folder My Documents RocWorks14 System binary in format O Patterns The Pattern Table contains the RockWare pattern library containing the graphic pattern designs used in logs and cross sections Borehole Manager and lease maps RockWorks Utilities Symbols The Symbol Table contains the RockWare symbol library containing graphic symbol designs used in maps and diagrams The symbols can be displayed in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet and in the Borehole Manager Location and Symbols tabs Legend Contents Typically stored in the project folder ASCII text in format O Color Index Used to plot a color legend inside a m
333. iwss 27 create New WEllll s2steus sere ehnteas ootenden aa 31 CALA E EEN EIE EE EN 30 39 67 database 34 35 36 37 38 39 51 53 database Query 0cessseeeeeeeees 67 68 69 delete weler ie 32 enable disable wells ccccccccceseeseeeees 33 exporting data sissien 67 149 156 oeM SA e deene ra 29 TAD S E E E I 104 109 Open Proje C te ainia E edness 30 OVEIVICW in aa a T 18 ChANSTCMING dalies 67 ES a Te E A cats 25 borehole summary ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 50 Borehole Survey Table siicceteseteascvercecenns 265 Dordi Si ipcssieccteve eras cea bestecds a baniseeaecae tebe 201 C Calculate XY Z V alues aniier 53 Cation data oo a 84 106 184 185 Cavern Model Sern 156 CelbmMapS eene a tanta nas eutea 294 cerea TIS oasa 8 Check Data Mtesiity seian 39 Check Database Integrity c cece 39 clipping oid Models nas E 166 RockPlot2D 1Mages nina 223 sond modeli ernea 174 closest point gridding cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 280 Closest Point solid modeling 0 286 COMNMGE X taborni reise ota 262 Cone da Aiea haart canta iaaananee Geiaataraneancentune 58 Color Index Tables icccscsciccicsccccasivectecsees 222 262 COlOP JESE Ndiri 218 color names table waswnarcdiuswiwnnunena 265 color MUM DELS aeeie 205 Colori Tale Sennan 264 columns denM NO eaa sas etiueins 43 44 74 92 346 RockWorks14 CUS DIA VIS e a tadeee 53 LOOMS i zetccescussscestmecetacesg aetaee
334. ject based on an existing database be sure there is NOT a check in the Use System Defaults checkbox This is a good choice if you have customized another project with new Location fields or new 28 RockWorks14 Borehole Manager data tables and you want this new project to be based on that setup 5 If you have opted to base this new project on another project and have browsed for that project name as described above you can now decide what components to carry over e Select the reference tables to be copied to the new project by inserting checks in the appropriate check boxes For example to copy the Lithology Type and Stratigraphy Types Tables to the new project you would insert a check in those check boxes To copy all of these reference tables to the new project you would insert checks in all e Select whether the I Data or P Data names column headings are to be copied to the new project by inserting a check in the Interval Names and or Point Names boxes For example if you will be entering the same type of geochemistry data in the new project e g Benzene and Toluene you could insert a check in the Interval Names option to carry those headings over e Select whether any of the actual borehole data is to be copied to the new project Choose None for none of the borehole data Enabled for the data for enabled boreholes only and All for all borehole data Include data From pattern project For Borehole Data W Lithology Ty
335. just the surface appearance transparency smoothing and position 1 To access the slice settings right click on the slice s name or icon Lein the right pane and choose Options You can also double click on the slice item to access the options The program will display the Slice Options window Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Data Items Slice Settings Adjusting the slice s surface style Adjusting the slice s color scheme Adjusting the slice s transparency Adjusting the slice s smoothing Adjusting the slice s position RockPlot3D Fence Panel Settings RockPlot3D displays fence diagrams as vertical panels which are extracted from solid models These might result from modeling I data P data fracture or lithology data in the Borehole Manager I Data Fence P Data Fence Fractures Fence Lithology Fence Fence diagrams can also be generated using the RockWorks Utilities Solid Fence tool Each fence panel is stored as a vertical grid file fence grd which will be shown as linked to the diagram You can modify a number of the fence panel characteristics Stratigraphy and water level fence panels are drawn a little differently not from solid models and do not offer the same options as solid model based fences 1 To access the vertical grid settings expand the fence diagram group G and expand the fence panel s group if necessary Then r
336. kWare program s RockWorks Utilities datasheet by typing directly from the keyboard or by cutting and pasting data from another document Another method of getting data into the program is to import data from other applications or commercial sources The following import tools are available see these Help topics Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Importing Data Importing ASCII Data into the Datasheet Importing DBF Files into the Datasheet Extracting XYZ Coordinates from DXF Files Extracting XYZ Coordinates from DXF into ASCII files Importing DXF Lineations into the Datasheet Importing Garmin GPS Data Importing Geonics Conductivity Data Importing DeLorme Data Importing GSM 19 Magnetometer Data Importing Laser Atlanta Data Importing ModPath Pathline Data Importing NEIC Earthquake Data Importing RockBase Data Importing SEG P1 Shotpoint Data Importing Tobin WCS Data Importing XLS Excel Data Exporting Data from the RockWorks Utilities Datasheet If you wish to export the data contained in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet use the File Export command It offers export as a text file a DBF format file or a Microsoft Excel XLS file See these Help topics Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Exporting Data Exporting the Datasheet to ASCH Format Exporting the Datasheet to DBF Format Exporting the Datasheet to XLS Format Transferring Data to the Bor
337. kWorks14 288 the logarithmic G value will be set to zero A solid model based on the logarithmic data is interpolated The nodes within the model are then converted back to the original units by exponentiation The control point G values are converted back to their original units by exponentiation Data sets that contain large outliers 1 e values that are far beyond the typical range of data are typically problematic when the goal is to highlight these anomalous regions By computing and gridding the natural logarithm of the control point values the regional effects of these outliers is more localized as shown by the following diagram The net effect is to highlight anomalous regions e g contaminant plumes High Fidelity When selected this option will tweak the final solid model after the smoothing option has been applied such that the node values will do a better job of honoring the control points regardless of the algorithm or the smoothing This is accomplished by modeling the residuals adding the residuals model to the initial model and then overwriting the node values with the original control point values Unlike the grid version of high fidelity this is not an iterative algorithm too slow Model Constraints Grid Filtering The Upper Surface Grid Filter and Lower Surface Grid Filter options previously called stratabound are used to constrain a solid model between a user specified upper and or lower s
338. kWorks14 Maps 2D Contour Maps Contour maps illustrate quantitative values that have been measured over space They can be used to illustrate geological topics such as surface elevations formation thickness or average geochemical concentrations They can illustrate non geological topics such as average voter turnout in a city or numbers of crimes in a neighborhood Entire books have been written about computer contouring and that is a subject well beyond the scope of this manual Here we offer a summary of the tools you can use in RockWorks to generate contour maps For more information about the concepts of gridding and contouring please refer to the Help messages 2D Contour maps are displayed in the RockPlot2D window To grid or not to grid RockWorks offers two methods of creating 2D contour maps Delaunay triangulation contouring and grid based contouring Delaunay Contouring To generate contours the Delaunay triangulation method constructs a series of triangles with a data point at each vertex The triangles are constructed so that the angles are as close as possible to equi angular Contour lines are then interpolated between the triangle vertices and connected together to form the map This process has been referred to as dip contouring by some geologists Because it by passes the gridding step this mapping method operates the most quickly In addition it honors all of the data values many people prefer this method of
339. ks 14 System Be sure to check that folder after installation to restore necessary tables Re installing RockWorks does not require un installing the previous version In fact we discourage this because system libraries and other tables will be removed Re installing should not require a new unlocking code for single user or multiple user single computer licenses During re installation all of the program s variables e g all of the menu settings are restored to the factory default versions However the program will offer to save a copy of your menu settings in a file which you can then import back into the program Tools Import Menu Settings Check out the Help Download amp Install options in RockWorks itself Licensing RockWorks After running the installation program the next step is to license the software The License Agreement The first screen you ll see is a display of the license agreement Please read this It s important that you understand the terms of the license 1 If you accept the terms of the license agreement click in the I accept the terms of this agreement box and continue on to the next step 2 If you do not accept the terms of the license agreement click the Cancel button The program will not launch Contact RockWare for details RockWorks14 Introduction Choosing Your License Type Next you ll see a screen similar to this What are you installing Who is installing this software
340. ks14 Notes 186 RockWorks14 Directional amp Geotechnical Tools Chapter 14 Directional Statistics Tools The RockWorks Utilities Linears and Planes menus contains tools used for performing analyses on and creating diagrams of directional 2D or 3D data These tools were previously lumped under the Dirstat menu Creating Arrow Maps The RockWorks Utilities Linears Arrow Map tool is used to read X1Y1X2Y2 data page 86 and create a map in which lineations are represented with arrows plotted from the beginning X Y coordinates to the ending coordinate pair This graphic example illustrates an arrow map overlaying a lineation density contour map discussed next Notes See Digitizing data for information about digitizing line endpoint data directly into the data sheet See Creating Lineation Maps below for maps without arrowheads Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Linear Feature Tools Creating Arrow Maps Gridding and Mapping Lineation Frequencies Lengths and Intersections The RockWorks Utilities Linears Lineation Gridding menu command is designed to read lineation data Gn X1 Y1 X2 Y2 endpoint coordinate format and create a grid file that models the lineation frequency cumulative lengths and or intersections with a variety of weighting options Notes See Digitizing Data for information about digitizing line endpoint coordinates directly into the data sheet See Creating Lineation Maps
341. l topics 160 RockWorks14 Laying Out Sections amp Fences Drawing Fence Diagram Panels The Borehole Manager Fence tools are available within the Lithology Stratigraphy I Data P Data Fractures and Aquifers menus They are used to display one or more vertical slices from the inside of a solid model to illustrate lithology distribution stratigraphic or water level elevations fracture proximity or geochemical geophysical values A Fence tool is also available within the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu to slice an existing solid model containing any type of data Once you have set up the diagram settings the program will scan the project database and extract the borehole locations Eastings and Northings from the Location tab of each active borehole It will display the well locations in the Fence Diagram Configuration window as a plan view map with boring name and symbol color tied to each well Any previous lines drawn for this project will also be displayed on the map You may also turn on the display of the borehole traces if your wells are inclined or deviated Note if you are using the Solid Fence tool only the project boundaries will be displayed Al Fence Location K 653 752 97839 V S535 G08 777542 Edi iew Paneis pom a SLOSS AZ HM EH Sree Chck on port thst seorenents siai of panal 1 To accept any existing fence panel arrangement simply click the Continue button at the bottom of the window to
342. lation tuny s P H TA fa m i w Ay purked t bia AL mald A pathiu kt iiad AL Terdisatd A featburead A GBT pinh Aid Ay grid_lictatd A hand dan senis A Rydnadheme ey ald A hydrogmehatd A joinlaabd A Irate mapata AL lines atd A mint level bitmaps A mine workings ata AL ETTE AL movementatd A pleneciatd A prape phim eral A pump dstaastd A pug iot dataatd AL deweriatd THRE Sf amex PrtKeDOaTtCceH r m T i L E E i 5 4 tad a SP ae ee RS n FEF A Column l flow 2 Tolali Pow 225 Eseri Molly LOEWE Document Rock orkid amperde mapald Turn the Project Manager pane on off using the Tools General Preferences Display Project Manager checkbox Expand any file type grouping by clicking the small button by its heading contract any grouping by clicking on the small button Hover over 2D Diagrams and 3D Diagrams files to view previews of the images The previews can be disabled in Tools General Preferences Display Project Manager Display Diagram Previews Open a file ATD files RK6 and R3DXML diagrams and miscellaneous tables by double clicking on its name in the Project Manager pane Or right click on the file name and choose the view load edit option Create a 2D contour map or 3D surface of a grid model by double clicking on the GRD file name and establishing the map diagram settings Or right click on the file name and choose D
343. les a hates 117 GAO a 157 Heat ES EAE 154 ofid models aiie E 171 172 WHOA 8 sepsin E 148 I PAGS JAY OUL ee aa 241 TCH ONO V atesedesascive drone terranes dinddet dees 145 OPHONS tas eet tnemneceses eee 303 Podali er en nec ee eer remeron ne 151 303 DONS sa cata dace oe ata saad oats 207 SOlIC Modeleren 143 SULA STAD DY ina 129 SD OO Sra icicy a nasa 119 120 Wer JEVE hoier 139 project dimensions 21 69 98 283 289 project Ioldi sche Gece 27 30 274 ProjectIntormaoMm sasine 51 Project Managet 008 20 71 101 274 Q quadrant converting from to azimuth 192 E SA ciel chancel snl ieecie Teale 67 68 69 R RS DANIELS 1atacaaaentiei ce eeeeat 212 adjusting reference amp data items 230 COMBI O eriin 226 OPENS enn werecr ween 225 238 PANONE caiman ieee eee 228 POLAT S ea 229 SCPCCH SCANNE serre 229 SPINN E oa a taedsceiatenss 229 WIC WLS arean eE eae seas 229 PAM iE E R 221 range filter srid MOGEIS sa dern scoserscsscarderedatienecnnsiecedes 166 SOM Models aaneen earner 174 Range Tables erem r eer 265 Range Township Section 000008 79 266 Range Township Section conversion 116 Range Township Section coordinates 116 raster images DUD yorsa e a a T T deiees 211 DI E E E A 199 animated OE eaea a 202 appending to RK6 files eee 203 AS SL Panel Si sececcitaareewedeaswersay sve awnseeeasts 87 as map backgrounds ccececeeeeeeeeees 29
344. lgorithms such as the horizontal lithoblending strongly bias the interpolation in a horizontal fashion The tilt option introduces a regional gradient while still allowing the modeling to be horizontally biased Warp Model Based on Grid This option will bias your data modeling with a grid model surface It works much like the tilted modeling above except that instead of a dipping flat plane the model is warped based on a user selected surface grid model Here s how this works a The control point elevations are vertically shifted based on the corresponding elevations within the reference grid b The solid model is interpolated based on the vertically shifted coordinates c The corresponding nodes within the model are then shifted back to their proper elevations based on the corresponding elevations within the reference grid Why Algorithms such as the horizontal lithoblending strongly bias the interpolation in a horizontal fashion The warp option introduces structure while still allowing the modeling to be horizontally biased Be sure the grid model and the solid model being created have the same X Y dimensions and node spacings Logarithmic The Logarithmic modeling option can be helpful for creating solid models of highly anomalous data If activated here s how it works The control point G values are converted to natural logarithms If a control point has a value less than or equal to zero 287 Reference Roc
345. lues the regional effects of these outliers is more localized as shown by the following diagram The net effect is to highlight anomalous regions e g contaminant plumes Note The new logarithmic capability should be restricted to data sets that contain geochemical or geophysical data with grossly anomalous data points It is not well suited for surface elevation data due to the fact that these data sets typically include negative z values i e sub sea elevations High Fidelity When selected this option will tweak the final grid model after the smoothing option has been applied such that the contours will do a better job of honoring the control points regardless of the algorithm or the grid smoothing below The capability uses a recursive algorithm that grids the residuals adds them back into the original model and repeats the process until the cumulative error drops below a threshold Note that those cells that contain more than one control point are re defined such that the node value equals the average of all of the control point values within the cell 281 Reference RockWorks14 282 Polynomial Enhancement This tool works nicely if your data has any regional trend If activated the program will fit a polynomial surface to your data and compute the residuals for each control point representing the difference between the source z value and the polynomial computed z value The program will then grid the residuals using
346. lution you declare If you set the resolution to 250 for example the pre grid will be comprised of 250 cells by 250 cells For each pre grid cell the program locates any data points within it If a single data point lies within the cell then the cell is assigned that point s z value If more than one point lie within the cell then the cell is assigned an average of all of the z values Any pre grid cells with no data points are discarded Itis the pre gridded data that is then sent on to the surface modeling routine This method works nicely if you have data sampled along lines or in clusters such as along seismic lines Logarithmic Gridding The Logarithmic gridding option can be helpful for creating grid models of highly anomalous data If activated here s how it works The control point z values are converted to natural logarithms If a control point has a value less than or equal to zero the logarithmic z value will be set to zero A grid model based on the logarithmic data is interpolated The nodes within the grid model are then converted back to the original units by exponentiation The control point z values are converted back to their original units by exponentiation Data sets that contain large outliers i e values that are far beyond the typical range of data are typically problematic when the goal is to highlight these anomalous regions By computing and gridding the natural logarithm of the control point va
347. ly select RockWorks from the menu along the left You should see a description about the program in the pane to the right Click the Install Program button in that pane to start the installation RockWorks14 Introduction Follow the recommended installation settings unless you specifically to install the program in a different folder To proceed to the next screen at each installation step click on the Next button Should you need to go back to a previous window click on the Back button To cancel the installation entirely click Cancel When the installation is complete the licensing program will start up automatically Refer to Licensing Rock Works page 4 for information about how to set up the licensing If you have purchased the software please fill out the registration card for your license or register online at http www rockware com support register php The Searchable Help system is installed with the program Install RockWorks from the internet If you wish to download and install RockWorks from the internet follow these steps l 2 Access the RockWare web site www rockware com Click on the Downloads option at the top of the home page and choose Product Updates Click on the RockWorks link and under the RockWorks14 item click the small Download link When requested save the downloaded file rockwork14_installation exe on your computer s Desktop or other desired location When the downl
348. lyzing Movement of Slope Materials 0 cccccccccssssssseseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeseeeeees 169 Performing a Trend Surface Analysis ici six ceodinteassvicerwrsess vasenasin devsineduasbruermuntaecewesincse 169 RockWorks14 Table of Contents Morphina Giri d Mode Seprene e Ea EE a 170 Importing Grid Models into ROCK WOTFKG ccccsesseseeeeeeeeceeeeeeecaasaessseeseseeeeeees 170 Exporting RockWorks Grid Models cccccccccccssssssssseseseeeececeeeeeeeeeaasseesseeseeeeeeeees 170 Hopon me LTD ARID atd dctcscinssocnccseccotessnpraaessannetesaceeetantiarecrnsaas saneatseeteteanceatene ays 171 Displaying Grid Model Profiles nnnnnnnnneessssssseoeeeeeeresssrssssssssssssssceeereessssssssssssse 171 Displaying Grid Model Fence Diagrams ccccccccssssesessseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeseeeeeeees 172 Importing Stratigraphic Contacts from Grids into Stratigraphic Logs 0 172 Additonal Grid Viena TOONS vccensssecevcaantes aee E secede area tances seca eats 172 Chapter 11 Solid Model Tools 173 Sold Menu TOOLS OVER CW mooie a cicues os taeda tataaueauatarddesevanuensetusdastovenwazels 173 Computing Solid Model Statistics oriori E EE A EAEE 173 Performing Arithmetic Operations with Solid Models ccccccsssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeees 173 Pulte SOlid Model meneer aa e E E one sata ieeea dens 174 Creating and Manipulating Boolean Solid Models cccccccccccccecceeesseeeeeseeeees 175 Converting and E
349. m a Tobin Well Coordinate Service WCS file into the Borehole Manager database Use this tool to bring data into the Borehole Manager from multiple worksheets in an external Microsoft Excel file This sub menu contains tools for exporting records from the Borehole Manager database to another format for editing or use in other applications Exports the borehole data for a single well or for all enabled wells to a single or to multiple ASCII text files This tool will export the data tables for one all or enabled boreholes to an ASCII DAT file that can be used in the RockWare LogPlot program Exports the data tabs for current enables all boreholes to Microsoft Excel each RockWorks data tab a separate worksheet within the output Excel workbook This program requires that the Excel program is installed onto your computer Exports the data tables for all boreholes to individual ASCII BH files compatible with the RockWorks2004 program The Transfer options are used to transfer data between the Borehole Manager and the RockWorks Utilities datasheet RockWorks14 Reference Locations gt Utilities Datagrid This program is used to transfer borehole location information from the Borehole Manager database into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for editing coordinate translation mapping etc Stratigraphy gt Utilities Datagrid This program transfers stratigraphic contact elevation data from the Borehole Manager database
350. mation about that data interface Creating a new well entry Each well in a borehole project is stored as a separate record in the project database To create a new well in the existing project follow these steps 1 Access the Borehole Manager as necessary 2 If necessary access the project folder that contains the data to which you wish to add the new well 3 Select the File New Log command Enter the required fields for the borehole 31 Borehole Manager 32 RockWorks14 Borehole Name This is a unique identifying field for the borehole You cannot have multiple boreholes in the same database that share the same name Easting Northing Enter the Easting or X coordinate and the Northing or Y coordinate for the borehole in feet or meters Be sure the units match the depth units feet or meters you ll be entering See page 39 for information about X Y units If your locations are in longitude latitude coordinates or Jeffersonian RTS descriptions you ll need to enter 0 initially for this prompt enter the coordinates you do have in the optional location fields and use the coordinate translation tools to compute the Easting coordinate Use the See Also links below for more information Elevation Type in the elevation at the top of the well Be sure the elevation units feet or meters are the same as the Easting and Northing units TD Enter the total depth for the well Be sure the TD units feet or meters are the sam
351. menu command Editing Borehole Records as a Spreadsheet Although the Borehole data tables look like spreadsheets Borehole Data Managet HE boretatecr Name A Intervals I Lhatal m DHJ D an a W pH d FF i H o 0 50 EE a3 0 0 70 35 an0 m ARRA 5 0 10 0 p29 a3 O 01 BD 3 0 En iF reins 10 0 16 0 ti d 0 04 400 40 66 0 et nk ae E i50 20 0 O74 6 6 Oot 10 60 Bag i Har ano 26 0 TEL od oii 120 100 78 0 F pH ga g 350 30 0 D2 0 3 on 110 13 0 76 0 i pHo 0 0 75 0 iH 0 nm a0 120 73 0 Epen M 36 0 400 029 ot oun a 110 60 0 Ta DH 11 1 z z F Aa il a0 asi EE i g t 50 i50 76 0 F Cea 450 50 0 02 a4 Oi T Wa s ia i 500 55 0 0 22 a O04 ED FE 60 0 i CHAS 5 ano 0 28 03 0 02 go a75 44 0 e DH 16 J 600 65 0 pa gA oot eg at 0 60 0 F DH 17 i 640 roa 0 25 n f nE ry EH Eri EDLO iv DH 18 T 70 0 75 0 Daa bos oot 70 76 0 68 0 iw DHS q 750 aon 0 2 0gs OM an 19 0 72 0 they are not Instead they are a fairly complicated merging of separate database tables While you can type into these tables just like you can with a regular spreadsheet you cannot select a block of cells or copy paste a block of cells like you can with a normal spreadsheet There IS however a tool in the Borehole Manager s Edit menu that will load the active borehole s current in front data into a spreadsheet style editor and allow standard copy paste editing tools 51 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 Intervals I Data for Borehole DH 01 Biles vix 5 e e
352. mn to have a diameter of 15 inches If you then declared a pattern interval in the Well Construction data table to have an Outer Diameter of 15 the pattern block would be plotted all the way to the edge of the column Inner Diameter The value entered in this column determines how far to the center of the Well Construction Column that the interval will be filled with the pattern block Material Double click in this cell and choose the unit name from the Well Construction Types Table Or you can single click in this cell click the small down arrow and choose the name from the drop down list If the material name is not listed you ll need to add it to the current Well Construction Types Table See the Well Construction Types Table section page 256 for more information Offset This setting is used to declare the offset from the center of the well that this material block is to be plotted enabling multiple borings within a single construction diagram Negative values offset the block to the left of the center positive values to the right Caption optional Enter here any text you want to be plotted with the diagram on the log Depth ta Top DepthtoBase Quter Diameter Inner Diameter Material Offset Caption b 0 0 3 0 3 0 0 0 Cap 0 0 Cap 0 0 3 0 6 0 3 0 Cap 0 0 Cap 3 0 30 0 6 0 3 0 Cement 0 0 Cement 30 0 45 0 6 0 3 0 Bentonite 0 0 Bentonite 45 0 T5 0 6 0 3 0 Sand Pack O 0 Sand Pack 52 0 75 0 3 0 O 0 Screen O 0 Screen
353. mport Export 3D Utilities Discs Images Cube Float Drape RockWorks14 Rescales X Y location coordinates in a graphic image using either of these methods 1 Using new origin coordinates and scaling multipliers Coordinates may be rescaled differently in the X and the Y directions 2 Using new coordinates entered for one or more boundary edges Imports AGL RockWorks ASCII Graphics Language DXF and Shape Files into an RK6 format for display in RockPlot2D Exports an existing RK6 file into the following formats BMP DXF EMF JPG KMZ Google Earth PNG RockPlot3D TIFF and WMF This menu generates a variety of 3D diagrams Plots oriented discs in three dimensional space These discs may represent fractures or other oriented planar features Displays raster images BMP JPEG TIFF WMF EMF PNG TGA and PCX in 3D Displays bitmaps on cube faces Assigns a raster image X YZ coordinates for each corner for display in a RockPlot3D window This floating image could be appended to another 3D image Used to 3 dimensionalize a raster image by draping it over an existing grid model The new image will be displayed in a RockPlot3D window for display alone or with another 3D image Panels Vertical Panels or Horizontal Panels Used to read a list of raster Oriented Objects Perimeter image file names and corner XYZ coordinates from the main data sheet for display in RockPlot3D Reads location and ori
354. n Map Diagram 66 150 Creatine P Data Diagrams OVer vie W sient tudes tens ous E eats 150 Pa Data Dia TaM E de cecespacraieea tates naeacene eon en euanede nomen ese 151 PF Data Manipulation TOOLS asnuta a T duet davis 152 Borehole Manager Creating Solid Models of Downhole Fracture Data and Isosurface Voxel Fence Profile Section and Plan Map Diagram 0 153 Creating Fracture Diagrams OvervieW esniccs stove ses csoneeieaaiiraateriitend nchosns avin 153 Exportine Prac UPS Alas esaeo S E 156 Borehole Manager Creating Solid Models of Downhole Vector Data 156 Vectors Mode kasae erate tl irk alan hacen Dal tact 156 Drawno a Profile Mime nerenin iee N E EAE 157 Drawing a Multi Panel Cross Section Trace cccccccsssssssessseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeenes 159 Driwins Fence Disrann Pane Seanin tances eousaoe aaron anion tees 161 Chapter 10 Grid Model Tools 165 Gid Mod l TOONS A OVVIE Womit e R A 165 Comp tng Grid Statistics esisin E a E a 165 Performing Arithmetic Operations with Grid Models ccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 166 Piltemias Grid Mode RE 4 asst coterie ache ce cine ceti satis Rieaaans chs ccnacanies tte iees date ccinies 166 OLIN Cri Mode E eene E E OEE 167 Performing a Slope Aspect Analysis on Grid Models cscceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 168 Creating Directional Maps of Slope Aspect Grid Models ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 168 Ana
355. n Total Ore Thickness Used to specify a minimum thickness for the combined total ore zone to be included in output model and computations This is also a means of discarding non economic areas from the totals Max Waste Thickness Used to remove small pockets of non ore material from surrounding ore blocks translating them to ore classification and including them in output solid model for future calculations same as interbed filter within the Volume 3D Volumetrics option Stripping Ratio Filters a Boolean solid model based on the ratio between the thickness of the overburden waste and the thickness of the zone of interest ore Several methods of computing the stripping ratio are offered based on the individual ore zones or total ore zones Density Conversions Used to enter multiplier for individual Boolean voxels so that the program can compute total mass as well as total volume Convert Offers Grid lt gt Solid model conversion tools Solid gt Grid Creates a grid model in which the z value represents either the highest lowest average or sum of corresponding G value within a solid model Ore Thickness gt Grid Converts a Boolean solid model file representing ore versus not ore into a 2D grid file that represents total ore thickness 332 RockWorks14 Reference Overburden Thickness gt Grid Converts a Boolean solid model file representing ore versus not ore into
356. n batch from multiple grid models to highlight areas where multiple variables show anomalous tendencies e Standard deviations of grid node values This can be helpful in isolating anomalous areas e In addition grid nodes can be normalized for comparing different models with unlike Z value ranges Notes For the residuals computations and Krejewskigrams you ll also need the original XYZ data from which the grid model was computed Help Contents The RockWorks Utilities Datasheet Grid Model Tools Computing Grid Statistics 165 Grid Model Tools RockWorks14 Performing Arithmetic Operations with Grid Models The tools in the Grid Math menu are used to perform a variety of mathematical operations on an existing grid file storing the results in a new grid file The resulting model can be illustrated as a 2D map or 3D surface Grid amp Grid This tool performs arithmetical operations with the grid node Z values in two existing grid files Grid amp Constant This tool performs arithmetical operations with the node Z values in a single grid model and a constant creating a new output grid model Density Conversion Use this tool to multiply the grid cell volume cell width cell height Z value thickness by a constant representing density per unit volume to create anew density grid Absolute Value Use this tool to convert the Z values within an existing grid file to their absolute values storing the new nod
357. n tab Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Symbol Tables Create a new symbol Import existing symbols Edit existing symbols Draw symbols Exit the Symbol Editor Diagram Legend Tables Color Index Tables A Color Index Table is used to plot a color legend inside a map diagram legend box in the RockPlot2D program These RockPlot2D legends can also include line style legends pattern legends and symbol legends described in following topics Although many RockWorks color diagrams maps stratigraphic blocks etc offer automatic color legends it can be handy to include a custom color index in an overall diagram legend to emphasize anomalous areas etc Color Index legends can also be inserted into ReportWorks layouts 262 RockWorks14 Tables The factory default Color Index Table is named color_index tab installed with the Samples dataset My Documents Rock Works 14 Samples folder This table is ASCII in format Since these tables are generally project specific we recommend that you store your working table in the project folder Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Color Index Tables See also Colorfill Tables page 264 Line Style Index Tables A Line Style Index Table is used to plot a legend showing different line styles and captions inside a map diagram legend in the RockPlot2D program The factory default Line Style Index Table is named line_index tab installed wit
358. nager Creating Detailed Geochemistry Volume Reports and Diagrams 182 The Borehole Manager s I Data Volumetrics tool is designed to perform a variety of what if filtering operations and volume computing operations on an existing solid model The input model can represent precious metal assays contaminant concentrations or any measurable component for which you wish to compute volume This volume calculator specializes in models that are not stratified or homogeneous You can filter the solid model for interbed thickness material zone thickness polygon areas and distance from a borehole Output windows The final filtered Boolean solid model file that represents the distribution of favorable materials can be displayed in RockPlot3D The final thickness or mass grid model can be displayed in RockPlot2D or 3D The detailed or summarized text report is displayed in a text window See also RockPlot3D for display of solid model or stratigraphy volume right in the 3D window The Solid Statistics Report tool for a quick report of dimensions and volume of any solid model Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools Creating Detailed I Data Volume Reports and Diagrams RockWorks14 Hydrology amp Hydrochemistry Chapter 13 Hydrology Hydrochemistry Tools The RockWorks Utilities Hydrology and Hydrochemistry menus contain tools used for computing water level drawdown creating water level and precipitation graphs
359. named Denver then the project database will be named Denver mdb e When you access a folder containing BH files from RockWorks2002 or RockWorks2004 the program will launch a wizard that will walk you through the steps to import the individual borehole files into the database e Lookup tables such as those that define stratigraphy types and lithology types are stored in the database e The data dictionaries which define available fields which tabs are displayed etc are stored in a system folder inside your project folder This allows you to maintain custom data dictionaries for different projects e You do not need to have Access installed on your computer to use the RockWorks database The behind the scenes database components called the Microsoft Jet RockWorks14 Borehole Manager Database Engine are installed with the Windows operating system See the Help messages for more specifics re Jet version compatibility T See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Borehole Manager Database Database Navigation Tips Active Table The tables for each borehole are displayed in the Borehole Manager window with stick up tabs noting the table name Active data table Borehole Data Manager 43 weal 14 0 Overburden 19 0 Aquiter 1 91 0 Aquitard 1 157 0 Aquifer 2 171 0 Bedrock V DH 06 V DH 07 V DH 08 V DH 09 Active Borehole record Active Row When you click on a record in th
360. nces Creating Interpolated Stratigraphic Fence Diagrams Straight Fences Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Fence Straight and Fence ESRI Format Straight tools to create a 3 dimensional fence diagram that illustrates stratigraphic layers for output to RockPlot3D or to an ESRI Shapefile format Unlike Modeled fences above the Straight fence correlations will simply be drawn as straight lines w between like formations in adjacent boreholes Fence panel spacing can be regular in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels For these hole to hole fences the panels will be snapped to the closest borehole The stratigraphy will be color coded based on the formation s background color in the Stratigraphy Types Table 3D striplogs can be appended and a map illustrating the panel locations can be requested Notes See Missing Formations page 61 for tips on how to enter your stratigraphy data See page 161 for information about drawing the fence panels Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Fence Diagrams Creating Hole to Hole Fence Diagrams 131 Stratigraphy Tools RockWorks14 Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Fences Use the RockWorks Utilities Grid Grids gt Stratigraphic Fence tool is used to create a stratigraphic fence diagram based on a list of existing grid models that represent the top superface and base subface of each unit These are grid models t
361. nd be sure to click on the name of the borehole whose data is to be displayed in i the log so that its name is highlighted Be sure also that the check box to the left of the borehole name is checked so that the borehole is enabled Borehole Manager Tutorial Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Cross Sections Creating a Single 2D Striplog What is a Log Profile A log profile is one in which the logs of individual borings are projected onto a single profile line cut These diagrams can display vertical inclined and deviated boreholes By projecting onto a line of section the orientation of the logs will be honored 119 Logs amp Sections RockWorks14 120 In log profiles the distance between logs is determined by their perpendicular projection onto the profile line This differs from hole to hole sections in which the distance between the logs is proportional to the well distances on the ground In RockWorks drawing the profile line is easily done on a plan view display of the well locations or you can enter known coordinates for the section endpoints In addition you can enter a filtering distance to limit the cross section to only proximal wells Help Contents Laying Out Vertical Sections and Fences Displaying Multiple Logs in a 2D Log Profile Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Multi Log Profile tool to create a projected 2 dimensional vertical display of strip logs of multiple
362. nd Grid Table page 266 or the Rock Ware Landbase Output window RockPlot2D In order to create a land grid section map you must have already created a Land Grid Table which lists the longitude and latitude coordinates of each section s corners Or you can download the Rock Ware Landbase see Help Download RockWare Landbase Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Creating Maps Land Grid Maps RockWorks Utilities Map Land Grid Lease Map EEEN A E E T Fe EREE punar This tool creates a map illustrating lease block boundaries filled with patterns and or colors Datasheet RockWorks Utilities land grid lease descriptions page 80 Output window RockPlot2D Notes The input data file should include lease corner coordinates and patterns Use the Coords Spot Jeffersonian Polygons tool if your lease blocks are listed only in Range Township and Section descriptions You need to have X Y corner coordinates Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Creating Maps Land Grid Maps RockWorks14 Maps Shotpoint Maps The RockWorks Utilities Map Shotpoints command is used F i to create a map that illustrates shotpoint locations as read from the datasheet a aa The shotpoint data must include at minimum a shotpoint line emer nyumber a symbol and an X and Y coordinate for the individual i shotpoint You may optionally include the point number not OO mmn i
363. nd water level surfaces using the Aquifer menu tools You can also perform basic gridding of XYZ data using the RockWorks Utilities Map Grid Based Map command The program offers several gridding methods to do this interpolation of your data Each operates differently and each has strengths and differences See Gridding Methods page 279 The tools in the RockWorks Utilities Grid menu are used to summarize manipulate filter and illustrate existing numeric grid models Computing Grid Statistics The Grid menu s Statistics utility is used to get a general summary of the contents of an existing grid GRD file The computations are reported as a e Textual report in which the summary of grid node values and computed statistics are displayed in a document in a text editor Use this to confirm grid dimensions view volumes G value ranges and standard deviations e Plottable frequency histogram of the node values reported as numbers or percent This can be used to compare the G value distribution for models interpolated with different algorithms and to look for anomalies e Plottable Krajewskigram or X Y scattergram of original Z values X axis versus computed node values Y axis You can use this to gauge the accuracy of the grid model and view some error analysis e Computed grid residuals representing the difference between observed XY values and computed grid values at the same locations e New grid anomalies model created i
364. ndividual planar strike and dip measurements from the data sheet and calculates the lineations that result from the intersection of each plane with each other plane in the data set This can result in a tremendous number of computed lineations Beta Pairs on the other hand reads strike and dip measurements for pairs of planes and for each pair computes the single resulting lineation Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Planar Feature Tools Computing the Intersections of Planes Computing Planar Intersections Planar Pairs The RockWorks Utilities Planes Beta Pairs tool is used to read the strike and dip of pairs of planes page 87 and calculate the lineations resulting from their intersections The bearing and plunge of these lineations are stored in new columns in the datasheet Notes A comparison Beta Intersections previous reads a listing of individual planar strike and dip measurements from the data sheet and calculates the lineations that result from the intersection of each plane with each other plane in the data set This can result in a tremendous number of computed lineations Beta Pairs on the other hand reads strike and dip measurements for pairs of planes and for each pair computes the single resulting lineation Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Planar Features Tools Computing the Intersections between Pairs of Planes Rotating 3D Data 190 Use the RockWorks Utilities Planes Rotate Planes command t
365. ng and display There is a simple query and a complex query available Page 67 Before you start creating interpolated models of your data first create a graphical representation of the data as entered e g as logs The 2D and 3D log designers RockWorks14 Borehole Manager make it easy to select what kind of data to display in the logs and the column order Page 117 e Striplogs Multi Log 3D tool see the data as entered for all of the boreholes e Striplogs Multi Log Section see the log data in a hole to hole cross section e Striplogs Multi Log Profile see the log data in a projected section 7 When you re ready to interpolate surface models Stratigraphy Water Level or solid models Lithology I Data P Data Fractures remember that the Model Profile Section Fence Plan and Surface Map options can all utilize the same interpolated numeric model Once you generate a model that looks good you can select the Existing Existing Model option to generate the other diagram types They simply offer different ways to visualize the contents of the interpolated model For this reason many users find that using the Model option first to create the numeric model and to visualize it in 3D is a good way to check the accuracy of the interpolation They then use that existing MOD file as the basis for other diagrams sections fences profiles etc 8 RockPlot2D is the display window for 2D flat graphic images such as maps
366. ng the large Project Dimensions tab along the left edge of the RockWorks program window Click here for more information Variable Data Specific Dimensions Choose this dimensioning option if the solid model dimensions are to be established based on the current data being modeled This could be an option for modeling a subset of the entire project or for testing the effect of different node densities without having to reset the entire project s dimensions Expand this heading to select the variable options for Solid Dimensions Horizontal Type here the number of nodes to be created from west to east and from north to south The boundary defaults will correspond to the outermost control point locations The number of nodes you declare will be modified if the map area is not square In trying to keep node spacing as close to equal as possible along both axes the program will reduce the number of nodes created along the area s short axis If you request dimension confirmation below you will have the opportunity to view and confirm the program recommended node spacing prior to model generation Vertical Type here the number of nodes to be created vertically in the model This axis can be set to a different density that the X and Y Horizontal axes above The 289 Reference RockWorks14 boundary defaults will correspond to the lowest and highest control point elevations If you request dimension confirmation below you will have the opportu
367. nity to view and confirm the program recommended node spacing prior to model generation Insert a check in the Confirm Dimensions box to request display of program computed model dimensions and node spacing prior to modeling At that time you can view and override the defaults Solid Model Dimensions Morth These defaults will be pulled from the Project Dimensions windo Hardwire or will represent the number of nodes entered by the user in the program menu Variable H PE w Ya p acin g t spacing min min kmax A heH Minimum Maximum Easting e52 700 0 3 550 0 Northing 5 535 000 0 5 535 900 0 Elevation 1 220 0 1 540 0 Total Modes 244 800 These defaults will be pulled from the Project Dimensions window Hardwire or will represent the coordinates of the outermost control poms Wariable If this window is displayed you can adjust any of the coordinate boundary or spacing settings Help Contents Reference Solid Model Reference Solid Model Resolution Stratigraphy Model versus Stratigraphy Solids When you use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Model tool to create a 3D display of all of your stratigraphic units what RockWorks creates is a series of grid surfaces with sides for display in RockPlot3D The benefits to this type of display and modeling are the nice looking surfaces the ability to turn individual surfaces on and off in RockPlot3D the ability to e
368. node beyond which points will no longer be used in computing the node value RockWorks14 Reference Horizontal Lithoblending This method should be used for creating lithology solid models for Profiles Fences and Models in the Borehole Manager Help Contents Reference Solid Model Reference Solid Modeling Methods General Solid Modeling Options Solid Model Declustering The Declustering option in the Create New Solid Model settings is a solid modeling model pre processing option applicable to all solid modeling methods except for the Horizontal Lithoblending If activated Declustering reduces the number of control points sent to the solid modeling algorithm by snapping them to the closest node averaging them with other points close to the node and then modeling the new smaller set of averaged points When modeling densely sampled downhole geophysical or geochemical data this can speed up the processing tremendously with little degradation of data Tilted Modeling This option will bias your data modeling with a user selected direction and dip It works like this a The control point elevations are vertically shifted based on the orientation of the user defined plane b The solid model is interpolated based on the vertically shifted coordinates c The corresponding nodes within the model are then shifted back to their proper elevations based on the corresponding elevations within the user defined plane Why A
369. ns insert a check in the Snap check RockWorks14 Laying Out Sections amp Fences box at the bottom of the window After you select the panel endpoint pairs they will be repositioned to the nearest boreholes Lithology modeled stratigraphy 1 data p data fracture and aquifer fence panels can lie between boreholes the slices can be placed anywhere within the model Straight stratigraphy fences must be drawn borehole to borehole and the program will automatically snap panel endpoints to well locations Notes Mistakes Choose the Edit Undo option to remove the last picked panel You can use this command repeatedly to remove panels in backward order Or choose Edit Reset to clear the display and start over Fence diagram panels that extend beyond the current project dimensions will be truncated to the project boundaries If you would like to be warned that this truncation has taken place you can activate the Warn if Outside Project setting under the Options menu T See also Help Contents Borehole Manager Laying Out Vertical Sections and Fences for additional topics See also 2D Profile and Section Options page 302 163 Laying Out Sections amp Fences RockWorks14 Notes 164 RockWorks14 Grid Model Tools Chapter 10 Grid Model Tools Grid Model Tools Overview Within the Borehole Manager you can create create grid models of stratigraphic surfaces using the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy menu tools a
370. ns page 61 Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools 135 Stratigraphy Tools RockWorks14 Consolidating Stratigraphy Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Consolidate tool to locate identical contiguous stratigraphic intervals without regard for any associated comments and consolidate them into a single interval This utility is primarily designed for users who are importing data from other programs that store data at uniform intervals Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Creating a Stratigraphic Volume Report Solid Model Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Volumetrics Based on Solid Model tool to read a saved stratigraphic solid model and compute the total volume or mass for each stratigraphic layer as a function of the relative depth elevation The resulting computations are displayed in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Input This tool reads data from an existing stratigraphic solid model MOD file created if Save Model is checked in the Stratigraphy Model menu item page 128 Output window RockWorks Utilities datasheet Notes You can select from the following results Nodes Volume Mass or Percent Nodes reports the numbers of nodes of each stratigraphic type at each elevation slice Volume will be reported in cubic units typically meters or feet depending on your X Y and depth elevation units If you select the Mass option these computations are based
371. nsions 5 535 890 0 90 890 0 1 530 0 31 300 0 reoles Lithology Stratigraphy Intervals I Data Points P Data Fractures formation These determine grid amp solid model densities As you change the spacing the number of nodes will These are IMPORTANT 6 RockPlot2D This is the window in which 2D flat maps logs and diagrams are displayed This window is displayed automatically each time that a 2D graphic is generated You can also open a blank RockPlot2D window using the File RockPlot2D menu option et o Hh fore J aiH T ee ed E Dina APD PETERLE L PI S ur 21 Introduction RockWorks14 7 RockPlot3D This is the interactive window in which 3D images are displayed surfaces solids 3D logs fence diagrams and more This window is displayed automatically any time that a 3D graphic is generated You can open a blank ROCE MSHD wade using the File RockPlot3D menu option 8 ReportWorks This is the page layout program for RockPlot2D images and bitmaps with pa text shape scale bar annotations orks E De oouments and Se bangs he ty Documents Rock Works Samples Sam Oy slol TEREA al Ble l 22 RockWorks14 Introduction 9 Menus and Options Windows Most of the RockWorks tools are accessed by clicking on the toolbar buttons and or by clicking on the drop down menus at the top of the program windows and selecting an item from
372. ntents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Contour and Point Maps Grid Based Maps Borehole Manager Map Borehole Locations The Borehole Manager s Map Borehole Locations tool is used to create a symbol map of the borehole locations It can also be used to generate a grid model and a 2D contour map of the borings surface elevations e Use this surface elevation grid model to clip your solid lithology p data 1 data or fracture models so as to set nodes above the ground to zero Just specify the surface grid as the Upper Surface Filter under Model Constraints e To create a 3D image of the resulting surface grid model you can use the Project Manager double click on the GRD file name and establish the map options Or use the RockWorks Utilities Map Grid Based Map tool selecting Use Existing Grid and specifying the name of the grid model created here Help Contents Borehole Manager Location Maps amp Coordinate Tools 109 Maps RockWorks14 Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Structural Elevations 2D Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Structural Elevations 2 Dimensional tool to create a 2 dimensional flat contour map representing the elevations at the surface of a selected stratigraphic unit You can choose the gridding method to be used to model the formation elevations The structure map can include a variety of map layers See also Grid based maps page 109 for information about crea
373. nting the lithology where it intersects a designated surface typically the surface topography In other words it creates a geological lithology map based on downhole data Interpolates a lithology model or reads an existing model and creates a 2D map representing the lithology at a designated elevation representing a horizontal slice through a lithology model Reads an existing lithologic solid model and computes volume of each rock or soil type The resulting computations are displayed in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Imports lithology data from a Fugro Cone Penetrometer file into a lithology table In the process the program will concatenate similar intervals such that the lithology doesn t consist of hundreds of small intervals These tools facilitate the export of lithology data from the Borehole Manager into other applications Reference 312 ASCII XYZG Lithology gt I Data Stratigraphy menu Structural Elevations 2 Dimensional 3 Dimensional One Surface All Surfaces RockWorks14 Reads data from the current project s Lithology tabs and export the downhole data to an ASCII text XYZG file Given a table of lithology and corresponding I Data equivalencies this program will create synthetic downhole I Data Contains tools to visualize your stratigraphic data in a variety of ways Units are color coded based on the definitions in the Stratigraphy Types Table Volume tools are available Man
374. nu and toolbar commands which are discussed in this section See also RockPlot3D page 225 for information about manipulating images in the RockWorks 3D plotting window and ReportWorks page 241 for information about the new page layout tool in RockWorks 207 RockPlot2D RockWorks14 Quick Summary of RockPlot2D Tools 208 hs 1 RockPlot C Users ROCKWARE Documents RockWorks14 Samples surface_map rk6 File Edit View Draw Measure Digitize Utilities Data Window Help Edit button er vE W VE 1 00 Vertical exaggeration Open S Eg i Layers u Draw Measure Digitize tools iy Default Save W Structure Contour Bands 3 J Structure Contours Print 7 Map Border Scalebars Return to ae 7 Map Border Outer_Border RockWorks amp Best fit ae Stretch EA Layers Zoom In aA Zoom out a Pan Crop pe Magnify Data Eel Died zd aed add Measurements digitized data Current mode Edit No Project Dimensions X 653 703 996523 Y 5 535 641 54455 X and Y coordinates for any Image location Toolbar Summaries Left hand toolbar File operations Open Save Print view operations best fit stretch zoom pan magnify and crop Upper toolbar Edit mode draw points circles symbols text draw lines lines polylines rectangles polygons draw miscellaneous scale bars text tables lithology amp stratigraphy amp color legends images grids measure tools be
375. nversions are useful when you want to show the variations within the low values despite high values that otherwise squish the curve when using the autoscale option Resample Resamples a P Data track storing them in a new output track Filters are also available This can be helpful if your source data is sampled at too fine an interval to be practical for modeling or log display Help Contents Borehole Manager P Data Tools 152 RockWorks14 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences Borehole Manager Creating Solid Models of Downhole Fracture Data and lsosurface Voxel Fence Profile Section and Plan Map Diagrams Creating Fracture Diagrams Overview Cross Section A A Use the tools in the Borehole Manager s Fractures menu to generate a solid model of fracture locations and display this model in a variety of ways as a vertical profile slice a multi paneled profile or section a 3D fence with any number and arrangement of panels a horizontal slice or plan map and as a 3D isosurface or voxel diagram Downhole fracture data is entered into the Borehole Manager s Fractures tabs The fractures are listed with depth fracture orientation and dip angle radius and thickness In addition color is specified for the fracture disc as displayed in 3d logs The radius listed in your map units affects the size of the disc in logs and for modeling purposes the extent of the influence of the fracture Notes
376. nywhere in the study area Logs can be projected onto the profile panel 317 Reference Section Fence Surface Map Plan Map Rose Diagram Rose Diagram Map Stereonet Stereonet Map Export ASCII File Utilities Datagrid 318 RockWorks14 Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and creates a 2D vertical profile of your downhole fracture proximities with multiple panels The section can be drawn along any path through the study area and logs can be displayed at the section panel junctions Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and creates a 3D fence diagram that illustrates your downhole fracture proximities You may request regular panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels Logs can be appended Creates a 2 dimensional map representing the fracture proximities along a designated surface typically the surface topography representing a surface fracture map based on downhole fracture data Extracts a horizontal slice of a new or existing solid model representing fracture proximities at a user specified elevation The quantitative data can be color coded in a variety of ways and can be represented as a 2D or 3D map Reads downhole fracture bearing data for the current borehole and generates a rose diagram that represents fracture orientation and frequency Reads downhole fracture bearing data for all active boreholes and plots a rose
377. o Hole Section 121 Logs amp Sections RockWorks14 Creating Log Maps Creating a Multi Log Plan View Map lt oui Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Multi Log Plan f i View tool to create a projected plan view display of all i active boreholes This is designed to display the true Fo i displacement of deviated or inclined drill holes as projected onto a horizontal plane Jo The log can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 124 The log data is read from the database Notes It is not advisable to include the Depth labels in the logs since they will not project well into the plan view plane They can also slow the generation of the image This tool can be slow be sure to turn off all non essential boreholes and or use the Omit Vertical Boreholes setting to avoid lengthy processing Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Cross Sections Creating Multi Log Plan View Maps Creating a Multi Log Map i E Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Multi Log Map tool to create a map that shows your borehole locations with a small view of each log next to the map symbol Unlike the projected view mentioned above this tool simply creates a mini version of each log i The log can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 124 The log data is read from the database i i i Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Cro
378. o change your license type such as changing from Single User to Multiple User click the Change Licensing button and follow the instructions below The main RockWorks program window will be displayed Changing the Licensing If you wish to change the type of license under which RockWorks is being run you ll need to contact Rock Ware to make the necessary arrangements Then you ll click on the Change License Type button on the introductory screen This will launch the RockWorks 10 RockWorks14 Introduction licensing program and display the screens described in the topics above The RockWorks licensing program can also be run from the Start Programs RockWare menu Uninstalling RockWorks If you own a Single User or Multiple User Single Computer license of RockWorks and you want to install your license on a different computer you ll need to remove the program from the original machine Follow these steps to remove the Rock Works licensing and program from your computer Step 1 Remove the licensing from your computer 1 Start up the RockWorks program 2 At the initial startup screen click Change License Type This screen can also be accessed by running the Rock Works Licensing program in the RockWorks program folder or via Start Programs RockWare 3 At the RockWorks Licensing Options screen click the Remove licensing button at the bottom of the window The program will prompt you to confirm this 4 Click Y
379. o rotate 3D features planes or 3D lineations by a specified amount and to list the resulting strike and dip or dip direction dip angle values in two new columns of your data sheet The input data can be entered using the right hand rule or as dip direction dip angle Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Planar Feature Tools Rotating Planes about a Line RockWorks14 Directional amp Geotechnical Tools Creating Stereonet Diagrams The RockWorks Utilities Planes Stereonet utility reads planar linear or rake data from the data sheet page 84 and displays the orientation of these features on a stereonet diagram using points and great circles Optional gridding is available to display point density with line or color filled contours Notes Data can be listed as right hand rule or dip direction Equal area and Equal angle projections are available Gridding can be using the Step Function or Spherical Gaussian methods See the help messages for details about the stereonet statistics and more Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Planar Feature Tools Creating Stereonets See also Creating Stereonets and Stereonet Maps from downhole fracture data page 155 Converting Strike Bearing to Dip Direction The RockWorks Utilities Planes Strike gt Dip Direction command is used to read from the datasheet a listing of azimuth bearings representing strike and translate them to dip direction The output values will be st
380. oad is complete click the browser s Run or Open button or simply use Windows Explorer or My Computer to locate the downloaded file and double click on this rockworks14_installation exe file This will start up the Rock Works installation program Follow the recommended installation settings unless you specifically to install the program in a different folder To progress to the next screen at each installation step click on the Next button To go back to a previous window click on the Back button To cancel the installation entirely click Cancel When the installation is complete the licensing program will start up automatically Refer to page 4 for information about how to set up the licensing Re Installing RockWorks RockWare releases updates to the RockWorks program when new features are added problems are fixed etc These new revisions are posted to our web site They ll also be included on the next pressing of the RockWare CD Like the original program the updates can be installed from a CD or from an internet download Introduction RockWorks14 To re install RockWorks you should follow the same instructions as listed in the previous two topics for step by step instructions about installing You can install right over the top of the existing copy of the program If this a re installation the program will automatically create backup copies of existing program reference tables and libraries in My Documents Rock Wor
381. ocations in Range and Township notations or in longitude and latitude coordinates for translation into Eastings and Northings Right click on the Location tab to add custom optional fields to the table Easting and Northing Limits The well location Easting X and Northing Y coordinates may be listed in global units UTM meters or feet or in local units meters or feet Note the following The location coordinates must represent the same units in which the depths total depth in the Location tab and data depths in the other tabs are recorded Thus if your depths are entered in feet so must be your Eastings and Northings If your depths are entered in meters then enter your Eastings and Northings in meters also RockWorks does not require specific units it simply assumes the map units and the depth units are the same RockWorks assumes you know what your units are feet or meters or inches or centimeters and as long as they are consistent as described above you do not need to declare them anywhere in the program You can adjust the text that is plotted along map borders to specify the units map border settings and you can adjust some of the program s different report settings to specify your units in the report options windows Tf your location coordinates are in decimal longitude and latitude units such as 106 89765 or 42 574635 note You should enter your decimal longitude and latitude coordinates
382. odeled The program will ignore data that lies outside the declared range s omitting that data from the solid modeling process Help Contents Reference Solid Model Reference Filtering X Y Z and or G Data for specifics Solid Model Resolution The Model Dimensions options are used to establish the boundary coordinates and the number of nodes to be created in the solid model The more nodes you specify the denser the model Remember that a 10 node x 10 node x 10 node model very low resolution will contain 1 000 nodes a 50 node x 50 node x 50 node model will contain 125 000 nodes and a 100 x 100 x 100 model will contain 1 million nodes The more computations the program needs to do the longer the time required to create the model Denser is not always better You might create less dense models on trial runs These settings are offered Hardwire Project Dimensions Choose this dimensioning option if the solid model dimensions are to be taken from the current Project Dimensions settings see page 69 This is generally a good idea particularly in projects where multiple models are going to be created and may need to undergo comparison mathematical and filtering operations in which all models must be dimensioned the same Expand this heading if you wish to view or reset these settings Adjust Project Dimensions Click on this item to view and or reset the project s dimensions These are the same settings you can access usi
383. of one or all boreholes to the following formats ASCII TXT files single or multiple files Excel XLS files each MDB data table is exported to an Excel worksheet within a single XLS file Single enabled and all boreholes can be exported LogPlot DAT files the data for each borehole will be recorded to a LogPlot DAT file format Single enables and all boreholes can be exported Rock Works2004 BH files the data for each borehole will be recorded to a RockWorks2004 BH file format See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Exporting Borehole Data See also Exporting Stratigraphy Data page 137 Exporting Lithology Data page 146 Exporting I Data page 149 Transferring the Borehole Data to the RockWorks Utilities The Borehole Manager s File Transfer Locations gt Utilities Datagrid and Stratigraphy gt Utilities Datagrid tools are used to transfer data from the Borehole Manager to the RockWorks Utilities for viewing and editing and possible transfer back to the Borehole Manager Options include transfer of all borehole locations for coordinate translation for use of mapping tools etc all stratigraphic contacts and the contents of the current borehole datasheet such as I data See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Transferring Data to the RockWorks Utilities Querying the Data Simple Query Use the View Filter Boreholes t
384. og Imports quantitative downhole data from a Fugro CPT file into a P Data table Tools for analyzing P Data Adds random numbers to a p data track Gamma Counts gt Uranium Grade Reads Gamma measurements from a P Data Logarithm Resample Fractures menu Model Profile track and converts the data to uranium grade values in an I Data track Conversion constants can be uniform or pulled from custom fields in each borehole s Location tab Computes the logarithm of a given p data column Logarithmic conversions are useful when you want to show the variations within the low values despite high values that otherwise squish the curve when using the autoscale option Resamples a P Data track storing them in a new output track Filters are also available This can be helpful if your source data is sampled at too fine an interval to be practical for modeling or log display Use the Fractures menu tools to analyze display and export downhole fracture data entered into the Borehole Manager Fractures data tabs Interpolates a solid model that represents distance to fractures across the study area or reads an existing model and creates a 3 dimensional isosurface or block diagram that illustrates proximities to your downhole fractures The quantitative values can be color coded in a variety of ways Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and creates a 2D vertical profile of fracture proximities sliced a
385. oice for gridding algorithm each grid node is assigned the Z value for the last LIDAR point in that cell Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Importing LIDAR Data Displaying Grid Model Profiles Use the Grid Grid gt Profile tool to display the elevations in an existing grid model in a simple line profile drawing The user can A specify the position of the vertical slice within the grid area interactively or by specifying endpoint coordinates User can specify line style and border options 171 Grid Model Tools RockWorks14 Notes This profile tool is also available as the Plot Surface Profile setting within the Borehole Manager Profile and Section tools Striplogs Lithology I Data P Data Fractures Aquifers menus in order to plot the ground surface as a line in these diagrams Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Fences amp Profiles Displaying Grid Model Fence Diagrams Use the RockWorks Utilities Grid Grid gt Fence tool to display the elevations in an existing grid model in a 3D line profile drawing The user can specify the position of the vertical slices within the grid area interactively or by specifying endpoint coordinates User can specify line style and border options In the graphic example above the grid fence is displayed in combination with a 3D surface representation of the input grid model Notes This profile tool is also av
386. oints and more Used to convert measurement units length area pressure velocity etc By entering a single value in a particular measurement system you can create a table displaying an equal measurement in other units 343 Reference RockWorks14 Notes 344 RockWorks14 Index 2 2d Grid V OWING a aa 180 3 3D bitmaps see also raster images 87 3D images plotting eee ecceeeceeeeeeeeee 225 3D models 128 133 134 140 141 143 145 148 151 154 SDPO DISCUS oie eet 89 90 199 DO Palle Sicasctadsasaness wasn atareasendeass 87 88 200 SID PCH MELD eian 201 SDS IO 0 Saiescnchiccase iat t 123 3D SUTTACE Maps nssic0s Hxcerxediebeiaieccnccee 112 113 3 Point computing ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 189 206 3 Point contouring aecseiassrincdiaeeeecacciawersecets 189 A Adjust Total Depths ccccccssseeeeeeees 53 PAG HINES esi ween crate bviisaeuec E 211 ANALY Ze P Date 152 animated GIP ranseien teeta 202 ANION data e cece eeeeeeceeeeee 84 106 184 185 annotating plot files eee 222 241 anomalies multi variate eens 165 appending plot files 0 210 226 243 AQ UIE AAU eines ccneitetease ses titedeusadeecaenetetabisyed 46 PVOUITCE IMC Mie 139 area computing from screen display 203 219 O11 IMOCEIS eere 165 BREA VOUE se Sagusiton ahs Mideeitees daha 205 arithmetic operations datasheet canini SS 95 oode Nenn 166 solid Modeleren
387. oking display Be sure the data elements being appended really overlay each other See also Saving a RockPlot3D view as a Zip file page 227 Earlier versions of RockPlot3D saved views with the extension XML You can still open these files into RockPlot3D Even older versions of RockPlot3D saved views in R3D files which have a different structure than R3DXML This format is still available via File Open but R3DXM L is default RockWorks14 RockPlot8D Help Contents RockPlot3D Managing RockPlot3D Files Appending Multiple RockPlot3D Views Saving a RockPlot3D View Follow these steps to save a RockPlot3D view or changes made to an existing view 1 If the scene is untitled has no name or if it has a name and you wish to save under that name click on the Save button or choose File Save If the scene is currently untitled you can type in a name for the scene and click OK The default file name extension is R3DXML 2 If you wish to save the scene changes under a different name choose the File Save As command Type in the new name to assign to the scene and click OK The default file name extension is R3DXML RockPlot3D stores in the R3DXML file a list of the data items as well as the status of the reference and data items whether the item is on or off its transparency or color and other characteristics It also now embeds grid model data for surfaces and fence panels RockPlot3D does not store
388. ols Inserting a Raster Image into a ReportWorks Page Inserting a Geo Referenced Raster Image into a ReportWorks Page Use the Georaster menu command or toolbar button i to insert into a ReportWorks page a raster image that has an associated world file for geo referencing its coordinates You can adjust the image s scaling and outline See the Raster tool for inserting generic non geo referenced raster images To insert the image use your mouse to position the cursor in the page where the one corner of the image is to be placed and click and hold the left mouse button to insert it With the button still pressed in drag to the location of the diagonal corner point and release the mouse button As you drag you ll see a rubber band image of the shape s outline You can access the image s options at any time by double clicking on the image or by right clicking and choosing Properties 249 ReportWorks RockWorks14 250 You can resize the image block by first single clicking on the image to see the boundary handles Then click and hold on any of the handles on the corners or edges and drag to the new position Release the mouse button when the boundary s edges are in the correct position The raster image will be redrawn within the new boundary using the scaling you ve selected Reposition the image as you wish by clicking and holding anywhere on the text and dragging it to the new location Help Contents ReportWorks D
389. om depending on printer type Typically you would click the Properties or Options button to access your printer s settings such as page size and orientation 4 To send the document to the printer click the OK button in the Print window Help Contents ReportWorks Managing Files Printing ReportWorks Documents 243 ReportWorks RockWorks14 244 Exporting ReportWorks Documents The ReportWorks program saves plot files on disk in its own RW6 format If you want to save the plot in a BMP Windows Bitmap JPG JPEG or PNG Portable Network Graphics format you can do so with the Export command File menu l 2 3 5 If necessary open the RW6 file you wish to export Select the Export command from the File menu and select the desired export option Enter the requested information in the displayed program window File Name Click on the small open file button to type in the name to assign the exported file Color Depth Choose from the drop down list box the color resolution you wish to use for the output raster image As you increase the color resolution the output file will increase in size For good color depth you should probably choose 24 bits pixel Changing the pixels per inch and or colors per pixel does not change the printable size of the graphic but instead the resolution of the image and the size on disk of the output file Resolution DPI This setting defaults to 96 and will determine the resol
390. on the Density Factor declared in the current Stratigraphy Types Table which declare mass per cubic unit Percent represents the percent volume of each stratigraphy type at each elevation level Multiple units can be selected Because this is based on a voxel model the vertical spacing of the model nodes defined in the Project Dimensions will have a large effect on the resulting volume computations Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Creating a Stratigraphic Volume Report Creating a Stratigraphic Volume Report Grid Models 136 Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Volumetrics Based on Grid Models tool to compute volume of each unit as determined by the grids that are generated during by Stratigraphy Model program Because it is not solid model based this eliminates the need to adjust the solid model z spacing voxel height for optimum accuracy The resulting computations are displayed in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Input This tool reads data the grid models GRD that are created for each stratigraphic unit via the Stratigraphy Model menu item page 128 RockWorks14 Stratigraphy Tools Output window RockWorks Utilities datasheet Notes You can request both Volume and Mass Volume will be reported in cubic units typically meters or feet depending on your X Y and depth elevation units If you select the Mass option these computations are based on the Density Factors declared in the
391. one columns went These data are now entered in the Borehole Manager See Entering the Borehole Data page 39 for details Other Data Editing Tools Edit menu Delete Deletes the contents of the highlighted cell s in the current datasheet The contents are not placed on the computer s clipboard memory they are just deleted Cut All Removes the entire contents of the current datasheet placing the contents in the computer s clipboard memory for later pasting This is the same operation as would occur if you were to hand select all of the cells in the current datasheet and then select the Edit Cut command Copy All Places a copy of the entire contents of the current datasheet in the clipboard memory for later pasting This is the same operation as would occur if you were to hand select all of the cells in the current datasheet and then select the Edit Copy command Paste All Replaces the current datasheet with the contents of the clipboard Cut All Removes the entire contents of the current datasheet placing the contents in the computer s clipboard memory for later pasting This is the same operation as would occur if you were to hand select all of the cells in the current window and then select the Edit Cut command Copy All Places a copy of the entire contents of the current datasheet in the clipboard memory for later pasting This is the same operation as would occur if you were to hand select all of the cells in the curr
392. ong the left edge of the program window 2 Choose the File New Project option The program will display a Create New Project window Create New Project Mew Project Fodder Co Wsers ROCK WARE Documents Project 4 Proj Use Syetern Defaul Pattern New Project Based on th Include data from pattern project for Borehole Data 1 Click here to browse to an existing folder or to create a new folder for your RockWorks project 2 Insert a check In the Use System Defaults box to create the new project with a generic layout Or remove the check to base It on an existing project and browse for that project folder 3 New Project Folder Click on the open folder button to the right of this prompt to browse to an existing folder on your computer or to create a new folder Or to create a new folder select the folder in which the new folder is to be created and click on the Make New Folder button shown along the bottom of the window A new folder will be placed inside the selected folder ready for you to type in a name 4 Pattern New Project Based on the Project For this prompt you have a choice e If you want to create a completely new blank project using generic factory default settings be sure there is a check in the Use System Defaults checkbox This is a good choice if you haven t modified the database setup in your projects up to now with customized tabs or fields e If you want to create your new pro
393. ons Rectify Image Tools menu RockWorks14 core pictures to your strip logs cross sections and fence diagrams For very large images you may want to resize them to save disk space and for better viewing quality using the Raster Conversion utility Converts raster information between a variety of formats e g TIFF to JPG Rectifies shifts and rotates an image based on three points and then clips it based on the current Project Dimensions or dimensions entered by the user Contains a variety of program configuration options Main Menu Configuration Wizard Walks the user through a series of program General Preferences Import Menu Settings Export Menu Settings Restore Menu Settings Change Licensing Network Users Widgets menu Area Volume Colors Finance configuration screens Used to establish some general operational settings for the program Allows the user to import a snapshot of menu settings that were saved previously Allows the user to export a snapshot of menu settings that can later be imported Restors the menu settings to factory default configuration Launches the RockWorks licensing program where you can remove the licensing from the current computer or change the license type Single User to Network for example Displays users currently logged into the network license manager Contains a variety of miscellaneous tools Performs geometric calculations such as surface are
394. ontour and land grid categories are supported The SDTS format is not currently supported In order to know how to plot the different DLG entities roads vs rivers etc the program uses the information stored in the DLG Attribute Table This Table lists different DLG entity types plus the line style thickness and color to be used to plot them The factory default DLG Attributes Table is named dlg_attributes tab It is stored in the My Documents RockWorks14 System folder This table is ASCII in format Since these tables are not project specific we recommend that you store your working table in the RockWorks system folder shown above Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries DLG Attributes Table Help Contents RockPlot2D Importing Plot Files Importing Digital Line Graph DLG files Land Grid Tables Land Grid Tables Overview Land Grid Tables contain a listing of Jeffersonian style locations in Range Township Section RTS notation and the longitude and latitude reference coordinates for the section corners These tables are used by several tools in RockWorks e Borehole Manager Map menu Adjust Coordinates Jeffersonian gt Easting Northing This tool translates well locations from RTS format to the required Easting and Northing format e RockWorks Utilities Coords menu Jeffersonian Points gt Cartesian and Jeffersonian Polygons gt Cartesian These tools translate RTS locations to X
395. ool to query all boreholes in the current project using one or more filters such as a rectangular map area specific stratigraphic formations or specific Location table fields and disable those boreholes that don t meet all of the criteria This is a basic AND type of filter each of the boreholes for which every criterion is true will be enabled and the remaining boreholes will be disabled Here is a cartoon that shows how the entire database is filtered based on two parameters and only those wells where the criteria overlap result as enabled 67 68 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 Benzene gt 0 3 Apply Filter Boreholes a S Lithology contains Clay All boreholes are enabled Enabled boreholes There is a preview window to the right where project boreholes are displayed in red if currently enabled Disabled boreholes can be invisible or shown in gray Clicking the Apply button will leave the dialog box open but update the database using the selected filters and update the preview window Filters include map locations vertical extents lithology type stratigraphy type i1 data values p data values water level dates and optional location fields Complex Query Use the View Select Boreholes tool to query a subset of boreholes in the current project using one or more filters and either enable or disable those boreholes This is similar to the Filter option except that the Select tool allows successive
396. ool when dealing with multiple Normalize Standardize Math Grid amp Grid Grid amp Constant Density Conversion Absolute Value Resample Filters Boolean Limit 326 spatial data sets Given a list of grid models and weighting factors the program performs creates a map model that shows where all of the parameters are in agreement e g all parameters anomalous Recomputes grid node values such that they range between a user specified min and max Used for looking at relations between models that are in different units Recomputes the grid node values so they represent standard deviations from the mean 0 1 background 1 2 slightly anomalous 2 3 moderately anomalous 3 4 strongly anomalous 4 extremely anomalous This Grid menu item contains utilities for performing mathematical operations with grid models GRD files Manipulates the nodes in one grid model by the corresponding nodes in another equally dimensioned model You may add subtract multiply or divide node values storing the results in a new grid model file This could be used to compute isopach thickness models and grid differences Manipulates the nodes in a grid model by a constant You may add subtract multiply or divide the node values by the constant storing the results in a new grid file Translates grid node values representing thickness to density values using a constant Translates grid node values to positive values storing
397. oolean models that result from the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu filtering tools but can also be used for I Data geochemistry or P Data geophysical models 1 To access the solid model settings right click on the item s name or icon E in the right pane and choose Options You can also double click on the solid model item to access the options The program will display the Solid Model Options window in which you can adjust the color scheme surface style opacity and smoothing You can adjust the minimum and maximum G values displayed and you can insert horizontal and vertical slices Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Data Items Solid Model Settings Adjusting the solid model color scheme Adjusting the solid model style Adjusting the solid model transparency Adjusting the solid model smoothing Filtering G values from the display Displaying the RockPlot3D solid model volume Inserting solid model slices See also RockPlot3D Isosurface Settings page 233 RockWorks14 RockPlot8D RockPlot3D Slice Settings RockPlot3D can display 3 dimensional solid models as isosurfaces or using all voxels In addition you can display horizontal and vertical slices within the solid model see Isosurfaces Inserting Slices or Solid Models Inserting Slices in the Help messages Once created these solid model slices then become data items of their own with their own You can ad
398. or isosurface diagram as in this 3D lithology voxel diagram Display a vertical slice of the model as a 2 i i i dimensional section multiple slices or profile 1 lt slice as in this 2D geochemistry profile diagram Display a horizontal slice of the model as a 2 dimensions plan map as in this example from a geochemistry model Display multiple vertical slices of the model as a 3 dimensional fence diagram as in this example from a p data model Manipulate it Use the RockPlot3D window to visually manipulate Be solid models setting high and or low G value nodes to transparent inserting slices rotating the display Use the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu tools to filter models perform computations on nodes edit models and more Compute its volume and mass Volume is automatically computed for the solid models and updated as filters are applied when displayed in RockPlot3D Create a detailed volume report of the model after filtering it based on G values surface polygons overburden ratios and more 142 RockWorks14 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences Create a simplified pit design by fitting a grid surface below specified zones of a solid model RockWorks Utilities Creating a Solid Model of XYZG Data If you have X Y Z G data displayed in the Rock Works Utilities datasheet or stored in an external ASCH file you can use the Solid Model tool to create solid models of thi
399. or will change shape to a pointer You can select additional items by holding down the Shift key as you click on them All selected items will appear with selection handles e Selection Rectangle Position the cursor in the graphic window and click and drag a rectangular rubber band area within which all items will be grabbed To move a RockPlot2D graphic item 1 Select the graphic item as described above 2 To move the item simply click on it with your mouse and drag it to its new location You can also use your keyboard s arrow keys to move items in the specified directions To resize a RockPlot2D graphic item 1 Select the graphic item as described above 2 Position the cursor onto one of the item s handles and watch for the cursor to change shape to E or u Click and drag the handle outward inward to make the item larger smaller You can also resize an item via its Attributes window below To edit a RockPlot2D graphic item 1 Select the graphic item as described above RockWorks14 RockPlot2D 2 Right click on the item and choose Properties from the pop up menu The program will display the item s Attributes window You can also simply double click on the item to access the Attributes window 3 Edit the attributes as you want see details below and click the OK button to apply the changes and close the window T See Help Contents RockPlot2D Editing Tools for information about the graphic item
400. ore using the program s Stratigraphy tools The Stratigraphy Types Table defines for the program the names of the formations for the current project and the graphic pattern color to use for each formation in logs and other diagrams It serves as the reference library for the downhole stratigraphic data This table is stored in the project database Straliqgiaphy o 0 14 0 Overburden a i Li 14 0 19 0 Aguter i x Stratigraphy Type Table f 30 1570 reran Pattern Fil Percent Liensty 1570 171 0 aqueter 2 bOverburden Eai 100 Bedrock i Aitari joo Stratigraphy data ae Aquiterd 4 100 Aquifer 2 be 100 Bedrock 100 Stratigraphy Type Table mK Z Heb The Stratigraphy Types Table lists for each formation e The formation name This field will link to the data table e The pattern and colors to be used to represent the formation in diagrams e The percent fill for the pattern when displayed in strip logs e The formation density for volume mass computations e The formation s order from the ground downward This G value will also be assigned for that layer in stratigraphic solid models should you decide to save them e Whether the formation is to be displayed in any diagram legends and in the pop up list linked to the stratigraphy data tables By contrast observed lithology names are declared in the Lithology Types Table with borehole lithologies listed in the RockWorks Litholog
401. ored in a designated column in the same datasheet This permits you to change the format of your data from right hand rule to dip direction Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Planar Feature Tools Converting Strikes to Dip Direction Creating Strike and Dip Maps The RockWorks Utilities Planes Strike amp Dip Map utility ks is used to plot a strike and dip map based on X and Y ko coordinates strike dip and color data from the data sheet page 84 P x Fa J Notes See also directional maps of slope aspect grid models Ar page 168 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Planar Feature Tools Creating a Strike and Dip Map 191 Directional amp Geotechnical Tools RockWorks14 Converting Polylines to Planes The Planes Import Polylines gt Planes program reads xyz polyline coordinates from an external ASCII file and computes the orientations of planes that pass through the polyline vertices It is designed for applications in which the user has xyz coordinates that represent the intersections between fractures or contacts and surface topography By computing the orientations of planes that pass through these points it 1s possible to analyze and or visualize the relative positions and orientations of these structures Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Planar Feature Tools Converting Polylines to Planes Translating Coordinates Converting Azimuth lt gt Quadrant 19
402. orehole Manager Creating Solid Models of Downhole Interval Data and lsosurface Voxel Fence Profile Section and Plan Map Diagrams Creating I Data Diagrams Overview Use the tools in the Borehole Manager s I Data menu to interpolate your downhole interval based data representing geochemistry geotechnical measurements etc into a solid model and to visualize the interpolated model using a variety of diagram types a vertical profile slice a multi panel section a 3D fence diagram with any number and arrangement of panels a horizontal slice or plan map and as a 3D isosurface or voxel diagram Downhole data that was recorded for depth intervals as opposed to point measurements is entered into the Borehole Manager s Intervals I Data tabs The I Data tabs will show two columns of depth listings for each interval s top and bottom depth uppermost intervals listed first and one or more columns of measured values The data can represent assay values pollutant concentrations aggregate quality or grain size etc Point measured data is entered into the Points P Data tab Notes e Several modeling methods or algorithms are offered for the interpolation of the data into a solid model e Optional surface filtering is available to zero out nodes above a surface model such as the ground surface or a stratigraphic unit and or below a unit Additional options include applying a regional tilt to the modeling as well as wa
403. orks This box should be un checked if the splash screen is to be displayed Changes will not take effect until the next time you start the program This setting can also be adjusted on the startup screen itself Display Project Manager Insert a check here to display a list of files in the current project folder along the left edge of the program window There is a sub option for displaying graphic file previews as you hover the mouse over the file name Load Last Used ATD File into Utilities Datasheet On Startup Insert a check here if the program is to load into the Utilities data window automatically on startup the last datasheet with which you were working Prompt for Project Folder Insert a check in this box to be prompted each time the program is launched for the name of the folder in which you wish to work The prompt will default to the last folder in which you were working or if you re new to the program the tutorial samples folder If you prefer not to see this prompt when you start up the program remove the check from this box Note that you can change the current Project Folder at any time while you are working with the program simply by clicking in the Project Folder prompt below the main menu items Reminders Insert a check mark for the program to display a Do you want to save reminder when you close a RockPlot2D graphics window and the image has not been saved We recommend that you leave this setting on Check for New
404. orks program RockWorks14 Introduction Built in help system J Garg Hii r Akia Pocke EE hiem eperera B Seti Prot Denno l Preme UDI W krej n he Rinsheia biara Entenng Ta Goreti iota Lecaton Hapi ard Crodra Tooke Loge and Log Sections Linhai Fete QQ Stestigrapty Toots Eh mcis are linpach hagi ie 30 Seatac Hiie ara Ta Gecko and Fenced PS cnung Geckgy Maca i Computing Shabgraphy Y pun Deeper Saag aly Daa te aa ASL Eiaa Tazi P aa Tools Feitas Testi Buia Taai Wig n h Moia ae Uaa Piso wiothe T akies Linum Picking Stratiqn aphit Canari eo Pipes ep th 9 Bae i OU Paes yh ate N h hd Tl iz 2 a Hi Stratigraphy J Pich Contacte Use the Borehole Manager s Steatqraphy Pick Contacts tool io determine depthes to ibtegraphet apd ard bates bim g h lgy data This ii ord gf hee miti pasea aala m hii program tice a Help Topic reg itheiogy botha of qetph yea cones mi p 20 display aed then peend andechich bo pick the ghtigraphe contacts The contact dapthe w recerded in the prieiti Stralig nephy babs I Tiei Ladd all pitir fermion depth dicum verted Borehedd W pur Berbholied ere demated pou may eed 10 saniya edt by hated the picked feemateon depiie baged on how the thmtiqraphe surfaces of leg intends look when deplayed in diagrama Thai can accommodate ihe borehole s deviated diwniole trate You can deaplay an utdinrdtad number of bonholes in thd einidigndphy packer digpliy ihe equ
405. orks Images If there is no ReportWorks window yet displayed on the screen you can create a new ReportWorks window first See the previous topic 1 To open an existing RockWorks Report RW6 graphic file select the Open command from the File menu and browse for the file to open ReportWorks opens files that were stored in a RW6 file format or a RWR format from older versions of ReportWorks See the Tools menu for options that insert other graphic file types into the current page layout Note that if you are opening an older ReportWorks RWR file and it contains older RockPlot2D images RKW rather than RK6 those images will be omitted You will need to open the RKW files into the current version of RockPlot2D update them to the new RK6 format and re insert them into the ReportWorks document If the existing RW6 document contains linked images and those images are moved you ll see a warning that they cannot be located You can browse for these images to update their paths Help Contents ReportWorks Managing Files Opening Existing ReportWorks Images RWR files RockWorks14 ReportWorks Combining ReportWorks Documents ReportWorks permits you to combine multiple RW6 files using the File Append option This can be a handy way to append a standard company legend to your layouts 1 Select the File Append command 2 Browse for the name of the RW6 file to be appended to the current view and click the Open b
406. orks ld Complete T s cen Die bgt View Map Grd Solid Wolymebics fiydrofogy Piydrochemistry Liners Planes tuts Survey Coord Widgets Gig Toog Window Mgip Prepect Folder Crer OCR AR Docements Rock Worda amps reper Manager teno Displey Project Dimenaions F Darenale Database 4 ATD Files 3 Files A pela piini atd a 10 110 285 1503011 BES Leer gimda LABAS 1407 1 600 LAGOS DADO 1645 78 18100981 1 055 088 UTE 295 LTRS W211 1 655 081 miian 1L6HRO0S glie 286 1687279 iito Le 16110578 1 670 90 IG AZL 607 1705062 16126883 1 707 801 TEL LETS SLO 16 116 765 1 65143 E UGGS LATIS 1611051 149769 Iiom ITE 17068 15 073410 1 707359 160M 1 677 510 16105716 Lama ll LEN ATT S42 16087 3533 1477537 14089401 157A sll IENNW LWS TOTS Ta Lees TAAT 1 70000 ew 5 EAS P12 UES LMA MASE LENIS bE mea 06S UOT LMG IGORAOI 1 Por Sa bw aR L6H WALI LEASES IAMAI LAMIT BIW JH ESLI0 IGLIOSEF 16SLIQE IIIS 1652477 ew WELW LEREM 16005885 16AM 16 110 960 1 647 150 BIW 5 LOEW BB 064 638 6079005 1807 60S LAHTIS A soll_propertien ata l a BB a a LARTA 16AT 1 652 041 A aphere portsald I r A sprains PONESE z AIW cae m 1 668 556 1513753 1 5045 15 132073 1 570873 A potsti 22 RECHLSALCY ew 1911 EEE Aes 26114515 1 608 508 AIAI A A surface grochemish PEC Lol l TL EEE Le 11249 LETAIS ILLS LATTE A turtles terks abd MM EECH LE ew ELI piii LeS4b2 URIS Leb 16132001 149 Ay Sure ty wid i 4 BIE EB fees LE IDOE LEJH ILO AI LOI TiS A triangu
407. ose or prefer to design your own column titles choose Numbered Column Titles Later use the View Columns tool to modify the column names and types RockWorks99 users Column headings are no longer stored in the TEM files In fact Rock Works2004 no longer uses TEM files at all See ATD file format in the Help messages Reference section for details 4 Click OK The program will display a new untitled datasheet with the column headings you selected The file will be displayed as untitled in the upper title bar untitled atd How to open an existing datasheet RW2002 current To open an existing datasheet that you have saved in Rock Works version 2002 to current you have a couple of options Using the Project Manager 1 If you have the Project Manager pane displayed just double click on the name of the ATD file you wish to open See page 101 for more information Using the Menus 1 Access the RockWorks Utilities datasheet 2 Select the File Open Datasheet command 3 Inthe pop up menu click either the Select option to browse for the ATD file you wish to open or choose one of the files in the history list that s displayed there The default data file type is ATD 4 When the desired file name is shown in the window click OK to continue The program will load the file information into the datasheet s cells The column headers are loaded from the header block listed in the file The name of the current dat
408. otes Un check the Interpolate Surfaces check box if the grid models already exist in the project folder and don t need to be interpolated again This can be a handy way to include GRD files that are the result of editing filtering other operations page 165 See page 159 for information about drawing the section slice For display of multi paneled grid based sections in 3D see Modeled Fences on page 130 Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Profiles Sections and Fences Creating Interpolated Stratigraphy Sections Multi Panel Straight Sections No Interpolation Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Section Straight tool to create a 2 dimensional flat vertical multi panel profile of a multiple stratigraphic layers read from the Stratigraphy data tabs between multiple points in the study area The panel endpoints must coincide with borehole locations The section s layers can be color or pattern filled and striplogs can be appended Unlike the Modeled section the Straight section correlations will simply be drawn as straight lines between like formations in adjacent boreholes See the previous topic for creating modeled sections based on grid surfaces Sections can be hung on a specified stratigraphic unit see below A map illustrating the section location can be requested Notes See page 159 for information about drawing the section slice For display of multi paneled straight sect
409. ounding Filter reads G values stored in a solid model file and rounds them up or down to the closest user declared rounding interval The Smoothing Filter tool reads an existing solid model and averages the G values based on a user declared filter size The smoother can be run or more times to get rid of spurious noise within the model and bring out regional trends Note that this tool pays RockWorks14 Solid Model Tools no attention whatsoever to the original data from which the model was generated and makes no effort to honor the observed data values The Tube Filter reads an existing solid model and given a list of xyz coordinates that represent the axes of tubes e g mine workings tunnels etc sets the nodes that are either outside or inside the tubes to a null value Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Solid Model Filtering Tools Creating and Manipulating Boolean Solid Models The RockWorks Utilities Solid Boolean Ops menu contains tools to transform a real number solid model file to a Boolean true false file in which nodes are set to 1 if their G value falls within a user specified range and a 0 if the G values do not In addition there are tools to manipulate the resulting Boolean models The following options are available Boolean Conversion This tool transforms a real number solid model file to a Boolean true false file In this process the G values of nodes are set to 1 if their
410. ow Creating a new RockPlot3D window A new RockPlot3D window is created automatically any time that a 3 dimensional image is created within RockWorks Multiple RockPlot3D windows may remain open at any time If you are working in RockWorks and wish to open an existing image that has already been saved as an R3DXML file you can do so by opening a new RockPlot3D window first Select the File RockPlot3D menu option or click on the RockPlot3D toolbar button if displayed ate Use Tools General Preferences to turn on the toolbar buttons Help Contents RockPlot3D Managing RockPlot3D Files Creating a New RockPlot3D Window Opening a RockPlot3D XML File RockPlot3D saves its views in files with a file name extension R3DXML If you have already saved a view in RockPlot3D you can open it again into the program at any time 225 RockPlot8D RockWorks14 226 using the File Open command Browse for the name of the R3DXML file you wish to open and it will be displayed in the RockPlot3D window You can also open a saved RockPlot3D XML view using the Project Manager just double click on one of the R3DXML or XML files in the project and it will be opened into anew RockPlot3D window Earlier versions of RockPlot3D saved views with the extension XML You can still open these files using the Project Manager and the File Menu option Even older versions of RockPlot3D saved views in R3D files which have a
411. ow one reference grid model or above between or below two reference grid models This is a good way to assert stratigraphic surface constraints on a solid model Reads a polygon table and sets a solid model s nodes that lie either inside or outside a vertical projection of the polygon to a user specified value or null Deletes high or low G values in a solid model file and reassigns them a user specified constant 331 Reference RockWorks14 Rounding Filter Rounds the model G values to the closest user defined G value increment Smooth Smooths an existing solid model and averages the G values based on a user declared filter size Tube Filter Given a list of xyz coordinates that represent the axes of tubes e g mine workings tunnels etc the program will either set all nodes for a designated solid model outside or inside the tubes to a null value Boolean Operations Offers tools for converting real number MOD files to Boolean true false models based on user criteria Boolean Conversion Converts a real number solid model file to a Boolean true false model In this process the G values of nodes are set to 1 if their original G value falls within a user specified range and to a 0 of the G values do not Min Ore Zone Thickness Used to specify a minimum thickness for any individual ore zone to be included in the output model and computations This is a means of discarding non economic areas from totals Mi
412. p Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Querying the Database Viewing and Setting Your Project Dimensions The Project Dimensions define for the program the boundary coordinates of your project and the spacing of the nodes for grid and solid models which can apply universally to the current project The current Project Dimensions can be viewed at the top of the Borehole Manager display by inserting a check in the Display Project Dimensions box A RockWorks Complete File Edit View Map Striplogs Lithology Stratigraphy I Data P Data Fractures Aquifers Vectors Grafix Project Folder C Users ROCKWARE Documents RockWorks14 Samples 4 Display Project Dimensions Show Advanced Options Minimum Maximum Spacing Nodes Range z X Easting 652 700 0 653 510 0 82 8100 Scan Enabled Boreholes z Y Northing 5 535 000 0 5 535 890 0 i Scan All Boreholes be Z Elevation 1 230 0 1 530 0 l E Preview Dimensions Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name Location Orientation Lithology Stratigraphy Intervals I Data Points P Data Fractures gt v DH 01 Location Information These settings establish These determine grid amp solid project boundaries model densities As you change the spacing the number of nodes will change These are IMPORTANT This window is also displayed when you click the Adjust Project Dimensions link from many of the program s menus
413. pes W Interval Names C None f Enabled W Stratigraphy Types be Point Hames fe All i Well Construction Types l z A of the curent project s The column ttes A of the borehole data type tables will be for Data and data Wil be copied coped to the new P Data will be fo fre new database project database coped to fie new database 6 Click OK in the Create New Project window to proceed using the established settings The program will e Create a new MDB file in the selected folder assigning the MDB file the same name as the project folder e Initialize the database with factory default or existing project specific data dictionaries e Initialize the database with the specified data type tables if any interval and point data names if any and borehole data if any e Open the new project into the Borehole Manager 29 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 Opening an Existing Borehole Project Folder Each project you work on in the Borehole Manager must have its own folder called a Project Folder on your computer The Project Folder is where the borehole database MDB of the same name is created for storage of borehole data Graphic files grid and solid models and other accessory files for that project should also be saved in the Project Folder Follow these steps to open an existing project 1 Access the Borehole Manager as necessary by clicking on the Borehole Manager tab along the left edge of the prog
414. plotted in the order that they are listed below the standard ions Notes You may choose up to 4 additional cations and up to 4 additional anions for display in the Stiff polygons Use the Vertical Point Spacing and Polygons Per Page settings to control lengths of polygons Use the Horizontal Scaling setting to determine widths of polygons if you choose Automatic and there are multiple pages be warned that each page may represent a different horizontal scale Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Tools Creating Stiff Diagrams Creating Stiff Diagram Maps The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Stiff Map option is used to create a map with a Stiff diagram illustrating ion concentrations at each sample point See page 106 for more information Computing Total Dissolved Solids The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Total Dissolved Solids command is used to read a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and compute total dissolved solids for each sample Total dissolved solids represent the sum of all declared ions as listed in the Data Input Columns in the parts per million or milligrams per liter units read from the Rock Works Utilities datasheet Notes You may choose up to 4 additional cations and up to 4 additional anions in the computations Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Tools Computing Total Dissolved Solids 185 Hydrology amp Hydrochemistry RockWor
415. pointing down slope in the direction of the slope as modeled in gt ony the slope and aspect grid models You may request that the arrows be scaled proportionally to the slope value a a E Upgradient vector maps display a small arrow pointing up slope at each node with the option of the arrows scaled proportionally to the slope steepness Strike and dip maps display at each node a small line in the direction of the strike with a smaller line perpendicular to this in the direction of the dip Locations with zero dip angle are noted with closed circle symbols Flow maps illustrate the high to low pathway in the grid models using lines in a 2D map 3D flow diagrams illustrate the high to low pathway in an existing surface model for display in 3D RockWorks14 Grid Model Tools Notes See also Arrow Maps in the Linears menu page 187 for information about 2 dimensional maps with arrows that represent lineations Help Contents Rock Works Utilities Grid Model Tools Directional Analysis Analyzing Movement of Slope Materials The RockWorks Utilities Grid Directional Analysis Movement Analysis utility is used to determine the direction inclination distance and velocity for X Y Z and time data page 87 Notes Be sure that elevations if used are in the same units as the X and Y coordinates Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Geotechnical Tools Analyzing Movement of Slope Materials Perform
416. purposes of creating strike and dip maps rose diagrams bearings only stereonet 84 RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities diagrams and of computing planar intersections see Chapter 14 There are a variety of ways you can structure these files depending on your desired output Example 1 This example lists site specific strike and dip measurements with strike shown in azimuth bearings These data could be displayed as a strike and dip map stereonet diagram rose diagram using azimuth only or computed for planar intersections A and Y location of measurement Strike bearing in azimuth degrees Dip angle where 0 horizontal ao iai pE r me e ID o ho 11736790 23 2 117369034 3o 3 11747710 4 4 117 366791 Bis 117352745 6 l6 117 367508 TO 7 117367081 Ble 117 36429 41 501999 41 502907 41 501640 41 501907 41 501553 41 4935516 41 502110 41 501915 138 0 43 6 135 0 249 9 2rd 225 3 211 4 69 8 gt af a Bf re 35 r dg Example 2 This example lists site specific strike and dip measurements with strike shown in quadrant format A and Y location of measurement ID Strike bearing in quadrant notation Dip angle where 0 horizontal TE 367790 417 369034 3o fa A174770 4 a 117 366791 5 5 417352745 6 J6 117 367508 TO 7 41736708 B a 117 36429 x 501595 41 502907 41 501640 41 507 507 41 501553 41 499516 41 502110 41 501915 aE 06 25E S45E 569 92 No SBE S
417. qual to the distance to the closest control point The distance is recorded in your X Y Z units Inverse Distance Isotropic Anisotropic or Weighted This method assigns a voxel node value based on the weighted average of neighboring data points either all points or those directionally located using fixed or variable weighting exponents Isotropic The program will use all of the available data points when computing a voxel node s value useful when modeling uniformly distributed data in non stratiform environments Weighting exponent 2 Anisotropic Instead of using all available control points for the Inverse Distance modeling the program will look for the closest point in each 90 degree sector around the node useful for modeling drill hole based data in stratiform deposits Weighting exponent 2 Weighting Uses all data points but weights them differently based on their horizontal v vertical positioning from node Useful for controlling the lenticularity of the model Weighting exponent user declared Directional Weighting This functions like the Inverse Distance method except that you can specify a trend direction and strength and the program will vary the weighting exponent so that points along the trend influence the node more than closer points perpendicular to the trend Horizontal Biasing This method functions like the Inverse Distance method except that the user can define a vertical distance from each voxel
418. r data Orientation Tab This tab is where you enter your downhole survey information if the well is inclined or deviated e g not vertical Orientation Fields e Depth Enter the first depth at which a downhole survey measurement was made The depth values must be positive The depth units must be the same as the units declared for the xyz coordinates for the hole For example if the x y location and collar elevation are expressed in local feet then the depth listings must be in feet as well e Bearing Enter the bearing of the well at this depth The bearings must be expressed in decimal azimuth degrees 0 to 360 with 0 north e Inclination Enter the inclination at this depth The inclination data follows a convention in which zero is a horizontal line 90 points straight down and 90 points straight up epn Eeng reinan Pi i270 90 15 2r 90 270 60 270 30 270 0 You can enter as many survey points as you like to generate very detailed inclined deviated or horizontal well displays If the well is vertical this tab can be left blank Lithology Tab Enter into this table observed downhole lithologies Lithology Fields e Depth to Top Enter the measured depth to the top of the first lithologic interval for the well The depth values must be positive e Depth to Base Enter the measured depth to the base of the first lithologic interval for the well e Keyword Double click in this cell and choose t
419. r data columns any way you wish During processing you can always specify which column contains what data Sample files X Yelevations atd 78 RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Generic heading and select XYZ Easting Northing Elevation or XYZ ID Symbol Easting Northing Elevation See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet X YZ Data Multivariate Data Multivariate data can be entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet to list 2 or more components to be represented in a ternary diagram Stats Ternary page 194 in a multi variate map Maps Multivariate Pie Barchart Starburst page 105 This example illlustrates how you might set up a date file to list different soil components This file could be used with the Stats Ternary option to illustrate the components in a ternary diagram Symbol amp Color amp and Y location coordinates 4 Z values Jp Sin Entno Theta Sana Stas Ter o ae Xt ae EET E i 5 H 4 o 652707 55635251 3 1 61 9 off ar 652790 56551275 66 1 n82 9 9 2 653468 5535539 20 3 tft 5 2 w 652662 5535665 27 3 19 1 63 4 653540 5535673 6f 2 09 5 ff 1 652665 5535052 31 9 01 2 0 9 Sample Files Soil Properties atd for z values representing soil components sand gravel clay geochemical measurements and geotechnical parameters for use in
420. r esate naninidater easels aan 225 Manas iid ROCKE IOS DEP IIGS fcc oscssssesuvastsncoiacshdebanles obuansth a 225 Table of Contents RockWorks14 Vie wino Rock PIO D Piles SeeSee ee E REA 229 Manipulating RockPlot3D Imagess cccccccccccccecccceaaeeeesesesseeecceeeeeeseeeeaaaaessesees 230 Re erene EID esn E E 230 Dar OM S epena a E EN TEE 231 RocCkPIot i D ReCendS cxsmesisrasscosesnssasdesmsaciareeeseieeerasenstem on msendsh aides orucaunaas 236 RocKPIOISD Ty pe Ta Dies r slessacsasdass mena ceesiateseseveassesakesnas on mscntnunuse alone 237 Importing Images into ROCKPIOt3D ccc ccc ccececceeeaeeeeeeeseseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeenes 237 Exporting RockPlot3D Images eccceseccanr aie vewcavesncuns sexe edancees sha sewlies need seco dewcenties 237 RockPKGOD Reie iC Oen e E E Sa E E EET 238 Chapter 21 ReportWorks 241 Report WOKS OVEIVICW sorier orree T E E EEA 241 Manas me Report Works File Sinsir nra O 242 View and Layout OPU ONS anne a orlawassaniaeinissor season onaueshinomnioes 245 PDN DE oye ksieeeenene eer emer erence tetra crerterre termine oper tee Rarer repartee renin er anteer vee rrerere te 246 Chapter 22 RockWorks Tables and System Libraries 251 OVEN E Wi sedate seas cite aa sacs ER sons sade sea easiest ace aes OE EE 251 Borehole Manager Tables sxicisccaveanetcesivreces ae ec wander dara aveedes a Occnacea teen 253 Graphic LIDICE S onera Gres cee stew Satsa cir oeen Vesa idee aiteaiianca sta cvan a oeeiuaeon de
421. r setting it to Manual with a value of 0 Plots depth labels down the logs Settings include labeling Depths interval font style etc The axis is always on It serves as the center point for the log above which the main log title will plot Gf activated In cross sections the location of the axis will represent the actual well location Options line style thickness and color Axis Plots a column in each log containing intervals of pattern and Lithology color that correspond to observed lithology material types The pattern rock type association is made in the Lithology Types Table Options include column width amp perimeter Lithology Text Plots the lithology keywords depths and or thickness Plots a column in each log containing intervals of pattern and color that correspond to formation names listed in the Stratigraphy Stratigraphy data table The pattern lt gt stratigraphy name association is made in the Stratigraphy Types Table Options include column width Stratigraphy Text Plots the formation names depths and or thickness Plots a column in each log displaying intervals of pattern and Well color that correspond to well construction material names in the Well Construction data table The pattern material name association is made in the Well Construction Types Table Options include column width Well Plots the construction material captions depths and or i Text i Construction thickness
422. ract multiply or divide the data within two datasheet columns in the datasheet The output will be stored in a specified data column Add subtract multiply or divide the data with a datasheet column in the datasheet by a user specified constant The output will be stored in a specified data column Combines the contents of two data columns into a single column in the datasheet The user may specify a character that is used to separate the two combined items within the output column RockWorks14 Increment Combine Symbols Lines Statistics Filter Fix Row Insert Delete Goto First Last Specific Sort Digitize Reference Increments the values within a specified data column in the datasheet by a user defined amount This is useful when entering sample numbers or other information that is predictably incremental These tools combine the textual contents of two columns in the datasheet The output will be stored in a specified column RockWorks versions prior to Rock Works99 stored colors and symbols in separate columns in the datasheet This tool combines them into a single column for greater compatibility with more recent versions RockWorks versions prior to Rock Works99 stored colors and lines in separate columns in the datasheet This utility combines them into a single column for greater compatibility with more recent versions Generates a quick statistical report on a single column in the da
423. racture Data Use the Borehole Manager s Fractures Export option to export the downhole depth orientation inclination data to the following Export ASCII file X Y elevation direction dip angle radius and aperture for all active boreholes will be written to an ASCII file Export Utilities Datagrid Exports ID Depth Easting Northing elevation direction dip angle color radius aperture and symbol to the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Borehole Manager Creating Solid Models of Downhole Vector Data Vectors Model Use the Model tool in the Borehole Manager s Vectors menu to convert directional downhole data into solid models that approximate the extents of the vectors An example application 1s the generation of void geometries cave models based on downhole laser surveys The following operations are performed in order to generate a model that approximates cave geometries based on the vector data For each solid model node For each borehole For each vector Compute the endpoint coordinates Define a line connecting the endpoints Define a sphere whose center is defined by the line midpoint and whose diameter is equal to the line length If the node resides outside of the sphere it s g value is set to null 1 0E27 If the node resides inside of the sphere it s g value is set to the distance to the closest line Note In order for the node values to increase with distance to the
424. ram coordinates using one of two available schemes e Rescale by establishing a new X Y origin coordinate and scaling the X and Y axes by a constant value e Rescale by establishing new boundary coordinates for one or more axes Note that these rescaling schemes change the actual coordinates that are stored for the lines symbols and such in a map or diagram In order to preserve the existing plot file both utilities create a new plot window for display of the rescaled map or diagram If you do not need to change the coordinates of the plot file but simply want to change the scale at which it is printed this is done within RockPlot2D s Print utility itself See Printing RockPlot2D Files page 210 for more information Or if you want to change the scale at which it is viewed on the screen there are zoom in and zoom out tools for this see Viewing RockPlot2D Files page 212 Help Contents RockPlot2D Manipulating RockPlot2D Files Rescaling 2D Plot Files Clipping RockPlot2D Files The RockPlot2D Utilities Clip command is used to extract from an existing map or diagram all of the contents that lie within a user declared rectangular area The clipped image is displayed in a new RockPlot2D window This tool is also available using the Clip button t in the left hand toolbar Help Contents RockPlot2D Manipulating RockPlot2D Files Clipping Two Dimensional Images Converting Plot File Coordinates The Degrees to
425. ram window 2 Either Choose the File Open Project option or Click on the name of the project folder itself displayed right below the menus Ay RockWorks Complete fel eV Vlag triolo Hola tratiaranhi lata f l ioy P Data Fractures Aquifers Vectors Project Folder C Users ROCKWARE Documents RockWorks14 Samples u Current project folder Click here to open a m sl different folder or to create anew project folder 00 a Se ee eee l maie jj beco Onentation Lithology Stratigraphy AG Solid Models 2 Files b 7 DH 01 Location Information w W 2 D Diagrams 5 Files W DH 02 ER TE o 3 D Diagrams 3 Files W DH 03 Ta i Symbol F LAS Files 2 Files E DH 04 i Z RCL Files 6 Files DH 01 gip co F Miscellaneous Tables S DH 05 B cexctares EE 3 Browse for the folder in which the project is stored and click OK The existing project will be loaded into the Borehole Manager It is required that the RockWorks MDB database have the same name as the Project Folder When you access an existing project folder the MDB file of the same name will be loaded Entering Borehole Data Overview 30 The Borehole Manager is one of the two main data windows in RockWorks see page 18 for an overview It is used to enter borehole data downhole stratigraphy lithology interval based or geochemistry measurements point based or geophysical mea
426. raphy data Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Creating Stratigraphy Plan View Maps Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Diagrams The RockWorks Utilities Grid Grids gt Stratigraphic Model tool is used to create a 3D stratigraphic model diagram based on a list of existing grid models that represent the top superface and base subface of each unit These are grid models that must already exist on your computer This program is designed for two types of applications Users who have created their grid models within other applications e g ModFlow Surfer and wish to use RockWorks to create stratigraphic or hydrostratigraphic diagrams Users who have created their grid models within the Borehole Manager portion of RockWorks but need more flexibility in dealing with stratigraphic relationships e g special manipulations with the grids This is a manual way of creating the kind of stratigraphic model that s available in the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Model tool Datasheet RockWorks Utilities This tool reads a stratigraphy gridlist data file page 82 133 Stratigraphy Tools RockWorks14 Notes Be sure the grid models that are listed in the datasheet actually exist in the current project folder Use the cutoff setting to erode thin layers Help Contents Borehole Manager Grid Model Tools Stratigraphic Tools Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Diagr
427. rawing Tools Inserting a Geo Referenced Raster Image into a ReportWorks Page Inserting a Scale Bar into a ReportWorks Page 1 pagi Use the Scalebar menu command or toolbar button F to insert a scale bar on an existing ReportWorks page You can adjust the style and scaling Double click on the scale bar to access its options or right click and choose Properties You can resize the scale bar by first single clicking on it to see its handles Then click and hold on any of the handles on the corners or edges and drag to the new position Release the mouse button when the rectangle edges are in the correct position The program will automatically extend or shorten the bar and labels accordingly Reposition the entire scale bar as you wish by clicking and holding anywhere on it and dragging it to the new location Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Inserting a Scale Bar into a ReportWorks Page RockWorks14 Tables Chapter 22 RockWorks Tables and System Libraries Overview RockWorks utilizes a variety of different reference tables and libraries to perform many of its routine tasks from plotting symbols on maps and patterns on cross sections to looking up lithology types and polygon vertices To access the tables and libraries click on the large Tables button that lies to the left of the main RockWorks window There you ll see a listing of a number of tables organized by type Just double click on any of the list
428. rawn between any two Me s s points in the study area The profile can be color or remem filled During the process of building the profile the program will create a grid model of the upper and lower surface of the aquifer using the user selected gridding method You can request an automatic map representing the location of the profile cut There is an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically Notes The grid models will be named automatically date_top grd and date_base grd See page 157 for information about drawing the profile slice Creating a Water Level Section Diagram Use the Borehole Manager s Aquifer Section tool to create a 2D vertical multi panel profile of a single aquifer listed for a particular date or date range in the Water Levels tabs The panel endpoints can be anywhere within the project area The profile can be color or pattern filled During the process of building the section the program will create a grid model of the upper and lower surface of the aquifer using the user selected gridding method Logs can be appended and a map representing the section location can be created automatically Notes The grid models will be named automatically date_top grd and date_base grd See page 159 for information about drawing the section slice 139 Aquifer Tools RockWorks14 Creating a Water Level Fence Diagram Use the Borehole Manager s Aquifer Fence tool to create a 3
429. rd the depths in the table Right click on each log at the formation s base and these will be recorded Note that you can add formation names to the Stratigraphy Types Table while you are in the Contact Picker window 7 Pick the next formations Select the name of the next formation to be recorded left click to pick tops and right click to pick bases Continue in this manner for additional formations 8 End the session Click on the Exit button and discard save or adjust and save changes What next Now that you have the stratigraphic units defined use the Stratigraphy Model tool to create a 3 dimensional solid model of the units The Stratigraphy menu also offers display of structural surfaces thicknesses profiles sections fences and plan view and stratigraphy surface maps Create 3 Dimensional log displays of the borehole data and append them to the stratigraphic model Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Picking Stratigraphic Contacts Filling in Missing Stratigraphy Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Fill in Missing Stratigraphy tool to insert missing units into each borehole s Stratigraphy tab setting them to zero thickness This relies on the formation order defined in the Stratigraphy Types table and provides a means of adding control for surface interpolation You can opt for creating a backup of the project database before continuing with this operation See also Missing Formatio
430. re not currently visible drag the scroll bars up or down as appropriate Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Pattern Tables View the index number for a pattern design Select a pattern to be active RockWorks14 Adjust the pattern density Select pattern colors Open a different Pattern Table Save the current Pattern Table under a new name Create a printable index to the current Table Access the Pattern Editor Using the Pattern Editor Tables The Pattern Editor is a tool that permits you to edit an existing pattern design or create a new pattern design for use to illustrate rock types in logs cross sections etc Pattern designs are stored in a RockWorks Pattern Table The Pattern Editor is accessed from the Select Pattern window The selected pattern design or blank pattern will be displayed in the Pattern Editor Pattern 1 Miel Ed Unit Cell where you draw your patterns Unit Cell Erases the most recently added item in the Unit Cell May be used repeatedly Clears the Unit Cell display SEE 3 Accesses Help Accepts changes Cancels changes and exits Editor and exits Editor Pattern box where you view the current Unit Cell design at the current pattern size Changes the pattern size or density so you can view the change in the palttern s appearance Imports the Unit Cell design stored under a different pattern number Help Contents
431. reset these settings Adjust Project Dimensions Click on this item to view and or reset the project s dimensions These are the same settings you can access using the large Project Dimensions tab along the left edge of the RockWorks program window Variable Data Specific Dimensions Choose this dimensioning option if the grid dimensions are to be established based on the current data being modeled This could be an option for modeling a subset of the entire project or for testing the effect of different node densities without having to reset the entire project s dimensions Expand this heading to select the variable options for Grid Dimensions Average Minimum Distance Choose this option to set grid dimension defaults based the average minimum distance between control points or boreholes Expand this item to enter the scaler to be multiplied by this distance For example if you choose Average Minimum Distance and enter a scaler of 0 5 the grid node spacing will default to one half 0 5 the average control point distance delivering an average of 2 nodes between control points If you enter a scaler of 0 1 the grid node spacing will default to one tenth 0 1 the average control point distance resulting in an average of 10 nodes between control points This works well for densely spaced data This will create very coarse grid models with sparse data The boundary defaults will correspond to the outermost control 283 Reference Rock
432. results in a new grid file Creates a new grid based on the values in an existing grid and new grid dimensions entered by the user Helpful for making high resolution DEM models comply with current project dimensions This Grid menu item contains filtering tools for GRD files Compares nodes in an existing grid model to a user defined range storing matching nodes to 1 true and all others to 0 false Great for comparing multiple models or creating exploration models Used to constrain an existing grid model with another grid model such as a stratigraphic surface model with a ground surface model Either high or low values can be constrained RockWorks14 Minimum Area Polygon Clip Range Round Smooth Edit Directional Analyses Reference Reads either a Boolean or a conventional grid model and evaluate contiguous cells that exceed a user defined area If the area of a group of contiguous cells is less than a user defined threshold the nodes will be set to zero This provides a means for eliminating exploration targets that are too small Reads an existing grid model and sets the grid nodes inside or outside of a polygon to either a user specified value or the values defined within another grid mode Often used to set nodes outside the polygon to null Reads an existing grid model and sets the Z values above or below user defined threshold to a user specified value Rounds the node values in an exis
433. rface or Thickness Map ccccccccssssssesseseeeeeeeees 140 Creating a Water Level Block Diagram ccccccssseseeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeaaaaeeeseseeeeeeeeess 140 Expone Water evel Dats onie ay ois a acai 140 yi Table of Contents RockWorks14 Chapter 8 Creating Solid Models and Voxel lsosurface Profile Section Fence Plan and Surface Diagrams 141 Sold Modeline Tn ThOCUCION sszcsseansesneesanceulvanssapiedsranasagdnse endo viecessapistoniuiiaassquniesoutss 141 What Can I do with a Solid Model ccccccccccccccccccceessssesseeeececcceceeseeeeaeeenseegeeeeees 142 RockWorks Utilities Creating a Solid Model of XYZG Data ccc 143 Borehole Manager Creating Lithology Models and Voxel Fence Profile Section Surface and Plan Map Diagrams cccccsssssssssseeececceeeceecaceeeseceseseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeqaaas 144 Creating Lithology Models and Diagrams Overview c ssssseesseeeeeeeeees 144 bolos y Dasa MS osere Ea 145 Exporting Litholosy Data cian esses ii seein dens cecep vate eae Ricans i coors seledetaves 146 Borehole Manager Creating Solid Models of Downhole Interval Data and Isosurface V oxel Fence Profile Section and Plan Map Diagram 0 147 Creatine Data Diagrams OVervieW nanii A eae 147 FDA Diao rams ei A T N 148 Expor me FD iTe Ea E E er ert ee 149 Borehole Manager Creating Solid Models of Downhole Point Data and Isosurface Voxel Fence Profile Section and Pla
434. rid Filter menu are used to read an existing grid file and alter the grid node Z values by imposing a filter of some kind The resulting node values are stored in a new grid file The resulting model can be illustrated as a 2D map or 3D surface RockWorks14 Grid Model Tools The Boolean Filter transforms a real number grid file to a Boolean true false file in which nodes are set to 1 if their Z value falls within a user specified range and a 0 if the Z values do not The Limit Filter is used to compare the nodes of one grid model with the corresponding nodes in another Nodes whose Z values exceed or fall below those in the second grid can be re assigned those node values This is handy for constraining stratigraphy based on lower or upper layers The Minimum Area Filter is used to filter from Boolean or conventional grid models contiguous nodes whose areas fall below a threshold setting them to zero to eliminate exploration target areas that are too small The Polygon Clip Filter reads a user created file listing polygon boundary coordinates and sets a grid file s nodes that lie either inside or outside the polygon to a constant value or to the value of the corresponding node in another grid model The Range Filter deletes high or low Z values from a grid file reassigning them a user specified constant The Rounding Filter reads Z values stored in a grid file and rounds them up or down to the user declared rounding interval
435. rks14 formation_base grd Two grid models will be created for each formation Un check the Interpolate Surfaces check box if the grid models already exist in the project folder and don t need to be interpolated again This can be a handy way to include GRD files that are the result of editing filtering other operations page 165 Creating a Stratigraphic Model Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Model tool to create a 3 dimensional surface diagram that illustrates stratigraphic layers The stratigraphy layers will be color coded based on the formation s background color in the Stratigraphy Types Table This process involves the interpolation of a grid model for the upper and lower surface of each of the stratigraphic units using the user selected gridding method These grid models will be stored in the project folder The completed diagram will be displayed in a RockPlot3D window with formation upper surfaces lower surfaces and side panels Volume and mass of each formation will be displayed in the RockPlot3D window The program offers optional creation of a 3D solid model representing the stratigraphy grid models layered from the bottom up for use with other analysis tools Notes Insert a check in the Save Model option if you want the program to store on disk a numeric 3 dimensional solid model with voxel nodes representing stratigraphy type Use a mod file name extension RockWorks will not use this
436. rmat File name extension atd See RockWorks Utilities Datasheet Overview page 73 and ATD File Structure Overview in the Help messages Reference section for more information MDB This is a Microsoft Access compatible database file that is generated by RockWorks automatically when you create a new project folder It stores all of the borehole data for the project many of the type libraries lithology stratigraphy 1 data etc and the project dimensions The database file name must match the folder name for example the MDB file in the Golden Project folder will be named Golden Project mdb File name extension mdb The database will create support files such as XML data dictionaries in the program folder See Borehole Data Overview page 30 and the Borehole Manager section of the Help messages for more information BH BH files are user created data files used in the Borehole Manager in RockWorks2004 and 2002 These can be imported into the RockWorks MDB database using the File Import RockWorks2002 2004 menu option See page 54 for more information RCL RCL files are created by the user outside the RockWorks program in a text editor These files contain a series of commands used to run RockWorks in a batch mode RCL stands for RockWare Command Language See Using the RockWare Command Language page 304 and RCL Format Help Contents Reference RCL Scripting for information Program Created Mo
437. rogram window Area Volume Calculator The Widgets Area Volume tools are used to perform geometric calculations such as surface areas volumes and side lengths of various geometric shapes and solids Color Numbers The Widgets Colors tools are used to generate integer color numbers for use within RockWorks Color Numbers Displays the color numbers for any color you select from a palette RGB gt Windows Displays the integer color numbe for a known RGB color you enter Financial Utilities The Widgets Financial Utilities tools are used to calculate cost and profit breakdown lease analysis and amortization on loans by changing various factors within the utility equations The Break even Analysis program is used to determine when a project has paid for itself The program may also be used to estimate profits and losses The Lease Analysis program calculates square footage rates monthly rent and annual rent based on any combination of the other variables The Loan Analysis amortization program is used to determine various loan related items such as when a loan will be paid off the total amount paid at the end of the loan period and so on Geological Time Chart The Geological Time Chart option in the Widgets menu is an interactive program designed to show the duration ages and major events of various geological time periods Igneous Rock Identification The Widgets Igneous option starts an interactive program used to i
438. rometer Rock Works99 RockWorks2002 2004 BH ATD TEM RockWorks 2002 2004 BH Tobin WCS RockWorks Utilities Excel ASCII DBF Delorme GPL ASCII DBF Excel data DXF line endpoints DXF XYZ Garmin Txt Geonics EM38 GSM Magnetometer Gradiometer Laser Atlanta surveys Modpath particle flowpaths NEIC Earthquakes SEG P1 shotpoints Tobin WCS Land grids PI Dwights Tobin Platte River Grid Surfer binary or ASCH ESRI ASCII ASCII XYZ or matrix DXF grid Geosoft GXF RockWorks matrix ESRI ASCII Grid DOS 7 ASCH Bitmaps DEM Geosoft GXF Ohio Automation ENZ RockWare RTM RockWorks DOS 7 Surfer ASCII amp binary Vistapro Solid models ASCII ASCH NOeSYS Slicer Dicer Voxel Analyst RockPlot2D BMP JPG PNG TIFF WME BMP JPG KMZ PNG EMF TGA PCX DXF ESRI E00 TIFF DXF WMF EMF ESRI Shapefiles DLG AGL RockPlot3D RockPlot3D DXF BMP JPG PNG TIFF AVI ESRI Shapefile ReportWorks BMP JPG TIFF and World files BMP JPG PNG T Help Contents Reference File Formats 273 Reference RockWorks14 Program Preferences 274 The Tools General Preferences option is used to establish some general operational settings for the RockWorks program This option is available from both the Rock Works Utilities and Borehole Manager via the Tools menu Skip Introductory Screen Insert a check in this box if you want to hide the introductory welcome screen that s displayed when you start up RockW
439. round colors in the Lithology Types Table During the process of building the block diagram the program will create a solid model of the lithologies using the lithoblend algorithm 3D striplogs can be appended Selected lithology types can be displayed and volumes computed Lithology Fence Use the Borehole Manager s Lithology Fence tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing lithology and create a 3 dimensional fence diagram that illustrates material types with color coded panels You may request regular panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels 3D logs can be appended Use this tool to to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing lithology and create a 2 dimensional flat vertical profile between any two points in the study area The profile layers are color coded based on rock type Striplogs can be projected onto the panel plane There is an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically 145 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences RockWorks14 146 Lithology Section z This tool is used to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing lithology and create a 2 dimensional vertical multi paneled section of lithology The section panel endpoints can be drawn anywhere in the study area The section s layers are color coded based on rock type Striplogs can be appended at panel junction
440. rping the I Data model based on a surface e Once you have the solid model file created you can use that existing model for future isosurface fence profile section and plan diagrams They can all share the same MOD file without having to recreate it each time choose Use Existing Model in the diagram s Options window e Automatic maps illustrating the location of profile section and fence panels can be created e See page 157 for information about drawing profile section and fence panel traces e See page 182 for information about generating detailed I Data volume reports Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools 147 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences RockWorks14 148 l Data Diagrams l Data Model Use this tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing your downhole I Data values and to create a 3 dimensional isosurface or voxel diagram that illustrates the model The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways 3D striplogs can be appended Once displayed in RockPlot3D the isosurface or voxel display can be filtered for viewing specific data ranges and volumes can be displayed l Data Fence This tool interpolates a solid model or read an existing model representing your downhole I Data values and creates a 3 dimensional fence diagram that illustrates the model You may request regular panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panel
441. rpreted Stratigraphy What is Stratigraphy These are interpreted formations often groups of lithologies which are distinctly layered in nature are consistent between wells in their order from the surface downward and never repeat within a borehole Interpreted stratigraphy is entered into the Stratigraphy tab with depth to formation top depth to base and formation name 59 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 60 400 f 400 Interpreted observed stratigraphy lithologies 200 200 lithologies i grouped i 200 200 400 400 400 Interpreted stratigraphy single logs 40 200 200 o 700 700 400 400 How Stratigraphy Units are Defined RockWorks stores in each project database a Stratigraphy Types Table where you define the names of the ordered rock units or layers the colors and patterns to be used to represent them in logs and diagrams and some additional settings Page 255 How Stratigraphy is Modeled Because stratigraphic units are distinctly layered you can request simple log to log correlations no modeling in hole to hole or straight log sections Stratigraphy layers simple correlations between logs 400 RockWorks can interpolate surface models of each stratigraphic layer for 2D and 3D display for slicing as profiles sections and fences and for stacking as solid model diagrams We show below some images created by tools in the Striplogs menu observed data only and the Stratigraph
442. rum at www rockware com forum index php you can post questions read existing postings search on keywords and more User Manual The user manual is designed to be a roadmap to summarize program functions and to direct you to other resources for more information The manual can be downloaded PDF format from www rockware com and click on the Support RockWorks Downloads Documentation menu item Contact RockWare If you own a registered RockWorks license you are eligible for 1 2 hour of free telephone support and free email support both subject to change Technical questions can be emailed to tech rockware com The support telephone number is 303 278 3534 and listen to the switchboard menu for support Technical staff hours is typically 9 4 Mountain time zone Our mailing address is 2221 East St Suite 101 Golden Colorado 80401 USA When you contact us please be sure to include the revision number of the program visible in Help About the version of Windows you are using what you are trying to do in the program and whether you are seeing an error Critical errors now generate a bug report that can be automatically sent to the RockWare support staff This report keeps us from asking a bunch of obnoxious questions about your machine configuration and exactly where the bug occurred To register your license mail in your yellow registration card or visit www rockware com support register php A Brief Tour H
443. s Lithology Surface Map lt a Samet Use this tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing lithology and create a 2 dimensional map representing the lithology where it intersects a designated surface i typically the surface topography In other words it creates a E geological map based on downhole lithology data This is stored as a RockWorks grid model GRD and the map is displayed in the RockPlot2D window weal maT Notes You need to be sure that the dimensions and node density of the grid model and the solid model are the same Lithology Plan Map l The Lithology Plan Map tool is used to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing lithology and create a 2 dimensional map representing the lithology along a horizontal Slice at a specified elevation This is stored as a RockWorks grid model GRD and the map is displayed in the RockPlot2D window Exporting Lithology Data Use the Borehole Manager s Lithology Export options to export lithology data to the following ASCII XYZG Extract X Y Elevation coordinates and lithology G values from the borehole database and store them in an X YZG file Data Transfers lithology observations to a track in the project s I Data table converting lithotype to quantitative value based on a lookup table representing porosity permeability conductivity etc RockWorks14 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences B
444. s lithology patterns and or labels stratigraphy patterns and or labels well construction patterns and or labels 1 4 curves for downhole point data 1 4 bar graphs for downhole interval data and or labels aquifer intervals special symbols special pattern blocks fracture discs 3D fracture or vector tadpoles 2D vector arrows 3D raster images and border annotation Defining the arrangement of the columns in the logs is done within the 2D and 3D log designer windows Activated checked log components are shown in the design pane where you can click and drag to change their position in the log GA 2 Dimensional Striplog Layout Options Visible Items will be displayed here Drag to change their placement in the log Viedle Items Lthology Options W Tithe W Depths I Axis thology Text Font NamerArial Size 0 2 Color 0 Angle 80 l Shatgapty Text Vertical Ofteet _ WelConst Tex 7 Column Pertneter Click on a Visible item to F Daai i Tex Line Styl E View change its options Data 2 Text l Data 3 Text l Data 4 Tex POata List of Available log items PDala 2 Turn on an item by inserting _ POata 3 a check in its check box PData 4 Fractures Tex Aquilers l Text l Vectors Text Bitmaps F Symbols Tex Patterns Text 2D log designer 117 Logs amp Sections RockWorks14 A 3 Dimensional Striplog Layout Options PB Gptions Help E Layout Pr
445. s The model s data values can be color coded in a variety of ways 3D striplogs can be appended Notes See page 161 for information about drawing the fence panels l Data Profile Use this tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing your downhole I Data values and create a 2 dimensional flat vertical profile diagram sliced anywhere in the study area The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Striplogs can be appended There is an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically l Data Section model representing your downhole I Data values and creates a 2 dimensional vertical multi panel profile diagram The panel endpoints can be placed anywhere in the project The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Striplogs can be appended 4 a e This tool interpolates a solid model or reads an existing RockWorks14 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences Data Plan This tool interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model representing your downhole interval data and slices it horizontally at a user specified elevation The resulting grid model GRD can be displayed as a 2 dimensional map in which the data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Data Surface i This tool interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model representing your downhole interval data and extracts the G values where they intersect a surfa
446. s RockWorks14 Borehole Manager Translating Map Coordinates The Borehole Manager requires that the well locations which are entered into the Location tab be declared in the same units as the depth data This assures that the downhole surveys stratigraphic volumes and solid lithology geochemistry etc volumes are correctly computed Use the Borehole Manager s Map Adjust Coordinates tools to translate longitude and latitude or land grid range township section well locations into Eastings or Northings Help Contents Borehole Manager Location Maps amp Coordinate Tools Converting Borehole Coordinates From Jeffersonian RTS to UTM and From Longitude Latitude to UTM RockWorks Utilities Translating Jeffersonian Locations to X Y The RockWorks Utilities Coords Jeffersonian Points gt Cartesian option is used to translate well locations listed in Range Township Section descriptions footage or quarter quarter to Cartesian X Y coordinates This translation is based on either a Land Grid Table of idealized or commercially purchased data or the RockWare Landbase data which covers portions of the U S This tool was previously located in the Map Land Grid menu See page 266 for information about Land Grid Tables See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Coordinate Conversion Tools Translating Range Township Section Locations to X Y RockWorks Utilities Translating Jeffersonian Polygons to X Y The RockWorks
447. s are stored with an atd file name extension for ASCII Tab Delimited files 2 Click Save The program will save the information in the data window on disk and the current name shown at the bottom of the program window will be updated as necessary RockWorks99 users Column headings are no longer stored in the TEM files they are stored right in the ATD file itself RockWorks2004 no longer uses TEM files at all Help Contents Reference ATD File Format How to print your datasheet To output the data contained in RockWorks Utilities datasheet to your printer select the File Print command You can set the columns to Yes to print or No to omit from the print job Use the Printer Setup button to access your printer settings See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Using the Datasheet Laying Out Your Datasheet The RockWorks Utilities datasheet in RockWorks is used to enter rows and columns of a variety of different kinds of data This section discusses how to set up different kinds of data for use in the program and how to change the column headings and column types With a few exceptions most of these data structures are flexible In the examples provided we have tried to illustrate the minimum required data as well as typical data layouts but you can organize your data columns any way you wish During processing you can always specify which spreadsheet columns contain wh
448. s data The X Eastings Y Northings and Z elevation coordinates note the sample locations and G represents the measured value to be modeled G can represent geochemical concentrations geophysical measurements etc A variety of modeling algorithms are available The Solid Model tool is also used to create 3 dimensional diagrams to illustrate solid models The Solid Profile tool displays a single vertical slice of the solid model in 2D and the Solid Section tool displays multiple connected profile slices of the solid model in 2D The Solid Plan tool displays a single horizontal or plan view slice in 2D and the Fence tool displays multiple vertical slices in 3D If you have geochemical geophysical or lithology data from boreholes recorded as depths and measured values use the Borehole Manager s tools to create solid models and corresponding diagrams See next topic Datasheet RockWorks Utilities X YZG file see 79 Notes You can use this tool to create a solid model only e g no diagram You can use this tool to create a 3 D diagram from an already existing solid model e g no new model Use the Project Manager to create a quick voxel or isosurface diagram that illustrates your solid model just double click on a MOD file name and establish the diagram settings See page 101 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools 143 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences RockWorks14
449. s name Undoing RockPlot2D Changes Use the RockPlot2D Edit Undo command or type the keyboard shortcut of Ctrl Z to cancel or undo the last insertion or editing operation made to the current RockPlot2D graphic image RockPlot allows up to 5 Undo operations sequentially as established in the File Options menu RockPlot2D Drawing Tools 218 Use the tools in the RockPlot2D Draw menu to add symbols text shapes images legends and grids to the current image See Help Contents RockPlot2D Drawing Tools for step by step instructions about inserting the following items into a RockPlot2D image Drawing Circles Draw Point Types Circles Drawing Symbols Draw Point Types Symbols Inserting Text Draw Point Types Text Drawing Lines Draw Line Types Lines Drawing Polylines Draw Line Types Polylines Drawing Rectangles Draw Line Types Rectangles Drawing Polygons Draw Line Types Polygons RockWorks14 RockPlot2D Inserting Scalebars Draw Insert Scalebar Inserting Text Tables Draw Insert Text Table Inserting a Lithology Legend Draw Insert Lithology Legend Inserting a Stratigraphy Legend Draw Insert Stratigraphy Legend Inserting a Well Construction Legend Draw Insert Well Construction Legend Inserting Color Legends Draw Insert Color Legend Inserting Images Draw Insert Image Inserting Gridlines Draw Insert Grid RockPlot2D Measuring Tools
450. s of the screen image by a specific factor To make the image taller enter a value gt 1 To make the image flatter enter a value lt 1 See also Printing RockPlot2D files page 210 regarding print scaling Setting the Map or Diagram Extents Use the View Set Diagram Extents menu option to change the coordinate extents of the map or diagram displayed in the RockPlot2D window The West North East and South prompts display the current edge coordinates in the RockPlot2D map or diagram To change the coordinates you have several options You can type in new coordinates these to increase or decrease the extents along any axis Additional Margins Use these settings to increase the image extents by a specific percent along all axes or individual axes Once established you must then click on the Scan Extents button below to scan the current coordinates and then add the requested margins Scan Extents Click this button to scan the current map or diagram to reset the extents The extents will be set to the minimum and maximum coordinates of the objects in the image plus any margin percent established Project Dimensions Click this button to reset the extents to those listed in the current project dimensions Zooming in and out of the screen image Follow these steps to enlarge reduce the image display in the RockPlot2D window See also the Magnifier in the next topic l Use the Zoom In toolbar button or menu comman
451. s per the data template file TEM that had been created along with the selected ATD file in the older version of the program Click on the large open file button E to browse for the name of this Template file Or leave this box un checked if you can t find the Template file or simply wish to set the column headers to consecutive numbers 6 Click OK to continue The program will display the data in the Datasheet 7 Ifthe formatting column titles or styles needs adjusting choose the View Columns command If you save this newly formatted file the column setup will now be saved in a header block in the ATD file This will render it unusable in earlier versions of Rock Works unless you delete the header block T See also Help Contents Reference ATD File Format 76 RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities How to save a datasheet Changes you have made to the data currently displayed in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet can be saved on disk using the File Save or Save As command If the data file already has a name as shown at the bottom of the program window selecting Save will save the current version on disk under the same name If the data file is untitled as shown at the bottom of the program window or if you choose Save As the program will display a dialog box in which you can specify the name under which the data file is to be saved 1 File Name Type here the name to assign to the data file Data file
452. scale Then decide whether you need a specifi scale or if it s ok just to fill the page You can use the Center button to center the diagram on the paper Set the margins and pattern scaling optional Help Contents RockPlot2D Managing RockPlot2D Files Printing RockPlot2D Images Importing Files into RockPlot2D Use the RockPlot2D File Import tool to display other kinds of graphic files within RockPlot2D save them in a RK6 format combine them with existing RK6 maps etc These imports include AGL files DLG files DXF files ArcInfo E00 files ESRI Shapefiles Raster images BMP JPG PNG TIFF TGA EMF WMP See Help Contents RockPlot2D Managing RockPlot2D Files Importing Images RockPlot2D RockWorks14 Exporting RockPlot2D Files The Rockplot2D File Export command is used to save its 2D images in a graphic format other than its own RK6 format The following exports are offered Bitmap BMP format JPEG format KMZ Google Earth PNG format TIFF format DXF format WMF format EMF format RockPlot3D Help Contents RockPlot2D Managing RockPlot2D Files Exporting RockPlot2D Images Viewing RockPlot2D Files 212 RockPlot2D is the plotting engine for flat or 2 dimensional maps and diagrams within RockWorks and these maps and diagrams are plotted automatically into a RockPlot2D window on the screen upon their completion Once the image is plotted on the screen you may do any o
453. se integrity Enable all boreholes Disable all boreholes Compute X YZ values for all boreholes Display XYZ values in data tabs Configuring the Data Tables Underneath the hood of Rock Works is a collection of information about the RockWorks database itself This meta data is called a Data Dictionary The Data Dictionary gives RockWorks a lot of versatility You can change the names of your Borehole Manager tabs their order and background color even hide those tabs you do not use You can add optional borehole information such as the drilling company or date of initial boring or hide these optional fields if you do not use them Changes that you make to the Data Dictionaries are stored in a system folder inside your project folder This allows you to maintain different Dictionaries for different projects T See these Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Borehole Manager Database topics for additional information 37 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 Summary of the RockWorks Database Tables Database Engine Specs Customizing the Tab Display The default setup for RockWorks will allow display of all of the data tabs discussed in the previous section You can adjust which tabs are displayed and you can customize the fields within the tabs by following these steps L 2 3 Access the Borehole Manager Open the existing borehole project if necessary Right click on any of the tabs
454. se will also become the default scaling units for subsequent RockPlot images and geo referenced raster images that you insert Help Contents ReportWorks View and Layout Options Establishing the ReportWorks Page Units 245 ReportWorks RockWorks14 Defining the ReportWorks Program Libraries Use the Options Program Files tool to establish the names of the pattern and symbol libraries to be used to draw patterns and symbols inserted into the page or those that are included in inserted RockPlot graphics Neither RockWorks nor ReportWorks stores the actual pattern and symbol designs in the drawings but instead links pattern and symbol numbers to a reference library use this option to define which library to use Help Contents ReportWorks Other Options Defining the ReportWorks Program Libraries Drawing Tools 246 Working with Layers ReportWorks allows you to organize the different items on a page into different layers These are groups of items that can be displayed or hidden with the click of a button For example you might keep your static legend items company logos maybe a pattern index in one layer while document specific RockPlot or bitmap images might be kept in a separate layer Opening the program or creating a new ReportWorks document generates a single layer named Layer Subsequent items that are drawn or inserted into the page are done so in that layer until a new layer is created To ad
455. shown below 69 70 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 Model Dimensions Hardwire Project Dimensions 3 TET Adjust Project Dimensions O Variable Data Specific Dimensions These settings are stored in the current project database Though these dimensions can be overridden during model and diagram creation we generally recommend that you utilize these dimensions for your grid models solid models and diagram annotations for ease and consistency For example all the project grid models must have the same dimensions and node densities if you wish to perform any mathematical or filtering operations with them The same holds true for solid models For new projects the dimensions will default to a range of 0 to 100 along all axes l The first step in setting project dimensions is by scanning the borehole data you have entered You have two options Scan Enabled Boreholes Click on this option if the dimensions are to be established by scanning only the boreholes that are enabled have check marks Scan All Boreholes Click on this button if you have a borehole project and the dimensions are to be established by scanning all of the boreholes Of course you can hand enter the desired boundary coordinates or modify scanned coordinates at any time 2 Review scanned settings Click the Preview Dimensions button to see a quick view of how dense your models will be Not so dense Dense Dimensions These boundary
456. ss Sections Creating Multi Log Maps 122 RockWorks14 Logs amp Sections Creating 3D Logs Creating a Single 3D Strip Log Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Single Log 3 D tool to create a three dimensional view of the strip log of a single well The log can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 124 The log data is read from the database Menu command Striplogs Single Log 3 D Output window RockPlot3D Notes Before selecting the menu command be sure to click on the name of the borehole whose data is to be displayed in the log so that its name is highlighted Be sure also that the check box to the left of the borehole name is checked so that the borehole is enabled Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Cross Sections Creating Single 3D Strip Logs Displaying Multiple Logs in 3D Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Multi Log 3 D tool to create a three dimensional view of the strip logs of two or more wells The logs can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 124 The log data is read from the database Menu command Striplogs Multi Log 3 D Output window RockPlot3D Notes Before selecting the menu command be sure to click on the name of the borehole whose data is to be displayed in the log so that its name is highlighted Be sure also that the check box to the left of the borehole name is checked so that the borehole is enabled Borehol
457. steepness Strike and Dip Maps Displays at each node a small line in the direction of the strike with a smaller line perpendicular to this in the direction 327 Reference Flow Maps 3D Flow Diagrams Movement Analysis Trend Surface Analysis Report Residuals Initialize Morph Import ASCII Bitmap RockWorks14 of the dip Locations with zero dip angle are noted with closed circle symbols Reads an existing grid model and illustrates the high to low pathway using lines Creates a simulated three dimensional drainage net based on an existing surface grid model Reads X Y Z and time data and determines the direction inclination distance and velocity This Grid menu option contains tools for performing Trend Surface analysis Performs a trend surface analysis on a selected Z value column in the data sheet and lists the correlation and residuals for first through sixth order polynomials in a report The completed report is loaded into a RockWare text window Performs a trend surface analysis on a selected z value column and computes the residuals for a selected polynomial order representing the difference between observed z values and trend z values The residuals are stored in a data sheet column of the user s choice Creates a new grid model that represents a flat plane with a user defined elevation or a dipping plane based on a user defined orientation If the plane is dipping the user may defin
458. surements fractures water level deviated well surveys depth to specific log pattens and symbols well construction and or downhole vector data RockWorks14 Borehole Manager 4 Rockies Complete c E w j yae Hap Tig iieis heap jwa Ds Foc foe Fertig Gg feck jaie jip 1 go P k T pe E T ai hiit BE A AA D a m Aiei r fe ee r al E Burrfosen plil alee m Borehole Manager n gt i FILLET ca aR woe p The data you enter into the Borehole Manager can be displayed as 2D flat images such as cross sections or plan view well location maps It can also be displayed in 3 dimensional images such as fence diagrams floating surfaces solid models or 3D drillholes in the new RockPlot3D viewing program The Borehole Manager allows you to choose create a working Project Folder into which the data for the different boreholes is stored as well as program generated models and images If you turn on the Project Manager pane Tools General Preferences you can see the RockWorks files that reside in the Project Folder The borehole data for each project is stored in a Microsoft Access MDB database The MDB file has the same name as the project folder so for a folder named Samples the MDB file is automatically named Samples MDB The names of the individual boreholes in the current project are displayed in the long pane to the left of the individual data tabs See RockWorks Utilities Datasheet Overview Chapter 3 for infor
459. t correspond to formation names listed in the Stratigraphy data table The pattern lt gt stratigraphy name association is made in the Stratigraphy Types Table 2D and 3D Stratigraphy Text Plots stratigraphy depths thickness and or keywords in 2D logs Lithology Column Plots a column containing intervals of pattern and color that correspond to observed rock types listed in the Lithology data table The pattern rock type association is made in the Lithology Types Table 2D and 3D Lithology Text Plots lithology depths keywords thicknesses and or comments in 2D logs Well Construction Column Plots a column containing intervals of pattern and color that correspond to material types rock types listed in the Well Construction data table The pattern material name association is made in the Well Construction Types Table 2D and 3D Well Construction Text Plots well construction depths thicknesses and or comments in 2D logs Aquifers Plots one or more interval blocks representing depth to surface and base declared in the Water levels table in 2D and 3D logs Aquifer Text Plots date labels in 2D logs Fractures Represented with a tadpole column in 2D logs and oriented disks in 3D logs to show fracture depth orientation and dip RockWorks14 Logs amp Sections Fractures Text Plots fracture measurement values in 2D logs Special Symbols Plots user selected symbols at specific depths in the log as read from the
460. t fracture you wish to record The depth values must be positive e Direction Enter the dip bearing in azimuth degrees from 0 to 360 of the fracture e Dip Angle Enter the angle in degrees from horizontal 0 horizontal 90 straight down e Radius Enter the fracture radius in your data units feet meters This will determine the size of the fracture disk as displayed on 3D striplogs and will affect any fracture modeling you perform This setting will be ignored if during strip log setup you set the Fractures Dimensions to Fixed and enter a value there e Aperture Enter the fracture thickness When displayed in RockPlot3D this will affect the thickness of the fracture disk as it s displayed with the logs The fracture aperture is entered as actual thickness units in the same units as your other downhole data 45 46 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 For example if your other log data is entered in feet the fracture aperture must also be entered as decimal feet This setting will be ignored 1f during strip log setup you set the Fractures Dimensions to Fixed and enter a value there e Color Double click in this cell and choose a color for the fracture disk that will be displayed in the a and log sections Direction Dip Angle R Radius Aperture a 225 0 45 0 ro 0 315 0 30 0 fol Water Levels This table is sed to enter one or more dates depths and optional text for observed water level s in the bore
461. ta as a means of spotting wells or leases and or for creating section or lease maps this data must be imported into the RockWorks Land Grid Table This import tool can read data provided by these commercial vendors Petroleum Information Dwights TMC Tobin White Star Because the native format of these files is not consistent with the Rock Works Land Grid Table these commercial files must be imported into the table prior to mapping well spotting etc If you have not purchased commercial data see Creating Idealized Land Grids Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Land Grid Tables Importing Commercial Land Grid Data Interpolating an Idealized Land Grid If you do not have commercially available land grid data it is still possible to create an idealized land grid for mapping or well spotting given a user defined longitude and latitude coordinate We certainly don t live in a perfect world however so be advised of these assumptions and limitations with interpolated land grids The program will create data for entire Townships of 36 square Sections each Partial Townships and irregular Sections are not possible Tt will base its coordinate assignments on the longitude and latitude coordinates you declare for a specific land grid point If you have purchased commercial data see Importing Commercial Land Grid Data Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Land Grid Tables Interpolating an
462. ta values and create a 2 dimensional vertical multi panel profile of the model The panel endpoints can be placed anywhere in the project The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Striplogs can be appended 151 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences RockWorks14 P Data Plan The P Data Plan Map tool interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model representing your downhole point data and slices it horizontally at a user specified elevation The resulting grid model GRD can be displayed as a 2 dimensional map in which the data values can be color coded in a variety of ways P Data Surface This tool interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model representing your downhole point data and extracts the G values where they intersect a surface GRD file The resulting grid model GRD file can be displayed as a 2 or 3 dimensional map in which the data values can be color coded in a variety of ways P Data Manipulation Tools Use the options in the P Data Analyze menu to perform the following data manipulations Add Random Adds random numbers to a p data track Gamma Counts gt Uranium Grade Reads Gamma measurements from a P Data track and converts the data to uranium grade values in an Data track Conversion constants can be uniform or pulled from custom fields in each borehole s Location tab Logarithm Computes the logarithm of a given p data column Logarithmic co
463. ta sheet In order to use the digitizing capability of the program you must have an electronic digitizer attached to your computer and a Windows driver for the digitizer installed on your computer These drivers are supplied by the digitizer manufacturer or a 3 party developer Records XY coordinate data from a digitizing tablet directly into the datasheet Records lineation endpoint coordinates X1 Y1 and X2 Y2 from a digitizing tablet into the datasheet Filters numeric data from the data sheet based on settings you enter for up to 5 data columns The data that meets the filter requirements is loaded into a new untitled data window that has the same data format as the original data file Use the Refresh option to re draw the contents of the current datasheet This can be necessary from time to time if a change has been made in a column type such as text to symbol and the symbols are not being displayed Use this menu to query data view summaries and XYZ computations edit column headings access other program windows and more Used to change the headings of the data sheet columns and or adjust the column types in the RockWorks Utilities window This information is stored in a header block of the RockWorks Utilities ATD file Use this tool to enter a known X and Y coordinate and to locate the data record in the Rock Works Utilities window that is closest to that point Odd Numbered Row Color Use this tool to sele
464. tasheet This tool is also available when you right click on any datasheet column Use the Filter tool to remove values in a datasheet column that exceed a user declared maximum and or fall below a minimum This can be used to isolate a specific range of data values that you wish to view or model This tool is also available when you right click in any data column Strips out spaces tab characters and commas from numeric values in a datasheet column This submenu contains row related datasheet utilities Inserts the specified number of blank rows above the specified row number All subsequent rows will be moved down Deletes the entire contents of the selected row s moving all subsequent rows upward Locates a specific record within the datasheet Positions the cursor at the first row within the datasheet Positions the cursor at the last row within the datasheet Positions the cursor at a user specified row within the datasheet Sorts the contents of the current file displayed in the datasheet based on the data column and sorting parameters you select The sorted data will be displayed in the same data sheet The utilities within this sub menu work as an interface between your digitizing tablet and your computer permitting you to 323 Reference 324 Points Lines Filter Refresh View menu Columns Find Closest Point RockWorks14 enter either X and Y point data or line endpoints directly into the da
465. tasheet s Color column and select a color from the displayed list Line columns display the contents of the column as graphic lines in a user selected color Datasheet columns that you set as Line columns are used to select a line style and 93 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 thickness for each sample listed in rows in the main datasheet The actual line styles and colors are displayed in the column These are typically used when plotting lineation or arrow maps Linears menu 24 ee 145 5437 9508 33 6188 8273 5 666 S610 56815 993 1 909 2025 7708 518 7157 2729 1 914 6336 8888 6716 8947 1769 4069 3186 8115 90 3040 E 167 66416 7033 8412 To select a line style and color simply double click in the appropriate cell in the datasheet s Line column and select a line style and width from the displayed list Text columns Line column Pattern columns display the contents of the column as a graphic pattern Datasheet columns that you set as Pattern columns are used to display actual pattern designs and colors that you have selected for each sample or row in the datasheet These are often used in lease boundary files to declare a particular pattern with which to fill the lease area in a map i Leaze Range T Township Section Location Fatter T JsEC14 iw 1N 14 LL 038234 1E 15 28 LL 0382934 TW 1N 29 ALL p34588 tw 1N 17 ALL 037637 1E IN 22 LL
466. ted RockWorks14 Lithology menu Model Profile Section Fence Surface Map Plan Map Volumetrics Import Fugro CPT Data Export Reference Use the tools in the Borehole Manager s Lithology menu to interpolate your downhole lithology data into a solid model and to display the interpolated data in a variety of ways The lithologies will be color coded based on their colors in the Lithology Types Table Volume and export tools are also available Creates a lithology model or reads an existing model created using a specific lithology modeling algorithm and displayed as a 3D voxel diagram Interpolates a lithology model or reads an existing model and creates a 2D flat vertical profile slice of the model between any two points in the study area Striplogs can be projected onto the profile Interpolates a lithology model or reads an existing model and creates a 2D flat vertical profile of this model with multiple panels The section can be drawn along any path through the study area it is not necessary to align the panels to borehole locations Strip logs can be appended Interpolates a lithology model or reads an existing model and creates a 3D fence diagram that illustrates the model You may request regular panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels 3D logs can be appended Interpolates a lithology model or reads an existing model and creates a 2D map represe
467. tervals The resulting computations are displayed in the Rock Works Utilities datasheet Export stratigraphy data to other applications Exports stratigraphy depth elevation or thickness data for each borehole to an ASCII Text X YZ file Hanson Aggregates Stratigraphic Thickness Report Creates a RockWorks Utilities I Data menu datasheet that list the thicknesses of all stratigraphic units for all of the boreholes Contains tools to interpolate a 3 dimensional solid model representing your downhole interval sampled data such as geochemistry and display the model in a variety of ways RockWorks14 Model Profile Section Fence Surface Map Plan Map Statistics Histogram Volumetrics Export Reference Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and displays the model as a 3D isosurface or voxel diagram The data can be color coded in a variety of ways and 3D striplogs can be appended automatically Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and displays the model as a 2D vertical profile sliced anywhere in the study area The profile layers can be color coded in a variety of ways and logs can be projected onto the profile plane Interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model and displays the model as a 2D flat vertical profile composed of multiple panels sliced anywhere in the study area The section layers can be color coded in a variety of ways and logs can be
468. tes for each corner Example Caper 1 layer_O1 jpg 652967 0 5535293 0 1478 0 652967 0 5 536 543 0 132 0 654 217 0 5538542 0 132 0 654217 0 5595293 0 132 0 Layer layer_O2jpq 653238 0 55355540 1480 0 653238 0 5 536 804 0 1830 6544880 5536804 0 183 0 654488 0 55955540 183 0 Layer 3 layer_O3 ipa 652899 0 5595620 0 1484 0 652899 0 5 536 970 0 171 0 654 149 0 5536870 0 171 0 654149 0 5535620 0 171 0 Layer 4 layer_O4 jpg 653238 0 5535293 0 1480 0 653238 0 5 536 543 0 229 0 654 488 0 5536543 0 229 0 654488 0 5535293 0 229 0 Layer layerUS jpg 653103 0 55354240 1450 0 653103 0 5 556 6 4 0 142 0 654353 0 55566740 1420 654353 0 55354240 142 0 87 RockWorks Utilities RockWorks14 88 upper left H upper right HE ka x ee 5 a SE OpenGL vertical panels are assumed to be vertical and coordinates for only two corners are required By contrast RockWorks allows you to enter X Y and elevation coordinates for each corner of these horizontal panels Thus these panels are not required to be horizontal Sample file Mine Level Bitmaps atd which reference these bitmaps gold_1450 bmp gold_1400 bmp and gold_1350 bmp Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Grafix3D heading and select Horizontal Image Panels See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Horizontal Panel Image Lists Vertical Panel Image Lists These files are
469. th the Borehole Manager and the RockWorks Utilities contains additional tools for creating general purpose 3D images which can be appended to other 3D images right within RockPlot3D File Append Help Contents Graphics Tools 3D Utilities 3D Discs The Discs program plots 3D discs based on xyz coordinates dip direction and dip amount read from the datasheet page 91 Itis designed to display the relative orientations of planes in three dimensions 3D Bitmaps Use the Grafix 3D Utilities Images tools to apply 3 dimensional characteristics to bitmap images This includes floating a bitmap horizontally at a specified elevation draping an image over a surface or displaying images as horizontal or vertical panels A variety of bitmap images are supported BMP JPG PNG TIFF AFI VST TGA PCC PCX and ICO In addition EMF and WMF metafiles are supported Float a bitmap at a particular elevation The Grafix 3D Utilities Images Float tool reads an existing bitmap image and given input user coordinates and an elevation generates a flat floating 3D image of the bitmap Notes Be sure the X and Y coordinates you assign to the bitmap corners are in the same units as those in the project with which you ll be combining this image Once the image is created use RockPlot3D s File Save As to save the floating bitmap view then use File Append to append an existing RockPlot3D view to this image 199 Image
470. the Orientation tab the program will recognize that this new data will have rendered the existing XYZ computations to be in error The program typically posts the message XYZ Not Calculated to the borehole s Location tab You must then use one of the following menu commands Edit Calculate XYZ Values forces the program to recompute the downhole XYZ coordinates for all boreholes in the project WARNING If you have a lot of boreholes or downhole data measurements this can take a while Edit Calculate XYZ Values for Current Borehole forces the program to recompute the downhole X YZ coordinates for the current borehole only See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Borehole Manager Database Displaying XYZ Columns in the Data Tables As described above as RockWorks processes your downhole data to generate models and diagrams it reads each data field as entered and computes the true X YZ location of each 53 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 measurement This is necessary for two reasons 1 Boreholes may not be vertical and 2 the data are entered in depths rather than true elevations Typically the computation of the XYZ coordinates is done in the background behind the scenes and stored in the data tables out of normal view However if you would like to view the XYZ computations you simply need to activate the display of those columns You can do this using the View Show XYZ Values option
471. the borehole should it be shallower than deeper data values Because RockWorks uses the TD field to determine the base of data for each borehole this tool assures that deeper data won t be ignored If the scan process generated no TD adjustments you ll be advised as such If the scan process did generate TD adjustments it will display a summary window T See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Borehole Manager Database Calculating XYZ Values As you enter your downhole data into the Borehole Manager RockWorks computes and stores the true XYZ coordinates for each downhole measurement It computes them based on the borehole s Easting and Northing surface elevation measurement depths and any downhole survey information you enter for non vertical holes All of this happens behind the scenes though you can request that the X YZ coordinates be displayed in the data windows using the View Show XYZ Values below If you import your data from Excel or ASCII files the X YZ computations happen during the import process There may be some instances in which you ll need to tell the program to recalculate the XYZ coordinates Let s say you ve entered the borehole s Location data and downhole Lithology intervals For each Lithology depth interval you enter RockWorks would compute and store the true X YZ coordinates based on a vertical hole If you then edit the surface elevation or add downhole survey information into
472. the selected gridding method Triangulation Inverse Distance etc The residuals grid and the polynomial grid are then added together Smooth Grid When activated this tool averages the Z values in the grid model based on a user declared filter size The smoother can be run 1 or more times to get rid of spurious noise within the grid model and bring out regional trends This is also available as a filter within the Grid Filter menu Expand this heading to establish Filter Size This setting defines how many adjacent nodes should be used when computing the average smoothed Z value for each grid node If you enter 1 then each node will be assigned the average of itself and the 8 nodes immediately surrounding it layer deep If you enter 2 the node will be assigned the average of itself and the 24 nodes immediately surrounding it 2 layers deep When in doubt enter 1 Iterations Enter the number of times the entire model should be run through the smoother Densify This feature will automatically add additional points to the xyz input by fitting a Delaunay triangulation network to the data and then adding the midpoint of each triangle to the list of xyz points The net result is that the subsequent gridding process is now using more control points which tends to constrain algorithms that may become creative in areas where there is little control Help Contents Reference Gridding Reference General Gridding
473. then use File Append to append an existing RockPlot3D view to this image 3D Triangles ape The Triangles program is used to plot a series of colored triangles in 3D space The input consists of a datasheet that lists the coordinates for each triangle vertex 201 Image Tools RockWorks14 3D Tubes The Grafix 3D Utilities Tubes option reads X1Y1Z1 X2Y2Z2 locations from the datasheet page 91 and draws 3D tubes between these locations for display in RockPlot3D Use this to display pipes mine workings structural diagrams in 3D space Other Tools The Grafix menu s 3D Utilities also offers a stand alone reference cage tool that s the same as the cage options listed within many of the program menus See 3D Diagram settings page 302 It also contains a stand alone append XML tool that functions just like the Append tool in RockPlot3D See page 226 2D Utilities The Grafix menu s 2D Utilities tools are stand alone duplicates of those that exist within RockPlot2D Append Combines two RK6 files Append Raster Image Inserts a raster image into a RK6 file Clip Clips a RK6 file within a rectangular region Montage Combines multiple 2D images into a montage Import Offers tools for importing AGL DXF and ESRI Shapefiles into RockPlot2D See also page 211 Export Offers tools for exporting an existing RK6 file to a WMF EMF BMP JPG PNG TIFF or RockPlot3D format Help Contents Gr
474. those sites You can include single or multiple labels for each symbol The program can automatically offset labels if overprinting is a problem RockWorks Utilities Tutorial Create Point and Surface Maps Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Contour and Point Maps Creating Easy Maps RockWorks14 Maps RockWorks Utilities 3D Points The Map 3D Points tool is used to plot points in 3D space f J a representing X Y Z points listed in the Utilities datasheet It has h A LPN l two main sub options titled Simple and Advanced KAR The Simple version will prompt the user for three columns L within the datasheet that contain the X Easting Y Northing and Z Elevation for a list of points The output from this program will be displayed as equally sized red spheres The Advanced program offers variable symbols variable sizing and other optons Datasheet RockWorks Utilities XYZ file page 78 Note This tool used to be listed in the Grafix 3D Utilities Spheres program Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Contour and Point Maps RockWorks Utilities Map Multivariate Maps The Map Multivariate Maps tools are used to create maps that illustrate two or more components at specific X Y locations Pie chart maps illustrate the relative percentage of the selected variables as varying width pie slices at each sample location Examples include whole rock geo
475. ties Solid Model tool creates solid models from X Y Z and G data listed in the main datasheet or in an external ASCII file The Borehole Manager Lithology I Data P Data and Fractures menu tools Profile Section Fence and Model create solid models from lithology interval or point sample quantitative data or fracture data in the respective data tabs Once it knows the dimensions of your study area the program divides it into three dimensional cells or voxels Voxel their dimensions automatically or user determined Each F voxel is defined by its corner points or nodes Each node is assigned the appropriate X Y and Z location f Fi coordinates according to its relative placement within the Z y A study area A fourth variable G which can represent grade of ore concentration of pollutants etc is estimated based on the G value of the given data points There are several methods offered to do this interpolation of your data Each operates differently and each has strengths and differences These are discussed under Solid Modeling Methods in the Reference section 141 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences RockWorks14 What Can I do with a Solid Model Once you have a solid model or MOD file created illustrating the distribution of your geochemistry geophysical measurements lithology or other measured values it can be used in a variety of ways View it Illustrate it as a 3 dimensional voxel
476. ting 2D contour maps from simple X YZ data in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Notes e Be sure you have your formations listed correctly in the Stratigraphy Table e The grid model that s created in this program can be manipulated using the RockWorks Utilities Grid menu tools and displayed using Map Grid Based Map choose Use Existing Model e If you wish to transfer your stratigraphic data to the RockWorks Utilities datasheet you can do so using the File Transfer Stratigraphy gt Utilities Datagrid or Stratigraphy Export tools Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Structure Maps 2D amp 3D Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Stratigraphic Thickness 2D Isopach Use this tool to create a 2 dimensional flat contour map representing the thickness of a selected stratigraphic unit The isopach map can include line contours color contours border annotation and or labeled cells representing grid values RockWorks creates the thickness model by gridding the formation s upper surface elevations gridding the formation s lower surface elevations and then subtracting the lower grid from the upper The resulting isopach grid can be saved for future use Notes Be sure you have your formations listed correctly in the Stratigraphy Table If you want the program to save on disk the grid model of formation thickness be sure to insert a check in the Save Grid box and enter a grid file name
477. ting fracture proximity and slices it horizontally at a user specified elevation The resulting grid model GRD can be displayed as a 2 dimensional map in which the data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Fractures Surface Map i P3 i Use this tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing fracture proximity and extract the G values where they intersect a surface GRD file The resulting grid model GRD file can be displayed as a 2 or 3 dimensional map in which the data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Fractures Rose Diagram and Rose Diagram Map f A 4 a Use the Fractures menu s Rose Diagram and Rose Diagram Map tools to read 2D fracture orientations azimuths from the borehole database and generate a single rose diagram for the current borehole or a rose diagram map for all boreholes See the description of Rose diagrams page 188 for information about their structure Fractures Stereonet Diagram and Stereonet Diagram Map Use the Fractures menu s Stereonet and Stereonet Map tools to read 3D fracture orientations azimuths and inclinations from the borehole database and generate a single stereonet diagram for the current borehole or a stereonet diagram map for all boreholes See the description of Stereonet diagrams page 191 for information about their structure 155 Solid Models Profiles amp Fences RockWorks14 Exporting F
478. ting grid model to a user defined interval Can be used to preview a region after benching the topography Used to average adjacent cells to reduce the lateral variability within a surface Used to edit the node values stored in a RockWorks grid model or to create from scratch a new grid with user declared dimensions and node values The Grid Editor is used to modify node Z values only It cannot be used to modify the X Y location coordinates of the nodes themselves This Grid menu item contains tools for computing slope and direction of GRD files and generating maps Slope Aspect Analysis Computes the changes in Z values elevations concentrations Directional Maps etc between neighboring nodes in an existing grid file and stores these in up to three new grid files gt A slope grid which contains the change or slope between node Z values expressed in degrees percent or radians gt An aspect grid which contains the direction of the slope expressed in azimuth degrees gt A second derivative grid which contains the change in slope the slope of the slope grid to illustrate bends Contains options for different directional map types Up Downgradient Vectors Reads an existing grid model and displays a small arrow at each node pointing down slope or up slope in the direction of the slope as modeled in the slope and aspect grid models You may request that the arrows be scaled proportionally to the slope value
479. ting tools as well as on screen editing drawing digitizing and measurement tools RockPlot3D is an interactive graphic display window that utilizes OpenGL for easy visualization of 3D images such as logs fence diagrams solid models and 3D surfaces It provides interactive rotation panning zooming and layering of different images Adjust lighting filter solids adjust colors append images easily and quickly View volumes instantly on the screen ReportWorks is used to lay out pages for display and print Insert RockPlot graphics maps cross sections logs diagrams etc and raster images draw scale bars and shapes add text and legends and more Print and export tools take your RockWorks images to presentation stage quickly and easily RockWorks is available with single user multi user and network licenses Upgrading See also page 14 for version specific notices Be sure to look at the What s New section page 12 All previous users should refer to A Brief Tour on page 18 Introduction RockWorks14 System Requirements The minimum system requirements for RockWorks may vary depending on the type of data you will be processing and the types of diagrams you will be creating and viewing For example a ternary diagram plot displayed in RockPlot2D and created from a simple datasheet may require fewer resources than a dense solid model manipulated in RockPlot3D and created from detailed downhole geochemistry data In gen
480. tool which displays multiple boreholes as if projected onto a vertical line of section Once you have set up the diagram settings the program will scan the project database and display the well locations in the Profile Location window as a plan view map with boring name and symbol color tied to each well Any previous line drawn for this project will also be displayed on the map You may also turn on the display of the borehole traces if your wells are inclined or deviated Note if you are using the Solid Profile tool only the project boundaries will be displayed 1 To accept the existing cross section cut as is simply click the Continue button at the bottom of the window 2 Or to draw a new profile line along which the solid model will be sliced and or onto which the logs will be projected simply left click on the map location to become the left edge of the profile and then left click on the location to become the right edge of the profile You do not need to refresh the screen between drawing lines 157 Laying Out Sections amp Fences RockWorks14 158 Edit View 7 op Fa S 4 Swath 50 0 al Snap Chek on profile starting ponl T MiH is pea Bihia Baai Bhat The line can be oriented in the direction of your choice You may redraw this line of section as many times as you like until you are pleased with its placement Note that the prompt at the top of the window will read Click on panel starting point
481. torage Tanks Horizontal page 201 This program requires 8 columns of information The object name X and Y location of one end of the tank X and Y coordinate for the other end of the tank tank elevation radius and color Example a a e Fees leon Requiar 652 9639 55352274 652961 1 55353394 1400 20 653 0477 55352274 653039 3 55353405 1400 20 653 1245 55352316 6531175 55353419 1400 20 Tank name Tank color A Y coordinates at A T coordinate at the Tank radius one end of the tank other end of the tank tank elevation Sample file buried tanks atd Template When creating a new file File New Datasheet Datasheet Column Titles expand the Grafix 3D heading and select Horizontal Storage Tanks See Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Your Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Horizontal Tanks Data Format Vertical Tanks These files are used to build a 3D image containing vertical cylinders at specific XYZ locations with a declared radius height and color See Grafix 3D Utilities Storage Tanks Vertical page 201 This program requires 8 columns of information The object name X Y Z location of the tank radius height and color Example RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities e k kde de Radius Hert dc coor 4 Benzene 653 046 86 55355703 1470 2 WToulene 653178 5 55355703 1470 50 50 3a Ipc 653046 8 55354370 1470 s s B LPG 653180 2 55354336 1470 so so B Tank name Tank color
482. tores are displayed as arrows in 3D logs and as tadpoles in 2D logs and sections They can be interpolated into cavern models using the Vectors Model option Well Construction This table is used to enter depth intervals and well material keywords for display as a Well Construction diagram on striplogs In addition the user declares the inner and outer diameter for the materials for correct representation of width The construction keywords are associated with graphic patterns just like lithologic keywords and are easily selected from the data tab In addition you can specify an offset from well center enabling you to display two separate borings in a single Well Construction diagram Data fields e Depth to Top Enter the measured depth to the top of the interval to be filled with the pattern block The depth values must be positive e Depth to Base Enter the measured depth to the bottom of the pattern interval e Outer Diameter The value entered in this column determines the outer width of the pattern blocks in the Well Construction Column This is set up in the Log Designer to represent a particular well diameter in real world coordinates such as inches or 49 50 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 centimeters The Outer Diameter setting established here determines how much of the width of the entire Well Column will be filled with that pattern block Example Let s say you ve set up the Well Construction Colu
483. tors or other oriented items in 3D space RockWorks14 Image Tools 3D Perimeter The Grafix 3D Utilities Perimeter option reads X and Y coordinate listings from the datasheet and plots fence like perimeter edges for subsequent inclusion within other three dimensional diagrams During building of the perimeter fence you can specify its base and top elevation Notes Use RockPlot3D s File Save As to save the image then use File Append to append an existing RockPlot3D view to this image 3D Storage Tanks Grafix 3D Utilities Storage Tanks Horizontal and Grafix 3D Utilities Storage Tanks Vertical tools read location elevation radius and color data from the datasheet page 90 and draws 3 dimensional cylindrical tanks at those locations for display in RockPlot3D Use this to display underground or surface tanks with your 3d images The tanks can be oriented vertically or horizontally Notes Use RockPlot3D s File Save As to save the tank image then use File Append to append an existing RockPlot3D view to this image 3D Surface Objects The Grafix 3D Utilities Surface Objects tool is used to create simple 3D entities such as buildings roads cylinders and walls that may be plotted along with other 3D diagrams in order to show relative positions of surface items Data is read from an external ASCII file Notes Use RockPlot3D s File Save As to save the image of the surface items
484. ts you to leave a formation base blank as shown below rE 146 146 200 200 266 266 459 nod Stratigraphy 0 rE Qal T flows Pierre Dakota Morrisor Fountain Precambrian When the borehole ends mid unit you can leave the Depth to Base blank This will result in the following consequences The formation will be extended to the base of the hole in strip logs 65 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 Fountain In strip logs the Precambrian formation if extended to the declared total depth for the boring Precambnan The formation will not be included in hole to hole section panels for those borings in which its base is absent as in omitted formations above cH EHI CHH vo l Base of formation is not defined for these boreholes Hole to hole section The formation may or may not be included in stratigraphic models profiles fences it depends on how many borings include the base for most gridding methods a minimum of 3 points are required to create a surface If you there are inadequate control points to create a base surface or a base surface that you like you can request the generation of a baseplate in stratigraphic profiles fence diagrams and models This simply sets an elevation for the base of the model O Baseplate Baseplate 66 RockWorks14 Borehole Manager Exporting Borehole Data The Borehole Manager s File Export tools are used to export the contents
485. uivalents per liter RockWorks14 Stiff Diagram Stiff Map Total Dissolved Solids Linears menu Arrow Map Lineation Gridding Lineation Map Lineation Properties Rose Diagram Import Planes menu 3 Points gt Planes Single Reference Reads a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and creates a Stiff diagram that shows relative ion concentrations in milliequivalents per liter Reads a listing of sample locations and ion concentrations from the datasheet and creates a map with individual Stiff diagrams at their respective map locations Reads ion concentrations from the datasheet and compute total dissolved solids for each sample The computations are stored in a column in the datasheet Total dissolved solids represent the sum of all declared ions as listed in the Data Input Columns in the parts per million or milligrams per liter units read from the datasheet Contains tools for 2D orientation analysis Creates a map in which lineations are represented with arrow plotted from the beginning X Y Coordinates to the ending coordinate pair Reads lineation data in X1 Y1 X2 Y2 endpoint coordinate format and creates a grid file that models the lineation frequency cumulative lengths and or intersections with a variety of weighting options The resulting grid model can be illustrated as a 2D or 3D map Used to create a map of lineations from line endpoint data Computes the bearing length
486. urface grid model Nodes that lie outside the surfaces will be assigned a constant user defined value This tool requires that the surface model s to be used to constrain the model already exist You can activate either an upper surface lower surface or both browse for each grid model to be used as the filter Use the Undefined Node Value setting to enter an integer or decimal value to assign to the solid model voxel nodes that lie outside the stratigraphic unit Note that you can use this setting to filter a solid model below the ground surface by using the upper filter only Smooth Model When activated this tool averages the G values in the solid model based on a user declared filter size The smoother can be run 1 or more times to get rid of spurious noise within the solid model and bring out regional trends This is also available as a filter within the Solid Filter menu Expand this heading to establish horizontal and vertical filter sizes and iterations or number of times to run the smoother Maximum Distance Filter You can activate this option to assign a value automatically to nodes that are more than a user defined distance from a control point regardless of the modeling algorithm Filtering X Y Z and or G Data The Filter Points option in the Create New Solid Model settings is used to establish data limits for the X Y and Z coordinates to model a spatial subset or for the G data to be RockWorks14 Reference m
487. us Here you can create many different types of maps charts and diagrams Even if you are working primarily with borehole data you will still use many of the tools in the RockWorks Utilities for analytical work statistical analysis grid amp solid model math filtering tools etc You can access the Utilities window using its tab along the left edge of the program window oe Utilities unsnnsnnnann E i re binagi 4 i NE z 7 ee T AOCEKIKARA fee hH m Hap ied igbi Tipes jiii Agee bm Bem lee by eer Seige T Bs HF Peec Pr p a i ij Melly i mk ag len peed h mji anpi e bigeye oll Pere aiik of 2B toes panne a Danin Pei Ere b Er eae eer i Sala Tapa 2s ee p See eee tere T 4 aR Pisy Nl Aij a E caiiad D ni TIA sowie p Tii igam p p aii oriri p E LA Jepa ged 7A pen iaae Tsip igen Faery r p Aa a i My Peck West Lies hek BALE eet eed i Bt eS eee Leone Tables Use the Tables tab along the left edge of the program window to access a listing of program libraries that you ll use a lot in the Borehole Manager and from 19 Introduction 20 RockWorks14 time to time in the RockWorks Utilities Lithology and Stratigraphy Types Tables for modeling downhole lithology types and formations pattern and symbol libraries for maps logs and cross sections coordinate tables for polygon clipping look up tables for customized symbols and contours and more l Gati Fee Pili tps ME
488. used in the map and a label for points typically representing distance Each seismic line will have two or more data rows containing individual point records Datasheet RockWorks Utilities shotpoint data page 81 Output window RockPlot2D Notes See also Importing SEG P1 Data page 97 re import of SEG P1 shotpoint files Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Shotpoint Maps Global Maps The RockWorks Utilities Map Sphereplot 2D and 3D options create global maps in either a spherical or cylindrical flat projection or in 3D format 2D maps can contain low resolution global information coastlines islands rivers from a program database It can also read user entered longitude and latitude coordinates from the main datasheet for plotting of individual points and or connected line segments polylines on the global map Applications include seismic events volcanoes ocean temperatures atmospheric temperatures and more AIRT ya ee T E E S aosan Datasheet RockWorks Utilities global map point and or polyline data page 81 Output window RockPlot2D and RockPlot3D Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Global Maps Directional Maps The RockWorks Utilities Grid Directional Analysis Directional ss Maps option is used to illustrate slope and aspect grid models as a cz gt variety of 2 dimensional gradient and flow maps See page 168 for more information 115 Map
489. uting the Orientation of a Single Plane based on Three Points Computing Plane Orientations Based on Three Points Given a list of xyz coordinates for three points along a series of planes the Planes 3 Point gt Planes Multiple Sets program computes the dip direction or strike and dip angle for planes that pass through these points The output is stored within two new datasheet columns Datasheet RockWorks Utilities multiple sets of X1Y1Z1 X2Y2Z2 X3Y3Z3 data points Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Planar Feature Tools Computing Plane Orientations bassed on Three Points Computing Planar Intersections The RockWorks Utilities Planes Beta Intersections command reads a listing of planar orientations from the RockWorks data sheet page 84 and calculate the lineations resulting from the intersections of all of the planes in the file The linear values will be stored in an ASCII text file that can be displayed in the RockWorks text editor when completed The number of intersections that will be computed is number n n 1 2 where n is the number of individual planes in the input file 189 Directional amp Geotechnical Tools RockWorks14 As the number of original planes increases the number of resulting lineations increases dramatically For example a data set with 20 planes will result in 190 lineations and 200 planes will produce 19 900 lineations Notes A comparison Beta Intersections reads a listing of i
490. ution of the output graphic in dots or pixels per inch As you increase the number of dots per inch the disk size of the output file will increase If you want to display the image on screen only a resolution of 96 will probably be adequate If you want to print the image at high resolution you should increase the resolution to at least 150 pixels per inch We use 200 300 for publication quality graphics Compression JPG and PNG only These files can be created with varied compression use the sliding bar to select the compression you wish to use JPG or choose Low Medium High for PNG The greater the compression the lower the quality of the output image and the smaller the disk size of the output file The lower the compression the higher the quality of the output image and the larger the disk size of the output file Click OK when you are ready to continue The program will store on disk the current ReportWorks document in a Windows BMP JPG or PNG format at the resolution and color depth you specified Help Contents ReportWorks Managing Files Exporting ReportWorks Documents RockWorks14 ReportWorks View and Layout Options Establishing the ReportWorks Page Layout Use the File Print Setup tool to establish the size and orientation of your ReportWorks page This is an important first step in designing a report so that you know the page s dimensions 1 Create anew document in ReportWorks or open an existing R
491. utton The program will add the contents of that file to the current document Be warned that if you have images in your ReportWorks documents and if you share the documents across different projects you might consider embedding the images so that file paths don t get messed up See the discussion of embedding versus linking in the drawing tools topics 2 Help Contents ReportWorks Managing Files Saving ReportWorks Documents Saving ReportWorks Documents 1 Select the File Save As command 2 Type in the name under which to store the ReportWorks layout on disk and click on the Save button ReportWorks always stores plot files in its own RW6 format If you need to export the image to a BMP JPG or PNG format you can use the Export command Help Contents ReportWorks Managing Files Saving ReportWorks Documents Printing ReportWorks Diagrams You can output the image contained in a ReportWorks document to your printer using the File Print command It is assumed that you ve already established the page layout prior to designing and printing since the page will be printed as it s displayed in the ReportWorks screen 1 Open an existing ReportWorks document or create a new document as necessary 2 Double check the page s layout using the File Page Setup option 3 To print the document choose File Print Your current printer s dialog box will be displayed The options that are available will vary fr
492. v Diagram Ion Balance Piper Diagram tool will produce a grade thickness grid and contour map in which the contours represent the grade multiplied by the thickness Contains tools for generating drawdown flowline and hydrograph diagrams Calculates water level drawdown for a single well using the Theis non equilibrium equation Data for a single well is entered directly into the program dialog box Generates a potentiometric surface model based on pumping and or injection wells using the Theis non equilibrium equation Data from multiple wells is read from the main data sheet This tool plots ModPath style particle paths as 3 dimensional tubes Reads listings of water level and precipitation measurements over time and creates a HydroGraph diagram that illustrates their relations Contains tools for analyzing hydrochemistry ion data Reads a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and generates a Durov diagram that shows relative ion concentrations in milliequivalents per liter Reads a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and computes cation anion ratio for each sample in milli equivalents per liter The computations are stored in a column in the datasheet RockWorks uses the following equation for the ion balance cations anions cations anions x 100 Reads a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and creates a Piper diagram that shows relative ion concentrations in millieq
493. ver a Stratigraphy section Cross Section A A 2 See SS 82 Sn Se oe mou mao siss 12 RockWorks14 Introduction Plot I Data and P Data using logarithmic scales in 2D and 3D logs Unwind directional logs to avoid projection onto themselves os eo E i f HL 50 0 50 0 137 eso See Cee a ELET 100 0 100 0 pEr ELA Pe i Shp hhii Equal spacing of logs in multi log sections helpful for section with long gaps between boreholes Cress Section A A SS Y EEE testator tote E a i i j PO eee rrr rrr rrer eee ee eee nr meer Cross Section A A a a 1i i Plot multiple parallel profiles automatically j sm am E 13 Introduction RockWorks14 Plot side panels in clipped stratigraphy diagrams gt Include isomesh contour lines in 3D isosurface diagrams Plot hydrochemistry data as Durov diagrams with optional density or TDS color contours Penry Carew Dager Tae q ers hes en l es v _ w w h gt A y y pri o Y in 4 AR ed gt gt 0 ee aS i Ar i Se And much more 2 See Help Contents Introduction What s New in Rock Works See Help Online Information RockWorks Revision History RockWorks2006 Users Read This There should be a seamless transition between RockWorks2006 and RockWorks 14 the Borehole Manager database and the RockWorks Utilities ATD
494. version 1 2 2 for import into the Location and P Data tables of an existing borehole or a new well record You can select the curves in the LAS file to be imported and you can request that the header information be imported into Location table fields See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data for a detailed step by step listing Importing LogPlot Data Use the File Import LogPlot DAT option to import data from one or more LogPlot DAT files into the Borehole Manager The data field matching is done using a LogPlot DAT file or ENM file as a template and a series of screens is displayed to specify which LogPlot data types are to be placed in which RockWorks database tables See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data for a detailed listing of the import steps 55 56 Borehole Manager RockWorks14 Importing Newmont Assay MDB Data Use the File Import Newmont Assay MDB option to import data from a Newmont Assay database into the Borehole Manager The Collar Survey and Assays tables are imported See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data for more information Importing Pentrometer Data The File Import Penetrometer option reads a data file output from a Spectrum Technologies Field Scout SC 900 Soil Compaction Meter and import the measurements into the Borehole Manager s Point P data ta
495. viated you may need to eventually edit by hand the picked formation depths based on how the stratigraphic surfaces or log intervals look when displayed in diagrams that can accommodate the borehole s deviated downhole trace We encourage you to follow very carefully the steps listed in the How To section of the Help messages which are summarized below 1 Enter your known data Typically this would be lithology intervals down the hole or RockWorks14 Stratigraphy Tools geophysical elog measurements 2 Build a log section This is not required but it s helpful to be sure your data is good for setting up the proper section alignment for viewing the known data to be picked from and for determining the formations that are present 3 Create a Stratigraphy Types Table With a good idea of the look of the existing downhole lithology or geophysical data you need to create a Stratigraphy Types Table which lists the names of the formations from the surface downward that are represented in your project 4 Set up the formation picker display This should be set up just like the hole to hole section in step 2 5 Pick the wells to be displayed You can choose the same boreholes as were chosen in step 2 or pick a new selection of wells 6 Pick the first formation in the Contact Picker window Select the name of the formation to be recorded and left click on each log where that formation s top is displayed The program will reco
496. voxels are color coded based on their G value or stratigraphy type The model is constructed by inserting the 2 dimensional grid models of each stratigraphic layer top AND base from the bottom up The stratigraphic solid can be displayed in RockPlot3D using the RockWorks Utilities Solid Model tool selecting Use Existing Model and identifying the MOD file name You should choose All Voxels as the diagram type When displayed in RockPlot3D you can double click on the Solid Model item to set the Color Scheme to the Stratigraphy Types Table from which the model was created Stratigraphy solids have the same file structure as regular geochemistry geophysical fracture solid models With the introduction of RockPlot3D for visualizing multiple grid models as surfaces in 3D users may not use stratigraphic solids as much as they did in Rock Works99 ki Help Contents Reference Solid Model Reference Stratigraphy Models versus Stratigraphy Solids 2 Dimensional Map Layers 292 RockWorks offers the following layers for two dimensional maps A layer is activated if a check mark is displayed in its check box To access the layer s settings expand its sub topics by clicking on its button Bitmaps Displays an image in the background of the other map layers BMP JPG TIFF WMF EMF and PNG images are supported Symbols Illustrates the sample sites in the main data sheet with map symbols Labels Plots labels for the s
497. w blank ReportWorks window e Outside the RockWorks program you can use the Windows Start menu to locate the shortcut to the ReportWorks program in the RockWorks shortcut folder e Outside the RockWorks program you can use Windows Explorer to locate the program file ReportWorks exe in the RockWare ReportWorks2006 program folder and double click on it to launch the application 241 ReportWorks RockWorks14 Once you have a ReportWorks window displayed you can use the File Page Setup menu command to set up your new page size and orientation and the Tools menu options to insert shapes text images and more to the current page Or use the File Open menu command to open an existing RW6 file Managing ReportWorks Files 242 Creating a New ReportWorks Document Use the ReportWorks File New menu option to create a new page layout document 1 With the ReportWorks program displayed on the screen select the File New option 2 If there is an existing document already displayed and it has not been saved the program will display a warning Click Yes to save the existing document or No to close the existing document without saving A new blank page will be displayed on the screen 3 Use the File Page Setup option to define the page size and layout 4 Use the Tools menu options to insert graphics and shapes Help Contents ReportWorks Managing Files Creating a New ReportWorks Document Opening Existing ReportW
498. w scan For Data Colum gt Northing h M Scan For Y Data fw Scan For Data Lolumr Surface Elevs J Cancel Input Columns Click the down arrow to select from the drop down list the name of the column in the datasheet that contains the Easting or X coordinate units the Northing or Y coordinate units and the Elevation or Z coordinate units to be scanned for the project dimensions For any axes you don t choose to scan below the column setting will be ignored Scan for X Data Y Data Z Data Check the boxes for the columns defined above to be scanned If you leave any options un checked that data will not be scanned for the project dimensions If you are generating 2D maps only you should scan for X and Y Data only If you are generating 3D solid models you should scan for all three axes Of course you can hand enter the desired boundary coordinates or modify scanned coordinates at any time 3 Review scanned settings Click the Preview Dimensions button to see a quick view of how dense your models will be Dimensions These boundary coordinates can be hand entered or can be determined RockWorks14 RockWorks Utilities by the program by clicking on of the buttons listed above The X and Y boundaries represent your map coordinates The Z boundaries represent elevation extents Mininiurn blasimum Easting 652 700 0 653 520 0 Westem amp Eastern boundaries Y Northing 5 535 000 0
499. window in the background simply click on the RockWorks window This will move the plot window to the background and move the data window to the top Accessing an already open RockPlot2D window RockWorks allows multiple RockPlot2D windows to be open simultaneously As you click back and forth between data and plot windows it can become difficult to keep house and locate buried images To locate and bring to the front a specific plot window follow these steps 1 Click on the Window menu in any RockWorks or RockPlot2D window and you will see listed there all currently open RockPlot2D windows Click on the name of the 215 RockPlot2D RockWorks14 RockPlot2D window you wish to access Or 2 Look for the RockPlot2D icon in the Windows taskbar the file s name will be displayed if you point to the icon with your mouse and click on it to bring it to the front Any plot window that has not yet been saved will be shown as Untitled Editing Tools 216 Editing RockPlot2D Graphics RockWorks generated graphic images that are displayed in the RockPlot2D window contains graphic objects that can be selected moved resized and edited To select a RockPlot2D graphic item 1 Click the Edit button in the upper toolbar 2 Select an item using either of these methods e tem Clicking Position the cursor on the item to be grabbed and click on it to select it The selected item will be displayed with handles on each corner The curs
500. wing a user to e mail the menu summary to the Rock Ware technical support staff e Audit Trail When performing analyses creating models or generating diagrams it is often useful to record the menu settings In the past this was accomplished by writing down the salient settings on paper This new feature can be used to quickly record everything and to save the file with a suitable name For example if you are creating a stratigraphic fence diagram you might want to save the menu settings as Stratigraphic Fence Diagram Menu Settings txt e RCL Developers The Show Variable Names sub item will list the variable names adjacent to each menu item This provides RCL RockWorks Command Language developers with a list of variables that they may wish to adjust within their script files There are two ways to view a summary of the menu settings e Select the View Menu Summary command from the main menu at the top of the dialog box e Select the Menu Summary button within the button bar at the top of the dialog box just below the main menu A menu summary shows all of the menu settings with the associated RCL parameters in parentheses View a Summary of the RCL Settings There are two ways to view a summary of the RCL RockWare Command Language settings that are associated the currently displayed menu e Select the View RCL Syntax command from the main menu at the top of the dialog box e Select the RCL Syntax button within the
501. with Solid Models The tools in the RockWorks Utilities Solid Math option are used to perform arithmetic operations on the values stored in an existing solid model file storing the results in a new solid model file The following options are available Model amp Model This tool performs arithmetical operations with the node G values in two existing solid model files Model amp Constant This tool performs arithmetical operations with the node G values in a single solid model and a constant 173 Solid Model Tools RockWorks14 In order for the program to match up corresponding nodes in the two input model they must have the same dimensions X Y and Z coordinates and range and numbers of nodes If you aren t sure of the size of any solid model use the Solid Statistics Report option to obtain a summary During modeling you can manually establish the model dimensions and node spacing by activating the Confirm Model Dimensions check box in the Model Dimensions window If you need to change dimensions for either both models you can use the Resample option below Resample This tool reads an existing solid model and creates a new model based on the current project dimensions You can use this tool to resize models that are to be filtered against or run through mathematical operations with each other WARNING This resampling process is very slow You may find it easier to remodel the original data using the new dimensions
502. xtracting Solid Model Data 00 0 ccccceccseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeees 176 Editing sold Model SCES 56th oss e acae neat eeceonal eleatae net 177 Morphine soud NIQUE Siaccacei eek Sense etal E caeeietc ea oa anaie ngs 178 Initializing a Blank SolidsMOGel visi ccteceih a catess deeb earn A exeshiariietiedc we sdiulanaccines 178 Tnportino Solid Mode Sranane Slee eels a lent alana A E lees 178 Bxportinie Solid Mode Eere nt chars a teeats ale uinin anew ee teers 178 Chapter 12 Computing Volumes 179 Voltine TOS Overview ico foes A 179 RockWorks Utilities EZ Volume of X Y Thickness Data cece eee eee 179 RockWorks Utilities Advanced Volume Computation of X Y Thickness Data 180 Rock Works Utilities Extracting Solids siirdscatovnss isn sbiadastavewsdensbanouuts soma llsbaadealeneetesn 180 RockWorks Utilities Computing Grade Thickness cccccccccccssssssessseseeeeeeeees 181 Borehole Manager Creating a Lithologic Volume Report sssssseeessssessesesssssssssseee 181 Borehole Manager Creating a Stratigraphic Volume Report sseeeeeeeees 182 Borehole Manager Creating Detailed Geochemistry Volume Reports and Diagrams AA A EETA T E AR eat apa nent amine seeder A T A E AE E EAT A 182 Chapter 13 Hydrology Hydrochemistry Tools 183 Computing Drawdown for a Single Well cccccsssssseeseseeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeees 183 Compulune a Dra wdO will SUIC aaia eects ealeet aati 183 Plotiing SID OW iS voee catewess uaa
503. y gridding options are offered for surface interpolation Creates two dimensional and three dimensional diagrams that depict stratigraphy structural elevations Creates a 2D flat contour map representing the elevations of either the upper or lower surface of a selected stratigraphic unit Creates 3D images representing the upper or lower surface elevations of one or all stratigraphic unit s in the project Creates a 3D image representing the upper or lower surface elevations of a single stratigraphic unit in the project Creates 3D surface images of the upper surfaces of all stratigraphic units Stratigraphic Thicknesses Generates 2D and 3D stratigraphic thickness diagrams of 2 Dimensional 3 Dimensional Model Profile Section Modeled selected units Creates a 2D contour map representing the thickness of a selected stratigraphic unit or of multiple adjacent units Creates a 3D image that represents the thickness of one or more adjacent stratigraphic units Interpolates grid models for the upper and lower surfaces of each of the project s stratigraphic units or reads existing grid models and creates a 3 dimensional diagram that illustrates stratigraphic layers using surfaces with side panels Interpolates grid models for the upper and lower surfaces of each of the project s stratigraphic units or reads existing grid models and displays these units in a 2D profile sliced between two points in the study
504. y horizontal constant Z or vertical constant Y or X layer in the original solid model Insert Grid into Model This tool is used to insert a 2 dimensional grid file slice into an existing real number or Boolean solid model file replacing the existing node values with the grid s node values The grid file can be inserted into any horizontal constant Z or vertical constant Y or X layer in the original solid model Notes The Ore Thickness to Grid and Overburden Thickness to Grid tools read ONLY BOOLEAN SOLID MODELS See Notes on Orientation in the Help messages for information on the coordinates that are represented in the Extract and Insert Grid tools See Editing Grid Models page 167 for details about editing the extracted grid model See Creating Grid Based Maps page 109 if you wish to illustrate the extracted grid file as a map Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Converting Extracting Inserting Grid Models Editing Solid Model Slices The RockWorks Utilities Solid Edit command is used to edit the contents of a real number or Boolean solid model file one slice at a time The slice you specify will be loaded into the Grid Editor for viewing and editing When your work in the Grid Editor is complete the edited slice will be re inserted into the solid model The modified solid model is saved on disk under a different file name Notes Because of the different orientations of the different sl
505. y Maps RockWorks14 Maps RockWorks Utilities Map Grid Based Map The Map Grid Based Map tool is used to create grid models of XYZ data in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet or in an external ASCII file The Z values can represent surface elevations or geochemistry or virtually any measured value You can choose the gridding method used to model the Z values You can then create a 2 dimensional flat map or 3 dimensional surface map of the grid model This section discusses 2D maps If you have borehole data and wish to create grid based formation structure maps isopach maps or surface elevation maps see the next topics Datasheet RockWorks Utilities X YZ file page 78 Note that this tool will also grid and map X YZ data stored in an external ASCII file Notes This tool can create a grid model alone no map a map of an existing grid model and a new grid model and map of the XYZ data Since the grid model is saved on disk you can create a map from an existing grid model no need to re grid This is useful if you have processes a grid model through the filtering tools in the RockWorks Utilities Grid menu This tool can create 3D surface maps of grid models as well Use the Project Manager to create a quick 2D map or 3D surface illustrating a grid model just double click on a GRD file name and establish the map settings See page 101 RockWorks Utilities Tutorial Create Point and Surface Maps 2D Help Co
506. y data table If you are importing your projects from RockWorks2002 or 2004 you can import the information from your external stratigraphy table into the Rock Works database Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Stratigraphy Types Tables 255 Tables RockWorks14 256 Open the project s Stratigraphy Types Table Editing the Stratigraphy Types Table Measure your rock density Import the Stratigraphy Types from another project database Import the Stratigraphy Types from a RockWorks2002 04 Stratigraphy Table ASCII file Import a LogPlot keyword table Export a text version of the Stratigraphy Types Turn off unused Stratigraphy Types Change formation names to mixed upper lower case Well Construction Types Tables The Borehole Manager database uses Well Construction data tables for entry of depth intervals and different material types for construction information for each borehole This information can be illustrated in strip logs and log sections The Well Construction Types Table defines for the program the names of the construction materials for the current project and the graphic pattern color to use for each material type This table is stored in the project database Well Constuction 4 Le a 10 110 0 0 Surtece 10 16 0 11 0 10 0 Surtace E 30 sa a0 5 0 THREADED ANTS aeia Patio Shown Legend 50 18 0 15 0 11 0 GROUTED Annaa ue Ppa nt E S ano 40 0 6 0 GROUTED AMMULLE
507. y menu interpolated data RockWorks14 Lithology Represents observed rock type Is often the first step in entering borehole rock types Can contain repeated sequences sand clay sand clay Rock types can vary in order between wells No lateral variability Data is entered in the Lithology tab No simple correlation is possible in hole to hole cross sections Is interpolated as a solid model for display as slices fences or block diagrams Missing Formations Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Represents interpreted layers or formations Is often the second step in entering borehole rock types Cannot contain repeated sequences Stratigraphy layers must be consistent in order from the top down between wells Often has lateral variability Data is entered into the Stratigraphy tab Simple correlations are possible in hole to hole cross sections Is interpolated as surface models for display as maps 3D surfaces slices fences or block diagrams There are several ways to note missing stratigraphic formation data in the Borehole Manager Stratigraphy tab The method you use will affect at its most basic how 2D strip logs and log sections are displayed It will also affect how stratigraphic surface maps thickness maps profiles fence diagrams and block models are created Zero Thickness Formations One method of noting a missing formation is to assign the formation top an elevation that
508. ymbol color tied to each well Any previous panels drawn for this project will also be displayed on the map A Section Location X 54610 540284 Y 5 535 159 651609 EE OJAI 4 E Gnap D Click onp section webes 1 To accept the current selection simply click the Continue button at the bottom of the 159 Laying Out Sections amp Fences RockWorks14 4 window to proceed To redraw the section line follow these steps Reset the display if necessary Rockworks will remember any panel selections from previous sessions If you wish to discard any existing selections and start well picking from scratch click the Edit menu s Reset option DON T do this if you want to append to an existing section Pick the first panel endpoint Append another panel Click on the location to be represented along the left edge of the first panel of the section If you are appending to an existing trace pick the location for the next panel to be added to the existing list The program will draw a line from the last endpoint to this one Pick the next endpoint and the next and the next Each selected panel point will be connected to the previous selection with a line To snap the panel endpoints to actual well locations insert a check in the Snap check box at the top of the window After you select the panel endpoint pairs they will be repositioned to the nearest boreholes Lithology modeled stratigraphy i data
509. your Stratigraphy Types Table Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Isopach Maps 2D amp 3D Other 3D Surface Tools The RockWorks Utilities Grid menu offer a number of grid model filtering and manipulation tools Most of these menu items offer the option to create a 3D surface display of the resulting grid see Chapter 10 Grid Model Tools Log Maps The Borehole Manager Striplogs Multi Log Plan View option is used to create a plan view display of deviated wells as projected onto a horizontal plane The Striplogs Multi Log Map tool creates a borehole location map with mini striplogs at the sample locations These items are discussed in Chapter 5 see page 122 113 Maps Land Grid Maps 114 RockWorks14 The RockWorks Utilities Map Land Grid menu contains two tools designed to work with Jeffersonian Land Grid information It creates section maps that illustrate Range Township and Section lines either commercial or idealized or based on the RockWare Landbase It creates maps illustrating lease boundaries In order to create a land grid section or lease map you must have a set of land grid data imported or interpolated into the program or have downloaded the RockWare Landbase containing data for the area of interest RockWorks Utilities Map Land Grid Section Map Section maps illustrate Jeffersonian land grid boundaries Range Township Section Datasheet La
510. your document will be added to that layer 217 RockPlot2D RockWorks14 To rename a layer right click on the layer s name in the Layers pane along the right side of the window and choose Edit Edit type in a new name This can help you to be more specific with layer items such as company legend items rather than New Layer2 To move an item to a different layer right on the item and choose Change Layer from the pop up menu In the displayed window choose the layer from the drop down list and click OK Note that subsequent access of the item s Attributes settings will display the new layer name To move multiple items to a different layer select all of those items so that all are displayed with handles right click and choose Change Layer In the displayed window select from the drop down list the layer name to which the items are to be associated Subsequent access of the items Attributes windows will display the new layer name To copy one or more items to another layer left click on the item s choose Edit Copy or type in Ctrl C Then click on the layer name to which the item s are to be pasted in the Layers pane of the window and select Edit Paste or type in Ctrl V The item s will be inserted into the document again and associated with the specified layer To display a layer s items insert a check mark in the layer s check box To hide a layer s items from the display remove the check mark from the layer

The RockWorks Utilities Datasheet

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents